Gammmsra 000011

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 17 Jul 01/08
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 20
__________
L.E.P. 1- 5 Revised to Reflect this revision indicating

new,revised, and/or deleted pages
T. OF C. Revised to reflect this revision
2- 6
20-11-11 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated
202

203
20-21-12 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

212 REVISED FIG. TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR NUTS:
- MODIFIED TITLE
- MODIFIED SHEET.
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

203, 214

205- 208, REVISED TITLE.
211- 212, LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
236- 238, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
240-A299 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

208- 211
20-23-38 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

216, 232,
236, 239-
241, 244-
247, 250,
252- 292
20-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 2
MSR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
202

601- 602,
605- 606

205- 206

201- 203, REVISED TIME BEFORE USE OF TEMPORARY
205, 218- PROTECTION.
220, 233- LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
234
20-28-00 Effectivity updated

501- 528, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
531- 532, DELETED NON-SPECIFIC MILLIOHMETER SPEC VALUE.
543- 545 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

201- 203 ADDED NAS1611 O-RING STANDARD.
TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
20-31-00 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

3- 16,
22- 26,
28, 30-
37, 39-
91
20-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 2
MSR
CHAPTER 20
__________
STANDARD PRACTICES-AIRFRAME
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 20-21-11 213 Jul01/05 20-21-15 R 214 Jul01/08

OF TEMP. 20-21-11 214 Apr01/05 20-21-15 215 Jan01/04
REVISION 20-21-12 201 Jan01/08
20-21-12 202 Jan01/08 20-22-00 201 Oct01/05
L.E.P. R 1- 5 Jul01/08 20-21-12 203 Jan01/08 20-22-00 202 Jan01/04
T. of C. 1 Jan01/08 20-21-12 204 Jan01/08 20-22-00 203 Oct01/05
T. of C. R 2 Jul01/08 20-21-12 205 Jan01/08 20-22-00 204 Jan01/04
T. of C. R 3 Jul01/08 20-21-12 206 Jan01/08 20-22-00 205 Jan01/04
T. of C. R 4 Jul01/08 20-21-12 207 Jan01/08 20-22-00 206 Oct01/05
T. of C. R 5 Jul01/08 20-21-12 208 Jan01/08 20-22-00 207 Oct01/05
T. of C. R 6 Jul01/08 20-21-12 209 Jan01/08 20-22-00 208 Jan01/04
20-21-12 210 Jan01/08 20-22-00 209 Jan01/04
20-00-00 1 Oct01/06 20-21-12 211 Jan01/08 20-22-00 210 Jan01/04
20-21-12 R 212 Jul01/08
20-11-11 201 Jan01/08 20-21-12 213 Jan01/08 20-23-00 1 Jan01/04
20-11-11 R 202 Jul01/08 20-21-12 214 Jan01/08 20-23-00 2 Jan01/04
20-11-11 203 Jan01/04 20-21-12 215 Jan01/08 20-23-11 201 Jan01/08
20-11-11 204 Oct01/06 20-21-12 216 Jan01/08 20-23-11 202 Oct01/07
20-21-12 217 Jan01/08 20-23-11 203 Jan01/07
20-15-00 201 Jul01/06 20-21-12 218 Jan01/08 20-23-11 204 Jul01/07
20-15-00 202 Jan01/04 20-21-12 219 Jan01/08 20-23-11 R 205 Jul01/08
20-21-12 220 Jan01/08 20-23-11 R 206 Jul01/08
20-16-00 201 Oct01/06 20-21-12 221 Jan01/08 20-23-11 R 207 Jul01/08
20-16-00 202 Jan01/04 20-21-13 201 Jan01/04 20-23-11 R 208 Jul01/08
20-21-13 202 Jan01/04 20-23-11 209 Jul01/07
20-17-00 201 Jan01/04 20-21-14 201 Jan01/04 20-23-11 210 Jul01/07
20-21-14 202 Jan01/04 20-23-11 R 211 Jul01/08
20-20-00 1 Oct01/06 20-21-14 203 Jan01/04 20-23-11 R 212 Jul01/08
20-21-14 204 Jan01/04 20-23-11 213 Jul01/07
20-21-00 1 Jan01/04 20-21-15 201 Jan01/05 20-23-11 214 Jan01/08
20-21-11 201 Jul01/05 20-21-15 202 Jan01/04 20-23-11 215 Jan01/08
20-21-11 202 Jul01/05 20-21-15 R 203 Jul01/08 20-23-11 216 Oct01/07
20-21-11 R 203 Jul01/08 20-21-15 204 Jan01/04 20-23-11 217 Oct01/07
20-21-11 204 Jul01/05 20-21-15 205 Apr01/04 20-23-11 218 Jan01/08
20-21-11 205 Jul01/05 20-21-15 206 Jan01/04 20-23-11 219 Oct01/07
20-21-11 206 Jan01/04 20-21-15 207 Jan01/04 20-23-11 220 Jan01/08
20-21-11 207 Jan01/04 20-21-15 208 Jan01/04 20-23-11 221 Oct01/07
20-21-11 208 Jan01/04 20-21-15 209 Jan01/04 20-23-11 222 Oct01/07
20-21-11 209 Jan01/04 20-21-15 210 Jan01/04 20-23-11 223 Jan01/08
20-21-11 210 Apr01/05 20-21-15 211 Jan01/04 20-23-11 224 Jan01/08
20-21-11 211 Apr01/05 20-21-15 212 Jan01/04 20-23-11 225 Oct01/07
20-21-11 212 Jul01/05 20-21-15 213 Jan01/04 20-23-11 226 Jan01/08
20-L.E.P. Page 1
Jul 01/08
MSR
20-23-11 227 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 278 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A229 Jul01/08

20-23-11 228 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 279 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A230 Jul01/08
20-23-11 229 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 280 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A231 Jul01/08
20-23-11 230 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 281 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A232 Jul01/08
20-23-11 231 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 282 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A233 Jul01/08
20-23-11 232 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 283 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A234 Jul01/08
20-23-11 233 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 284 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A235 Jul01/08
20-23-11 234 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 285 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A236 Jul01/08
20-23-11 235 Jan01/08 20-23-11 R 286 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A237 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 236 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 287 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A238 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 237 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 288 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A239 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 238 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 289 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A240 Jul01/08
20-23-11 239 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 290 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A241 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 240 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 291 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A242 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 241 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 292 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A243 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 242 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 293 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A244 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 243 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 294 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A245 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 244 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 295 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A246 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 245 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 296 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A247 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 246 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 297 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A248 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 247 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 298 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A249 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 248 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R 299 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A250 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 249 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A200 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A251 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 250 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A201 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A252 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 251 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A202 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A253 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 252 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A203 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A254 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 253 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A204 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A255 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 254 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A205 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A256 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 255 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A206 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A257 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 256 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A207 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A258 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 257 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A208 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A259 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 258 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A209 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A260 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 259 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A210 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A261 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 260 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A211 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A262 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 261 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A212 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A263 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 262 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A213 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A264 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 263 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A214 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A265 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 264 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A215 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A266 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 265 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A216 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A267 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 266 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A217 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A268 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 267 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A218 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A269 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 268 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A219 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A270 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 269 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A220 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A271 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 270 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A221 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A272 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 271 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A222 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A273 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 272 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A223 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A274 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 273 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A224 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A275 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 274 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A225 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A276 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 275 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A226 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A277 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 276 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A227 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A278 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R 277 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A228 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A279 Jul01/08
20-L.E.P. Page 2
Jul 01/08
MSR
20-23-11 R A280 Jul01/08 20-23-38 206 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 257 Jul01/08

20-23-11 R A281 Jul01/08 20-23-38 207 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 258 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A282 Jul01/08 20-23-38 208 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 259 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A283 Jul01/08 20-23-38 209 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 260 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A284 Jul01/08 20-23-38 210 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 261 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A285 Jul01/08 20-23-38 211 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 262 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A286 Jul01/08 20-23-38 212 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 263 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A287 Jul01/08 20-23-38 213 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 264 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A288 Jul01/08 20-23-38 214 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 265 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A289 Jul01/08 20-23-38 215 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 266 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A290 Jul01/08 20-23-38 R 216 Jul01/08 20-23-38 R 267 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A291 Jul01/08 20-23-38 217 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 268 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A292 Jul01/08 20-23-38 218 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 269 Jul01/08
20-23-11 R A293 Jul01/08 20-23-38 219 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 270 Jul01/08
20-23-11 N A294 Jul01/08 20-23-38 220 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 271 Jul01/08
20-23-11 N A295 Jul01/08 20-23-38 221 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 272 Jul01/08
20-23-11 N A296 Jul01/08 20-23-38 222 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 273 Jul01/08
20-23-11 N A297 Jul01/08 20-23-38 223 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 274 Jul01/08
20-23-11 N A298 Jul01/08 20-23-38 224 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 275 Jul01/08
20-23-11 N A299 Jul01/08 20-23-38 225 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 276 Jul01/08
20-23-14 201 Jan01/07 20-23-38 226 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 277 Jul01/08
20-23-14 202 Oct01/06 20-23-38 227 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 278 Jul01/08
20-23-14 203 Jan01/04 20-23-38 228 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 279 Jul01/08
20-23-14 204 Jan01/04 20-23-38 229 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 280 Jul01/08
20-23-14 205 Jan01/04 20-23-38 230 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 281 Jul01/08
20-23-14 206 Jan01/04 20-23-38 231 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 282 Jul01/08
20-23-14 207 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 232 Jul01/08 20-23-38 R 283 Jul01/08
20-23-14 R 208 Jul01/08 20-23-38 233 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 284 Jul01/08
20-23-14 R 209 Jul01/08 20-23-38 234 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 285 Jul01/08
20-23-14 R 210 Jul01/08 20-23-38 235 Jan01/05 20-23-38 R 286 Jul01/08
20-23-14 R 211 Jul01/08 20-23-38 R 236 Jul01/08 20-23-38 R 287 Jul01/08
20-23-14 212 Jan01/04 20-23-38 237 Oct01/04 20-23-38 R 288 Jul01/08
20-23-21 201 Jan01/05 20-23-38 238 Oct01/04 20-23-38 R 289 Jul01/08
20-23-21 202 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 239 Jul01/08 20-23-38 R 290 Jul01/08
20-23-21 203 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 240 Jul01/08 20-23-38 N 291 Jul01/08
20-23-21 204 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 241 Jul01/08 20-23-38 N 292 Jul01/08
20-23-21 205 Jan01/04 20-23-38 242 Oct01/04
20-23-21 206 Jan01/04 20-23-38 243 Oct01/06 20-24-00 1 Jan01/04
20-23-21 207 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 244 Jul01/08 20-24-11 201 Jan01/04
20-23-21 208 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 245 Jul01/08 20-24-11 R 202 Jul01/08
20-23-21 209 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 246 Jul01/08 20-24-11 203 Oct01/06
20-23-22 201 Oct01/04 20-23-38 R 247 Jul01/08 20-24-11 204 Jan01/04
20-23-22 202 Jan01/08 20-23-38 248 Oct01/04 20-24-11 205 Jan01/04
20-23-22 203 Jan01/08 20-23-38 249 Oct01/04 20-24-12 R 601 Jul01/08
20-23-22 204 Jan01/08 20-23-38 R 250 Jul01/08 20-24-12 R 602 Jul01/08
20-23-22 205 Jan01/08 20-23-38 251 Oct01/04 20-24-12 603 Jan01/04
20-23-38 201 Jul01/07 20-23-38 R 252 Jul01/08 20-24-12 604 Jan01/04
20-23-38 202 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 253 Jul01/08 20-24-12 R 605 Jul01/08
20-23-38 203 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 254 Jul01/08 20-24-12 R 606 Jul01/08
20-23-38 204 Oct01/06 20-23-38 R 255 Jul01/08 20-24-12 607 Jan01/04
20-23-38 205 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 256 Jul01/08
20-L.E.P. Page 3
Jul 01/08
MSR
20-26-00 201 Oct01/07 20-28-00 237 Jan01/04 20-28-00 N 544 Jul01/08

20-26-00 202 Oct01/07 20-28-00 238 Jan01/04 20-28-00 N 545 Jul01/08
20-26-00 203 Jan01/04 20-28-00 239 Jan01/04
20-26-00 204 Oct01/07 20-28-00 240 Jan01/04 20-29-00 R 201 Jul01/08
20-26-00 R 205 Jul01/08 20-28-00 241 Jan01/04 20-29-00 R 202 Jul01/08
20-26-00 R 206 Jul01/08 20-28-00 242 Jan01/04 20-29-00 R 203 Jul01/08
20-26-00 207 Jan01/08 20-28-00 243 Jan01/04 20-29-00 204 Jan01/04
20-26-00 208 Jan01/08 20-28-00 244 Jan01/04
20-26-00 209 Oct01/07 20-28-00 R 501 Jul01/08 20-31-00 1 Jul01/06
20-28-00 R 502 Jul01/08 20-31-00 2 Jul01/06
20-27-00 201 Oct01/07 20-28-00 R 503 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 3 Jul01/08
20-27-00 202 Oct01/07 20-28-00 R 504 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 4 Jul01/08
20-27-00 203 Jul01/04 20-28-00 R 505 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 5 Jul01/08
20-27-00 204 Jul01/04 20-28-00 R 506 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 6 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 507 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 7 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 201 Jul01/08 20-28-00 R 508 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 8 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 202 Jul01/08 20-28-00 R 509 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 9 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 203 Jul01/08 20-28-00 R 510 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 10 Jul01/08
20-28-00 204 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 511 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 11 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 205 Jul01/08 20-28-00 R 512 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 12 Jul01/08
20-28-00 206 Apr01/07 20-28-00 R 513 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 13 Jul01/08
20-28-00 207 Jul01/05 20-28-00 R 514 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 14 Jul01/08
20-28-00 208 Jul01/05 20-28-00 R 515 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 15 Jul01/08
20-28-00 209 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 516 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 16 Jul01/08
20-28-00 210 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 517 Jul01/08 20-31-00 17 Jan01/07
20-28-00 211 Jul01/05 20-28-00 R 518 Jul01/08 20-31-00 18 Jan01/07
20-28-00 212 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 519 Jul01/08 20-31-00 19 Jan01/07
20-28-00 213 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 520 Jul01/08 20-31-00 20 Jan01/07
20-28-00 214 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 521 Jul01/08 20-31-00 21 Jan01/07
20-28-00 215 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 522 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 22 Jul01/08
20-28-00 216 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 523 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 23 Jul01/08
20-28-00 217 Jul01/05 20-28-00 R 524 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 24 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 218 Jul01/08 20-28-00 R 525 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 25 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 219 Jul01/08 20-28-00 R 526 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 26 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 220 Jul01/08 20-28-00 R 527 Jul01/08 20-31-00 27 Jan01/08
20-28-00 221 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 528 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 28 Jul01/08
20-28-00 222 Jan01/04 20-28-00 529 Jan01/04 20-31-00 29 Oct01/07
20-28-00 223 Jan01/04 20-28-00 530 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 30 Jul01/08
20-28-00 224 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 531 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 31 Jul01/08
20-28-00 225 Jan01/04 20-28-00 R 532 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 32 Jul01/08
20-28-00 226 Jan01/04 20-28-00 533 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 33 Jul01/08
20-28-00 227 Jan01/04 20-28-00 534 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 34 Jul01/08
20-28-00 228 Jan01/04 20-28-00 535 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 35 Jul01/08
20-28-00 229 Oct01/06 20-28-00 536 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 36 Jul01/08
20-28-00 230 Oct01/06 20-28-00 537 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 37 Jul01/08
20-28-00 231 Jan01/04 20-28-00 538 Jan01/04 20-31-00 38 Jul01/07
20-28-00 232 Jan01/04 20-28-00 539 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 39 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 233 Jul01/08 20-28-00 540 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 40 Jul01/08
20-28-00 R 234 Jul01/08 20-28-00 541 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 41 Jul01/08
20-28-00 235 Jan01/07 20-28-00 542 Jan01/04 20-31-00 R 42 Jul01/08
20-28-00 236 Jan01/04 20-28-00 N 543 Jul01/08 20-31-00 R 43 Jul01/08
20-L.E.P. Page 4
Jul 01/08
MSR
20-31-00 R 44 Jul01/08 20-34-00 1 Jan01/04

20-31-00 R 45 Jul01/08 20-34-00 2 Jan01/04
20-31-00 R 46 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 47 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 48 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 49 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 50 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 51 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 52 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 53 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 54 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 55 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 56 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 57 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 58 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 59 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 60 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 61 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 62 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 63 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 64 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 65 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 66 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 67 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 68 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 69 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 70 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 71 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 72 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 73 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 74 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 75 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 76 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 77 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 78 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 79 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 80 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 81 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 82 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 83 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 84 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 85 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 86 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 87 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 88 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 89 Jul01/08
20-31-00 R 90 Jul01/08
20-31-00 N 91 Jul01/08
20-33-00 1 Jan01/04
20-33-00 2 Jan01/04
20-L.E.P. Page 5
Jul 01/08
MSR
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME - GENERAL
_______________________________________ 20-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Standards Manual 1 ALL
Process and Material Specification 1 ALL
Manual
WIRELOCKING 20-11-11
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
WIRELOCKING 201 ALL
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE 20-15-00

DEVICES
Handling Precautions for 201 ALL
Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive
Devices
CIRCUIT BREAKERS 20-16-00

Circuit Breakers Safety Practices 201 ALL
MAINTENANCE IN STORM CONDITIONS 20-17-00

Maintenance in Storm Conditions - 201 ALL
Safety Practices
__________________
STANDARD PROCESSES 20-20-00
General 1 ALL
STANDARD TORQUES 20-21-00

General 1 ALL
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR STANDARD 20-21-11
THREADED FASTENERS
Tightening Torques of the Standard 201 ALL
Threaded Fasteners
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR PIPE UNIONS 20-21-12
(NOT FOR OXYGEN UNIONS)
Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions 201 ALL
(not for OXYGEN unions)
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR FLIGHT CONTROLS 20-21-13
THREADED FASTENERS
20-CONTENTS Page 1
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Tightening Torques for the Flight 201 ALL
Controls Threaded Fasteners
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR OXYGEN UNIONS 20-21-14
Tightening Torques for Oxygen 201 ALL
Unions
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR ELECTRICAL 20-21-15
COMPONENT FASTENERS
Tightening Torques for Electrical 201 ALL
Component Fasteners
STA-LOK FASTENERS 20-22-00

Removal of the STA-LOK Nuts 201 ALL
Installation of the Nuts 206 ALL
LINES 20-23-00
General 1 ALL
Hydraulic Lines 1 ALL
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF TUBING 20-23-11
Installation and Repair of 201 ALL
Hydraulic Lines
Permitted Damage and Defects on 205 ALL
Hydraulic Tubing
Installation of the Hydraulic 211 ALL
Tubes
Installation of the Pneumatic 215 ALL
Sense Line
Tightening Practices for Hydraulic 223 ALL
Connections
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with 236 ALL
PERMASWAGE Unions
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with 269 ALL
HARRISON Elastomerically-Swaged
Fittings
Repair of the Titanium-Alloy 298 ALL
Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON
Sleeves and Unions
Repair of the Corrosion-Resistant A216 ALL
Steel or Aluminum-Alloy or
Titanium-Alloy tubes with
SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic A227 ALL
20-CONTENTS Page 2
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Tubes
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with A251 ALL
CRYOFIT Couplings 3PHS111-XX
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with A276 ALL
RYNGLOK Unions
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic A290 ALL
Tubes by Welding
LINE TYING 20-23-14
Protection from Vibration and 201 ALL
Chafing of Hydraulic Pipes
HYDRAULIC BOBBINS 20-23-21
Removal/installation of the 201 ALL
Bobbins from their Housings and
Installation of O-rings, Square
Seals and Back-up Rings on the
Bobbins
MARKING OF TIGHTENED UNIONS 20-23-22
Marking of the Unions after 201 ALL
Standard or Specific Tightening
Torque Application
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF WATER AND 20-23-38
ASSOCIATED AIR SUPPLY TUBING
Removal of the Tubes of the 201 ALL
Potable Water System and the Air
Supply Lines
Repair of the Tube Assembly of the 207 ALL
Supply Lines to be Carried out in
the Workshop
Repair of the Tube Assembly of the 235 ALL
Supply Lines to be Carried out in
the Aircraft
Repair of the Tubes with 257 ALL
H-Fittings to be Carried out in
the Aircraft
Temporary Repair of the Tubes 266 ALL
Assembly with MS21922 Sleeves to
be Carried out in the Workshop
Installation of the Tube Assembly 277 ALL
of the Potable Water System and
the Air Supply Lines
20-CONTENTS Page 3
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Replace the Sleeve by a Plug on 282 ALL
the Dead End of the Vacuum Waste
Lines
Replace the Plug by a Sleeve on 288 ALL
the Dead End of the Vacuum Waste
Lines
CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS 20-24-00

General 1 ALL
CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION AND 20-24-11
CLEANING
Installation of the Control Cables 201 ALL
Cleaning and Protection of the 204 ALL
Cables
CONTROL CABLE AND PULLEY CHECK 20-24-12
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check of Control Cables and 601 ALL
Pulleys
INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINT 20-26-00

Installation of expansion joints 201 ALL
Installation of the Static Seals 207 ALL
ELECTRICAL CABLES AND BUNDLES 20-27-00

Installation of Grommets 201 ALL
ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00

Electrical Bonding of Components 201 ALL
with Rivets
Electrical Bonding of Components 206 ALL
with Conductive Screws and Bolts
and Bonding Straps
Electrical Bonding of Pipes 218 ALL
Electrical Bonding of Antennas 229 ALL
with Conductive Bolts
Electrical Bonding of Electrical 233 ALL
Connectors
Electrical Bonding of Composites 237 ALL
ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00
20-CONTENTS Page 4
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Table of the Maximum Permitted 501 ALL
Resistance Values
Low-Current Test Method 518 ALL
Check of the Electrical Bonding of 520 ALL
the Different Components (but not
the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite
Materials)
the Fluid Systems
the Different Components Installed
on Composite Materials
External Composite Panels with a
CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test
Set
External Composite Panels (without
Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with
a Megohmmeter
Measurement of the Surface 531 ALL
Electrical Resistance of External
Composite Panels with a CORAS
Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
Composite Panels (without
Electrical Conductive Tape
Composite Panels (without
Probes
Check of the Aircraft Electrical 541 ALL
Grounding
Loop Impedance Test 543 ALL
O-RING INSTALLATION 20-29-00

Removal/Installation of O-rings on 201 ALL
Straight Plug-in Union (or
Manifold Plug) and Installation of
Straight Plug-in Unions (or
20-CONTENTS Page 5
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
CHAPTER 20
__________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Manifold Plugs)
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR AIRCRAFT 20-31-00

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
General 1 ALL
Alphanumerical Index 3 ALL
Materials List 16 ALL
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR APU 20-33-00

General 1 ALL
Approved Oil Brand-Names 1 ALL
SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-7808, TYPE 1 ALL
I
SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-23699, 1 ALL
TYPE II
SPECIFICATION - DERD 2487 2 ALL
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR IDG 20-34-00

General 1 ALL
Approved Oil Brand-Names 1 ALL
SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-7808, 1 ALL
TYPE I
SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-23699, 1 ALL
TYPE II
20-CONTENTS Page 6
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The airframe standard practices chapter contains information on the use and
application of aircraft maintenance and repair processes which are not
specifically covered in other chapters of the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
It also gives the list of materials required for servicing and maintenance
operations.
2. Standards
________________
Manual
Information related to the various standards effective for all AIRBUS models
are given in a separate manual called: STANDARDS MANUAL.
The STANDARDS MANUAL contains information about all product/semi-finished
product standards approved by the AIRBUS partners for the AIRBUS programs,
as well as about the proprietary parts and the suppliers qualified for those
parts.
Moreover, the STANDARDS MANUAL contains a selection of the basic standards
used on the AIRBUS programs.
Standard parts which are not found in the STANDARDS MANUAL shall not be used
without prior approval by AIRBUS INDUSTRIE.
The STANDARDS MANUAL assists the customer with respect to information about
the identification of standard parts and their procurement in co-operation
with the AIRBUS INDUSTRIE spare parts center AIRSPARES.
3. Process
_________________________________________
and Material Specification Manual
The PROCESS AND MATERIAL SPECIFICATION MANUAL provides basic information on
manufacturing processes and materials which are called up in engineering
drawings and AIRBUS INDUSTRIE documentation.
It is designed to assist operators in producing their own workshop documents
necessary to perform work on in-service AIRBUS aircraft. The quality of such
R work is the responsibility of the Operator.

EFF :

ALL 20-00-00

Page 1
Oct 01/06

MSR
WIRELOCKING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________
TASK 20-11-11-911-803
WIRELOCKING
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The lockwire is installed to put tension on the wire when the parts become
loose.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-11-11-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-11-11-869-050
A. General
(1) Make sure that all lockwire holes are drilled.
(2) Make sure that the assembly was torqued to the requirements of the
figure.

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 201
Jan 01/08

MSR
(3) Use lockwire only one time.
(4) Single wirelocking is permitted if the locking length is short and

lies close to the component locked.
(5) Double wirelocking is preferred and is essential if the locking

length is long and unsupported and/or can become damaged.
NOTE : Do not use lockwire to prevent unwanted operation of controls

____
or switches for any normal, standby or emergency services
which can be required at any times during flight.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-11-11-911-050
A. Single Wirelocking
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-11-11-991-001)
(1) Put the lockwire into the hole.
(2) Keep the wire tight, twist a minimum of four times.
(3) Put one end through the hole in the item to which locking is to run.
NOTE : Do not cut the end that is not used until the wirelocking
____
operation is completed. You can use it if the first end
breaks.
R (4) Bend the wire back through 180 deg (180.0000 deg) and thread it under
R itself.
(5) Draw the wire tight and thread the end under at least two more times,
making a minimum of two turns up to a maximum of four.
Subtask 20-11-11-911-051
B. Double Wirelocking
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-11-11-991-001)
(1) Put the lockwire into the hole in the first part and the ends
equalized and bent around the head of the part.
(2) Twist the strands, while tight, until the twisted part is just short
of the hole in the next unit.
The twisted portion must be within 3 mm (0.1181 in.) from the hole in
either unit.

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 202
Jul 01/08

MSR
Wirelocking Practices - Examples
Figure 201/TASK 20-11-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
NOTE : The direction of wrap and twist of the strands must be such
____
R that the loop around the part comes under the strand which
R protrudes from the hole so that the loop stays down and does
R not tend to slip up and leave a slack loop.
(3) Insert the highest strand through the hole in the second unit and do
the above procedure.
(4) After the last unit is wired, continue to twist the wires to form a
pigtail of three to five twists.
(5) Bend the cut ends of the pigtail in towards the item to prevent
formation of a snag.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-11-11-911-052
A. Check of the Wire
(1) Trim off the remaining wire and discard.
(2) Remove all pieces of off-cut wire from the aircraft structure.
(3) Make sure that locking is tight.
(4) Make sure that the wire shows no signs of kinking, peeling and other
types of damage.
(5) If no protection was applied in the wire holes before installation,

you must inject the adequate protective compound after wire
installation SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) or STORAGE
PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004).

EFF :

ALL 20-11-11

Page 204
Oct 01/06

MSR
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE DEVICES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 20-15-00-912-801
Handling Precautions for Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-15-00-860-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-15-00-912-050
A. Handling precautions
(1) There are no specific procedures or instructions related to this

subject because:
(a) The LRUs have sufficient built-in protection to prevent

electrostatic discharge damage.
(b) No protective electrostatic discharge handling procedures are

necessary unless the LRU housing is open.
For example, antistatic or conductive protective caps are not
necessary for connectors on the LRU housing (standard caps are
sufficient).
(c) No electrostatic discharge sensitive devices printed circuit

boards are LRUs. Thus it is not necessary to use wrist straps.
NOTE : On Board Replaceable Modules (OBRMs) are not LRUs. It is

____
R necessary to wear wrist straps for the
R Installation/replacement of OBRMs.
R For OBRM handling and use, refer to (Ref. SIL 00-022).

EFF :

ALL 20-15-00

Page 201
Jul 01/06

MSR
(d) The necessary standard precautions for each LRU are specified in
the AMM in the applicable removal/Installation section.
For example, Put the blanking caps on the fixed connector and on
the LRU connector(s).

EFF :

ALL 20-15-00

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
CIRCUIT BREAKERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________
TASK 20-16-00-912-801
Circuit Breakers Safety Practices
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-15-912-801 Tightening Torques for Electrical Component Fasteners
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-16-00-860-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-16-00-912-050
A. Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

It is necessary to safety an open circuit breaker with safety clips (P/N
ABS0772 or equivalent) when:
- there is work on an electrically controlled or supplied system during
maintenance.
R - such a system is deactivated and not serviceable.
NOTE : The manufacturer recommends safety clips P/N ABS0772 but the
____
operator can use equivalents that obey the requirements given in
this document.
It is important to use safety clips that:
- are easy to install and remove
- do not cause damage to the circuit breaker or circuit breaker
panel.
It is always better to use plastic safety clips because they
prevent the risk of accidental short circuits (if they fall in an
electrical panel for example).

EFF :

ALL 20-16-00

Page 201
Oct 01/06

MSR
(1) Maintenance
(a) There is a risk of injury and damage to equipment and/or the

aircraft if persons do work on electrically energized equipment
or systems.
(b) Before maintenance work starts on an electrical equipment or

system, it is safety practice to identify, open, safety and tag
the circuit breakers related to the equipment or system(s).
This prevents the supply of electrical power to the
equipment/system(s) and the risk of:
- electrical shocks that can occur when there is contact with
energized wiring connections, terminals, etc.
- short circuits that can occur when metal tools or parts make
accidental contact between energized wiring, terminals,
contacts, etc.
1
_ To make sure that an open circuit breaker remains open, it is
necessary to install a safety clip (P/N ABS0772B01A (4.6 mm
(0.1811 in.) depth), P/N ABS0772B02A (7.6 mm (0.2992 in.)
depth) (red color) or equivalent) and a safety tag on the
circuit breaker (between the circuit breaker button and the
circuit breaker panel).
(2) Operation
(a) During aircraft operation, it can be necessary to prevent the

operation of an electrical system (for example, an optional
system with wiring provision that is not activated or a system
that is deactivated because of MMEL requirements).
1
_ To prevent the accidental energization of such systems, it is
safety practice to install safety clips (P/N ABS0772A01A (4.6
mm (0.1811 in.) depth), P/N ABS0772A02A (7.6 mm (0.2992 in.)
depth) (white color) or equivalent) on the related circuit
breakers.
2
_ When these safety clips are installed, it must be possible to
see the complete circuit breaker panel and all the placards.
(3) Tightening torques for circuit breakers
(a) Make sure that you apply the correct tightening torque when you
attach/connect a circuit breaker (Ref. TASK 20-21-15-912-801)

EFF :

ALL 20-16-00

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
MAINTENANCE IN STORM CONDITIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 20-17-00-910-801
Maintenance in Storm Conditions - Safety Practices
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
05-51-18-200-801 Inspection after Lightning Strike

12-34-24-860-802 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-17-00-860-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-17-00-910-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) During storm conditions, or when there is atmospheric electrical

activity, it is recommended:
- to stop ground servicing operations external to the aircraft
(refueling, etc.),
- to remove/disconnect headsets,
- to ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-860-802),
- not to touch metal parts, equipment or connections to the aircraft.
If a lightning strike occurs, do an inspection after lightning
strike. (Ref. TASK 05-51-18-200-801)
Lightning strike and high discharge currents can cause severe
injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment.

EFF :

ALL 20-17-00

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
STANDARD PROCESSES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the information related to standard practices.
It includes the topics below:
20-21-00/P. Block 001 STANDARD TORQUES
R 20-22-00/P. Block 201 STA-LOK FASTENERS INSTALLATION
20-23-00/P. Block 001 LINES
20-24-00/P. Block 001 CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS
20-26-00/P. Block 201 EXPANSION JOINTS INSTALLATION
20-28-00/P. Block 201 ELECTRICAL BONDING
20-29-00/P. Block 201 O-RING INSTALLATION.

EFF :

ALL 20-20-00

Page 1
Oct 01/06

MSR
STANDARD TORQUES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the information related to the tightening torques of
standard fasteners, oxygen unions, air unions, fluid unions and flight
control fasteners.
20-21-11/P. Block 201 TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR STANDARD THREADED FASTENERS
20-21-12/P. Block 201 TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR FUEL HYDRAULIC AND AIR DATA
UNIONS
20-21-13/P. Block 201 TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR FLIGHT CONTROL THREADED
FASTENERS
20-21-14/P. Block 201 TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR OXYGEN UNIONS.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR STANDARD THREADED FASTENERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 20-21-11-911-801
Tightening Torques of the Standard Threaded Fasteners
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure gives the different tightening torques applicable to the

R standard screw heads and nuts. It also gives the correction coefficient that
you must use when you apply a lubricant to install the fasteners.
The applicable torques are given in the maintenance procedure.
The torque values are applicable for the first and the second oversize of
the same screw/nut assembly.
2. ______________________
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SRM 514900
20-21-11-991-016 Fig. 201
20-21-11-991-003 Fig. 202
20-21-11-991-001 Fig. 203
20-21-11-991-004 Fig. 204
20-21-11-991-017 Fig. 205
20-21-11-991-006 Fig. 206

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 201
Jul 01/05

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-11-911-060
A. General
(1) The threaded fasteners are identified with a standard number written
on the head (example: ABS, AN, ASNA, NAS, ASN, NSA, MS). They are
installed in standard conditions and lubricated.
(2) Be careful when you remove threaded fasteners.

Before you apply a tightening torque to a fastener, make sure that
you know its correct part number.
To find the correct part number of a fastener (screw, washer, nut),
refer to the installation figure of the IPC.
(3) The torque values of the nuts and the screws are given with their
initial lubricants.
These torque values are available for the different screw/nut
diameters:
- The minimum value
- The nominal value
- The maximal value.
(4) Installation of used screws and nuts:
(a) If you use screws and nuts again:

- The preload is weaker because the effect of the lubricant
decreases.
- It causes local damage to the protection of the screws and nuts
which can cause corrosion (nuts and screws in plated steel) or
seizure (nuts and screws in titanium or stainless steel).
- It can cause damage to the mating surfaces.
- It can decrease the torque for self-locking nuts.
(b) To use nuts and screws again, obey the conditions that follow:
- Do not use aluminum nuts again.
- For other materials, make sure that the screws and nuts are
R serviceable (get approval from your Quality Department or an
R approved mechanic).
- The protection (or the fasteners) must not be damaged. Examine
the threads of the screw and the nut, the mating surfaces of
the nut and the wrench, the shank and the head of the screw).

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 202
Jul 01/05

MSR
(5) Tightening Procedures.
(a) Apply the tightening torques with:

- Torque wrenches
- Calibrated screwdrivers.
(b) If you use torque wrenches or calibrated screwdrivers, make sure

that:
1
_ The calibration of the tools is correct.
2
_ The torque is applied correctly.
You can apply unwanted torsion or flexion to the component if:
- The position of the wrench (or the screwdriver) is
incorrect.
- You apply the tightening torque incorrectly:
This can change the tightening torque and, thus, the preload.
NOTE : If you use a screwdriver, you must tighten at the

____
correct speed to prevent too much heat on the
fasteners. This can cause damage to the protection and
the lubricant and can make the fastener seize.
- The attachment of the component is correct:

Make sure that the component is attached correctly before
you apply the maximum torque.
3
_ You get a correct part mating for a good fatigue of the
joints.
(c) Do not apply more than the maximum torque value.
(d) Make sure that you get correct part mating before the maximum
torque value is applied.
(e) Tightening of screws and nuts with a torque wrench and an

adapter.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-11-991-016)
1
_ When you can only tighten with an adapter, obey these
instructions:
a
_ Adjust the adapter until the center of the hexagonal socket
or the jaws is aligned with the axis of the torque wrench.
R The angle of offset must not be more than 15 deg (15.0000
R deg).

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 203
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Torque Wrench/Adapter Combination
Figure 201/TASK 20-21-11-991-016

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 204
Jul 01/05

MSR
b
_ To prevent possible errors, the length of the adapter must
be less than the length of the torque wrench.
c
_ When you use an adapter, the value shown on the dial of the
R torque wrench is not the applied value. To get the correct
R value T2, use this formula:
T1 x A
T2 = ------
A + B
T1: Value that you must apply on the nut.
A : Length of the torque wrench.
B : Length of the adapter
T2: Torque wrench dial reading
NOTE : This formula is correct only when the torque wrench

____
and the adapter are aligned.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-11-911-050
A. Tightening Torque for the Screws and the Nuts.
(1) Tightening by the nut.

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-21-11-991-003, 203/TASK 20-21-11-991-001)
- If you cannot tighten by the nut, increase by 20% the values given
in the figures.
(2) Tightening by the screw (captive nut).

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-11-991-004)
You can tighten by the screw only when the screw is installed in a
hole with clearance fit.
(3) Tightening of castellated nuts.

R If the torque value tolerance does not let you put a slot opposite a
R hole for a cotter pin, you can:
R - Decrease the minimum torque by 10 %,
- Install a washer below the nut,
- Replace the nut.
You can drill the screw during the installation.
Make sure that you do not decrease the strength of the screw
(Specially for offset drilling, the diameter of the bore must be
correct, deburr lightly).
You must prevent corrosion (Put grease in the hole of the nut when
you install steel bolts).

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 205
Jul 01/05

MSR
Torque Values for Removable Structural Fasteners
Figure 202/TASK 20-21-11-991-003- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 206
Jan 01/04

MSR
Torque Values for Removable Structural Fasteners

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 207
Jan 01/04

MSR
Torques Values for Equipment Installation Fasteners

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 208
Jan 01/04

MSR
Torques Values for Equipment Installation Fasteners

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 209
Jan 01/04

MSR
R Torque Values for Equipment Installation Fasteners
R Figure 204/TASK 20-21-11-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 210
Apr 01/05

MSR
R Torque Values for Equipment Installation Fasteners

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 211
Apr 01/05

MSR
NOTE : We recommend that you use screws with their initial drill
____
holes.
(4) Installation of self-locking nuts.

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-21-11-991-017)
(a) Procedure for the installation of self-locking nuts (ASNA 2028 -

ASNA 2528), (ASNA 2029 - ASNA 2529), (ASNA 2031 - 2531), (ASNA
2032 - ASNA 2532), (ASNA 2036 - ASNA 2536), (ASNA 2037 - ASNA
2537) and (ASNA 2038 - ASNA 2538) with interfay sealant.
When the fasteners (screws/nuts) are installed on uncured
interfay sealant, the fasteners can loose their preload after
curing because the sealant does not flow immediately. This is why
you must tighten them again.
The first tightening is got when the outer hexagonal part is
sheared off.
You must apply the torque values specified in the given procedure
(Ref. SRM 514900).
R 1
_ 5 or 10 minutes after the initial tightening, or
2
_ before the sealant is cured.
(5) The tightening torques of the TAPERLOK, HI-LOK and HI-LITE screws are
specified in the given procedures (Ref. SRM 514900).
(6) Tightening of shoulder screws.

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-21-11-991-006)
(a) Tighten by the nut.
R (b) The minimum torque that you must apply is to between 0.1 and 0.2
R m.daN (8.84 and 17.69 lbf.in). If you do not apply this minimum
R torque, the washer can become loose.
If you install a castellated nut, the tightening torque tolerance
does not always let you align the castellated nut with the hole
of the cotter pin.
If you cannot align the castellated nut with the hole of the
cotter pin, install a steel teflon washer NSA5305 and a nut
NSA5060.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 212
Jul 01/05

MSR
R Torque Values for Self Locking Nuts
Figure 205/TASK 20-21-11-991-017

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 213
Jul 01/05

MSR
Tightening Torques of the Shoulder Bolts
Figure 206/TASK 20-21-11-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-21-11

Page 214
Apr 01/05

MSR
R __________________________________________________________
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR PIPE UNIONS (NOT FOR OXYGEN UNIONS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 20-21-12-911-801
R Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN unions)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the data related to the standard tightening torques for
the unions of these systems:
- FUEL
- HYDRAULIC
- AIR DATA
- DE-ICING
- RAIN PROTECTION
- EXTINGUISHING
- PRESSURIZATION
- WATER
- WASTE WATER
R - AIR CONDITIONING.
NOTE : This procedure gives standard torque values. You must use the
____
specific torque values given in the maintenance procedure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-917-801 Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections

R 20-21-12-991-011 Fig. 201
R 20-21-12-991-012 Fig. 202
20-21-12-991-003 Fig. 203
20-21-12-991-004 Fig. 204
R 20-21-12-991-013 Fig. 205
R 20-21-12-991-014 Fig. 206
R 20-21-12-991-005 Fig. 207
R 20-21-12-991-006 Fig. 208
R 20-21-12-991-007 Fig. 209
R 20-21-12-991-015 Fig. 210
R 20-21-12-991-001 Fig. 211
R 20-21-12-991-002 Fig. 212
R 20-21-12-991-010 Fig. 213

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 201
Jan 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-21-12-991-008 Fig. 214

R 20-21-12-991-009 Fig. 215
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-12-869-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-12-911-050
A. Tightening Torques for Hydraulic Systems
R NOTE : Before you torque a component, you must obey the precautions and
____
R procedures given in the Tightening Practices for Hydraulic
R Connections procedure (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-917-801).
R (1) Tightening torques for AN unions (flared tube).

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-12-991-011)
R (2) Tightening torques for HARRISON and PERMASWAGE unions.

R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-21-12-991-012)
R (a) Removable steel swaged unions, of the HARRISON and PERMASWAGE

R type and removable MS-type unions (CRES and titanium tubes).
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
R (b) Removable aluminum-alloy swaged unions, of the HARRISON and

R PERMASWAGE type and removable MS-type unions (aluminum-alloy
R tubes).
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
R (c) HARRISON and PERMASWAGE type removable unions with one of the
R parts (union or tube) made of aluminum-alloy.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
R (3) Tightening torques for flexible hoses.

R (Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-21-12-991-013)
(a) Steel union installed on steel equipment or tube.

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 202
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Tightening Torques for AN Unions
R Figure 201/TASK 20-21-12-991-011

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 203
Jan 01/08

MSR
R HARRISON and PERMASWAGE Connection
R Figure 202/TASK 20-21-12-991-012

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 204
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Tightening Torques for HARRISON and PERMASWAGE In-line Couplings, Check Valves,
R Hoses, Fuel Unions and Caps/Plugs, the two Parts made of CRES or Titanium
Figure 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 205
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Tightening Torques for HARRISON and PERMASWAGE In-line Couplings, Check Valves,
R Hoses, Fuel Unions and Caps/Plugs, one of the Parts made of Aluminum-Alloy
Figure 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 206
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Flexible Hose Connection
R Figure 205/TASK 20-21-12-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 207
Jan 01/08

MSR
(b) Aluminum-alloy union installed on aluminum-alloy equipment or
tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
(c) Union with one of the parts (union or equipment or tube) made of
aluminum-alloy.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
R (4) Tightening torques for in-line check valves.

R (Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-21-12-991-014)
R (a) Steel check valves installed on steel or titanium pipes.

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
R (b) Check valves with one of the parts (union or pipe) made of
R aluminum-alloy.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
R (5) Tightening torques for blanking caps/plugs.
R (a) Steel cap/plug installed on a steel component.

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
R (b) Aluminum-alloy cap/plug installed on an aluminum-alloy component.

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
R (c) Cap/plug with one of the parts (cap/plug or component) made of

R aluminum-alloy.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
R (6) Tightening torques for plug-in unions.

R (Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-21-12-991-005)
R NOTE : This paragraph is applicable only for plug-in unions installed

____
R on an equipment item.
R You must refer to HARRISON or PERMASWAGE paragraph to torque
R HARRISON and PERMASWAGE unions.
R (a) Plug-in steel unions

R Steel union installed on a steel component or a steel union.
R (Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
R (b) Plug-in aluminum-alloy unions

R Aluminum-alloy union installed on an aluminum component.
R (Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-007)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 208
Jan 01/08

MSR
R In-line Check Valve Connection
R Figure 206/TASK 20-21-12-991-014

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 209
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Plug-in Union Connection
R Figure 207/TASK 20-21-12-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 210
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Tightening Torques for Plug-in Unions, MS Unions and Plug-in Check Valves (the
R two Parts made of Steel)
R Figure 208/TASK 20-21-12-991-006

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 211
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Tightening Torques for Plug-in Union and Plug-in Check Valves (One of the Parts
R made of Aluminum-Alloy
Figure 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-007

EFF :

ALL

20-21-12 Page 212
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (c) Plug-in unions with one of the parts (union or component) made of
R aluminum-alloy.
R (Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-007)
R (7) Tightening torques for plug-in check valves.
R (a) Steel check valves installed on steel component.

R (Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-21-12-991-006)
R (b) Check valves with one of the parts (check valve or component)
R made of aluminum-alloy.
R (Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-21-12-991-007)
R (8) Tightening torques for bulkhead connection lock-nuts.

R
R (Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-21-12-991-015, 211/TASK 20-21-12-991-001,
212/TASK 20-21-12-991-002)
R
Subtask 20-21-12-911-051
R B. Tightening Torques for Fuel Systems
(1) Tightening torques for nuts used on component studs.

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003, 213/TASK 20-21-12-991-010)
R (2) Tightening torques for ABS 0106 and ABS 0107 (tighten with your hand
R with nut that touches pipe end).
Subtask 20-21-12-911-052
R C. Tightening Torques for De-icing Systems
R (1) Tightening torques for removable HARRISON and PERMASWAGE swaged

R unions and removable MS-type steel unions, used on CRES or titanium
R tubes.
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
R (2) Hydraulic-type installation with HARRISON unions.

Aluminum-alloy tube and unions.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 213
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Straight Bulkhead Connection
R Figure 210/TASK 20-21-12-991-015

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 214
Jan 01/08

MSR
R 90⁰ Angle Bulkhead Connection
R Figure 211/TASK 20-21-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 215
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Tightening Torques for Lock Nuts for Bulkhead Connections
R Figure 212/TASK 20-21-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 216
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Tightening Torques for Nuts
R Figure 213/TASK 20-21-12-991-010

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 217
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-21-12-911-053
R D. Tightening Torques for Rain Protection Systems
R (a) Aluminum-alloy tube and union.

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
R (b) Titanium tube and union.

R
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
R
Subtask 20-21-12-911-054
R E. Tightening Torques for Fire Extinguishing Systems
(1) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type aluminum-alloy unions used on

aluminum-alloy tubes.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-055
R F. Tightening Torques for Pressurization Systems
(1) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type aluminum-alloy unions used on

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)
(2) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type CRES unions used on CRES tubes.
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-056
R G. Tightening Torques for Air Conditioning Systems
(1) Tightening torques for clamps used on flexible sleeves between

composite or metal pipes/ducts.
R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-008)
(2) Tightening torques for clamps that attach composite or metal

pipes/ducts to their supports.
R (Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-21-12-991-009)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 218
Jan 01/08

MSR
Tightening Torques for Clamps
R Figure 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 219
Jan 01/08

MSR
Tightening Torques for Clamps
R Figure 215/TASK 20-21-12-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 220
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-21-12-911-057
R H. Tightening Torques for Water Systems
(1) Tightening torques for hydraulic-type CRES unions used on CRES tubes.
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)
R Subtask 20-21-12-911-058
R J. Tightening Torques for Waste Water Systems
R (1) Tightening torques for ASNA0033 clamps used on CRES tubes.

R (Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-21-12-991-008)
Subtask 20-21-12-911-059
R K. Tightening Torques for Air Data Systems

Aluminum-alloy tube and union.
R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-21-12-991-004)

Titanium tube and union.
R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-12-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-12

Page 221
Jan 01/08

MSR
_________________________________________________________
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR FLIGHT CONTROLS THREADED FASTENERS
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 20-21-13-911-801
Tightening Torques for the Flight Controls Threaded Fasteners
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the information related to the tightening torques for the
standard threaded fasteners of the flight controls.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-13-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-13-869-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-13-911-050
A. Tightening torques
(1) Tightening torques for the threaded fasteners of the flight controls
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-13-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-13

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
Tightening Torques for the Threaded Fasteners of the Flight Controls.
Figure 201/TASK 20-21-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-13

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR OXYGEN UNIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 20-21-14-911-801
Tightening Torques for Oxygen Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the information related to the tightening torques for the
oxygen unions.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-14-991-001 Fig. 201

20-21-14-991-002 Fig. 202
20-21-14-991-003 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-14-869-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-14-911-050
A. Tightening Torques
(1) Tightening torques for unions of all types, but not ANPT, used on
steel tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-14-991-001)
(2) Tightening torques for unions of all types, but not ANPT, used on
aluminum alloy tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-21-14-991-002)
(3) Tightening torques for ANPT unions used on aluminum alloy tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-21-14-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-14

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
Tightening Torques for Unions of All Types, but not ANPT Used on Steel Tubes
Figure 201/TASK 20-21-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-14

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
Tightening Torques for Unions of All Types, but not ANPT, Used on Aluminum
Alloy Tubes
Figure 202/TASK 20-21-14-991-002

EFF :

ALL

20-21-14 Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
Tightening Torques for ANPT Unions Used on Aluminum Alloy Tubes
Figure 203/TASK 20-21-14-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-21-14

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENT FASTENERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 20-21-15-912-801
Tightening Torques for Electrical Component Fasteners
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the tightening torques for electrical component

fasteners.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific calibrated screwdriver

No specific torque wrench
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 07-020 AI TNA 007-10012

IDENTIFICATION PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-15-991-001 Fig. 201

20-21-15-991-002 Fig. 202
20-21-15-991-003 Fig. 203
20-21-15-991-004 Fig. 204
20-21-15-991-005 Fig. 205
20-21-15-991-006 Fig. 206
20-21-15-991-007 Fig. 207
20-21-15-991-008 Fig. 208
20-21-15-991-009 Fig. 209
20-21-15-991-010 Fig. 210

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 201
Jan 01/05

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-21-15-941-050
A. Functions
(1) The application of tightening torques on electrical component

fasteners permits:
- the electrical and mechanical connection of a terminal to the
component.
- the mechanical attachment of the component to its support.
- the mechanical connection of the various component parts, one with
the other.
- the removal and installation of the fasteners for maintenance.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-21-15-912-050
A. General Requirements and Precautions
(1) You must tighten the fasteners a with torque wrench or calibrated
screwdriver.
(2) Do not change the original lubrication of the hardware.
(3) To install a nut on a stud or a bolt in a nut:
(a) Align the two components axially.
(b) Apply a light pressure and turn to loosen until you feel a
click on the first thread.
(c) Turn to tighten by two turns.
(d) TORQUE with the applicable tool.
1
_ When you have a stacked assembly with the bolt or the nut in
contact with the components, manually make sure that the
components are in the correct position before you apply the
torque.
2
_ Apply the tightening torque in one continuous operation.
NOTE : If you cannot apply the torque in one continuous

____
operation (limited travel or access), do the last

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
tightening operation with a sufficient movement (with a
rotation of 30 degrees minimum).
3
_ The effectively applied torque must not depend on:
- the speed at which the wrench or the screwdriver is used,
- the position of the wrench or the screwdriver,
R - the lateral load that may be applied on the wrench to hold
R it in place.
Subtask 20-21-15-912-051
B. Special Requirements and Precautions
(1) Connection fasteners

Use a wiring principle that prevents stress in the cables that can
cause loosening of the fasteners.
(2) Attachment fasteners

When the diameter of the attachment fasteners is less than the
diameter of the connection fasteners:
- make sure that you do not cause damage to the attachment of the
component on the support when you apply the torque to the
connection fasteners.
(3) Fasteners for assembly/locking

You must not use the nuts and bolts to assemble or mate the
components. The fasteners must be used only to finalize the
operation.
(4) Electrical connections that are not used
(a) Terminal studs that are not used

Remove the nut and leave the stud free.
(b) Others
Tighten the connection screws and nuts to the specified torque
values.
(5) Limitation of use
(a) You cannot use the self-locking nuts again.
(b) For other types of fasteners, you can use them again in these
conditions:
- the threads and mating surfaces are not damaged.
- the protection of the fasteners and the surface condition is
not damaged.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 203
Jul 01/08

MSR
NOTE : If you use the bolts and nuts again, this:
____
- makes the pre-tension weaker because it decreases the
satisfactory effect of the lubricant.
- causes local damage to the protection of the bolts and
nuts which can cause corrosion or seizing.
- can cause damage to the mating surfaces.
- can decrease the torque for the self-locking nuts.
Subtask 20-21-15-210-050
C. Visual Inspection before Application of the Tightening Torque
(1) Before you apply the tightening torque, make sure that:
(a) The old identification mark (red mark) is removed (if painted).
NOTE : You must not use the red mark as a visual reference for
____
tightening of the fasteners.
(b) The quality of the bolt and nut threads and of the lubrication is
correct.
(c) The tightening tools agree with the bolts and nuts.
(d) The chamfer of the bolt is higher than or equal to the depth of
the thread.
(e) The terminals are flat and without burrs.
Subtask 20-21-15-912-052
D. Application of the Tightening Torque
(1) Apply the tightening torques to the fasteners.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-21-15-991-001, 202/TASK 20-21-15-991-002,
203/TASK 20-21-15-991-003, 204/TASK 20-21-15-991-004, 205/TASK 20-21-
15-991-005, 206/TASK 20-21-15-991-006, 207/TASK 20-21-15-991-007,
208/TASK 20-21-15-991-008, 209/TASK 20-21-15-991-009)

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
R Tightening Torques for Electrical Components
Figure 201/TASK 20-21-15-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 205
Apr 01/04

MSR
Tightening Torques for Electrical Components
Figure 202/TASK 20-21-15-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 206
Jan 01/04

MSR
Tightening Torque for Electrical Components.
Figure 203/TASK 20-21-15-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 207
Jan 01/04

MSR
Tightening Torques for electrical components.
Figure 204/TASK 20-21-15-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 208
Jan 01/04

MSR
Tightening torques for electrical components.
Figure 205/TASK 20-21-15-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 209
Jan 01/04

MSR
Figure 206/TASK 20-21-15-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 210
Jan 01/04

MSR
Figure 207/TASK 20-21-15-991-007

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 211
Jan 01/04

MSR
Figure 208/TASK 20-21-15-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 212
Jan 01/04

MSR
Figure 209/TASK 20-21-15-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 213
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 20-21-15-210-051
E. Visual Inspection after Application of the Torque.
(1) After you apply the torque, make sure that:
(a) The position of the assembled components has not changed.
(b) The terminals are parallel.
(c) The components are correctly locked.
(d) You can see at least one thread and a half above the nut.
(2) Apply the identification mark (red mark) if it is necessary.
Subtask 20-21-15-912-053
F. Marking of Screws and Nuts (identification mark)
(1) After application of the tightening torque, on electrical connections

held by a nut or a screw (except circuit-breakers) and made with
R cables with a cross-section of 5 mm2 (0.00 in.2) or more (size 10 - 8
R - 6, etc), you must make an identification mark (red painted line)
between the nut or screw head and a fixed point using PAINTS FOR
DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-020).
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-21-15-991-010)
NOTE : You must not use the red mark as a visual reference for
____
tightening of the screw or the nut.
You must remove this mark before any operation on the
connection.
After an operation, you must tighten the screw or the nut to
the applicable torque value and repaint the red mark.

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 214
Jul 01/08

MSR
Marking of Screws and Nuts
Figure 210/TASK 20-21-15-991-010

EFF :

ALL 20-21-15

Page 215
Jan 01/04

MSR
STA-LOK FASTENERS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________
TASK 20-22-00-000-801
Removal of the STA-LOK Nuts
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure gives the data necessary to remove the STA-LOK nuts NSA5454.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-991-001 Fig. 201

20-22-00-991-002 Fig. 202
20-22-00-991-003 Fig. 203
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-22-00-020-050
A. Removal of the Tab Lockwasher

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-22-00-991-001, 202/TASK 20-22-00-991-002)
(1) Use the tab-lockwasher removal tool to remove the tab lockwasher (3).
R (2) Put the removal tool core (1) in the fully extended position. Make
R sure that its inner face aligns with the bottom internal face of the
outer body (2).
R (3) Put the tool on the nut. Make sure that the tool lugs go into the nut
R slots which do not contain the lockwasher tabs.
(4) Turn the tool until the lugs go behind the tabs of the lockwasher
(3).
(5) Turn the core (1) to remove the lockwasher (3).
(6) Remove the lockwasher (3) from the tool.

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 201
Oct 01/05

MSR
Removal of STA-LOK Nuts
Figure 201/TASK 20-22-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
R Table of the Lockwasher Removal/Installation Tools
Figure 202/TASK 20-22-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 203
Oct 01/05

MSR
Subtask 20-22-00-020-051
B. Removal of the Nut

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-22-00-991-003)
(1) Get the correct wrench tool.
(2) Put it in position in the slots of the nut (4) and remove the nut
(4).
4. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-22-00-942-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
Table of the Nut Removal/Installation Tools
Figure 203/TASK 20-22-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 205
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-22-00-400-801
Installation of the Nuts
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure gives the data necessary to install the STA-LOK nuts NSA5454.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific torque wrench
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-22-00-991-002 Fig. 202

20-22-00-991-003 Fig. 203
20-22-00-991-004 Fig. 204
20-22-00-991-005 Fig. 205

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 206
Oct 01/05

MSR
3. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-22-00-420-050
A. Installation of the Nut

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-22-00-991-004, 205/TASK 20-22-00-991-005)
(1) Make sure that the protrusion of the shaft (5) is not less than the
minimum length.
(2) Get the correct wrench tool.
(3) Clean the shaft (5) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
R (4) Examine the nut (4), the lockwasher (3) and the shaft (5) for correct
R condition.
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the threaded part of the
shaft (5) to make the installation of the nut (4) easier.
(6) Install the nut (4) with the wrench tool.
(7) TORQUE the nut (4) to the correct value with a torque wrench.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-22-00-991-003)
Subtask 20-22-00-420-051
B. Installation of the Lockwasher

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-22-00-991-002, 203/TASK 20-22-00-991-003, 204/TASK
20-22-00-991-004)
(1) Get the lockwasher installation tool.
(2) Put the lockwasher (3) in position on the threaded part of the shaft
R (5) with the tabs on the shaft (5) side. Make sure that the
R lockwasher tabs are aligned with two of the slots of the nut (4).
R The internal serration of the lockwasher engages with the serration
R on the shaft(s).
R (3) Put the installation tool core (1) in the fully extended position.
R Make sure that its inner face aligns with the bottom internal face of
the outer body (2).
R (4) Put the installation tool on the nut. Make sure that the tool lugs go
R into the nut slots which do not contain the lockwasher tabs.
(5) Turn the tool counterclockwise until the lugs go behind the nut (4).

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 207
Oct 01/05

MSR
Installation of STA-LOK Nuts
Figure 204/TASK 20-22-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 208
Jan 01/04

MSR
Table of the Minimum Protrusion Lengths
Figure 205/TASK 20-22-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 209
Jan 01/04

MSR
(6) While you hold the outer body (2) in this position, turn the tool
core (1) to push the lockwasher (3) into position.
NOTE : You can hear a click when the lockwasher circlip goes into the
____
groove in the nut.
4. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-22-00-942-051

EFF :

ALL 20-22-00

Page 210
Jan 01/04

MSR
LINES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the information related to the installation of rigid
pipes on aircraft and to the tightening torques of the different unions used
for assembly of these lines.
20-23-11/P. Block 201 INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF TUBING
20-23-14/P. Block 201 LINE TYING.
A. Hydraulic Lines
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The table gives the thickness of the hydraulic lines in relation with the
diameters and the type of material.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
Thickness of Hydraulic Lines
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-00

Page 2
Jan 01/04

MSR
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF TUBING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 20-23-11-917-802
Installation and Repair of Hydraulic Lines
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives:

- The permitted damage and defects on hydraulic tubes
- The procedure to repair hydraulic tubes
- The procedure for installation of hydraulic tubes
- The tightening practices for hydraulic connections
- The procedure for protection of hydraulic lines from vibration and
chafing.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-200-801 Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing

20-23-11-300-801 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with PERMASWAGE Unions
R 20-23-11-300-802 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON
R Elastomerically-Swaged Fittings
20-23-11-300-803 Repair of the Titanium-Alloy Hydraulic Tubes with
HARRISON Sleeves and Unions
20-23-11-300-804 Repair of the Corrosion-Resistant Steel or
Aluminum-Alloy or Titanium-Alloy tubes with
SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings
20-23-11-300-805 Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes
20-23-11-300-806 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with CRYOFIT Couplings
3PHS111-XX
20-23-11-300-807 Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with RYNGLOK Unions
20-23-11-300-808 Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes by Welding
R 20-23-11-400-801 Installation of the Hydraulic Tubes
20-23-11-917-801 Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
20-23-14-910-801 Protection from Vibration and Chafing of Hydraulic
Pipes
20-23-11-991-077 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 201
Jan 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-210-053
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-069
A. Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing
(1) Permitted damage and defects on hydraulic tubing (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-
200-801).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-070
B. Procedures to Repair Hydraulic Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-11-991-077)
(1) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes

For the permanent repair of hydraulic tubes, use one of the repair
procedures that follow:
(a) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with PERMASWAGE unions

(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-801).
(b) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with HARRISON

elastomerically-swaged fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-802).
(c) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with HARRISON roller-swaged

fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-803).
(d) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON

H-fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-804).
(e) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with CRYOFIT couplings

3PHS111-XX (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-806).
(f) Permanent repair of hydraulic tubes with RYNGLOK R8 unions

(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-807).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 202
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
R Permanent and Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes
R Figure 201/TASK 20-23-11-991-077

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 203
Jan 01/07

MSR
(2) Temporary repair of hydraulic tubes
For the temporary repair of hydraulic tubes, use one of the repair
procedures that follow:
(a) Temporary repair of hydraulic tubes with MS21922 sleeve

(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-805).
(b) Temporary repairs of hydraulic tubes with flexible hoses

(Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-805).
R
R (c) Temporary repair of hydraulic tubes by welding (Ref. TASK 20-23-

11-300-808).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-071
C. Procedure for Installation of Hydraulic Tubes
(1) Installation of hydraulic tubing (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-400-801).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-072
D. Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
(1) Tightening practices for hydraulic connections (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-

917-801).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-073
E. Procedure for Protection of Hydraulic Lines from Vibration and Chafing
(1) Protection of hydraulic lines from vibration and chafing (Ref. TASK
20-23-14-910-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 204
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-200-801
Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : This procedure is applicable to:

____
R - Titanium alloy (Ti-3Al-2.5V) tubes, ref. ABS5004, sizes -04 to -16
R - Corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9) tubes, ref. ASNA3288, sizes -04
R to -24
R - Aluminum alloy (6061-T6) tubes, ref. ASNA3410, DAN40, sizes -04 to
R -16 and -24.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-300-803 Repair of the Titanium-Alloy Hydraulic Tubes with

HARRISON Sleeves and Unions
20-23-11-991-054 Fig. 202
20-23-11-991-055 Fig. 203
20-23-11-991-056 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-210-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-210-051
A. Permitted Damage and Defects on Hydraulic Tubing

20-23-11-991-056)
NOTE : This topic is not applicable to the engine tubes. Refer to the
____
engine manufacturer for repairs of the engine tubes.
(1) Permitted repair

Usually you repair a tube with a tube made of the same material, but
if a tube made of the same material is not available, you can repair
the tubes as follows:
- aluminum alloy (6061-T6) tubes with CRES (21.6.9) or titanium alloy
(Ti A3V 2.5) tubes,
- CRES (21.6.9) tubes with titanium alloy (TI A3V 2.5) tubes (but not
in the pylon),

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 205
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Permitted Tube Defect Depth - Light-Alloy Tube Material
Figure 202/TASK 20-23-11-991-054

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 206
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Permitted Tube Defect Depth - Stainless-Steel Tube Material
Figure 203/TASK 20-23-11-991-055

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 207
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Permitted Tube Defect Depth - Titanium-Alloy Tube Material
Figure 204/TASK 20-23-11-991-056

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 208
Jul 01/08

MSR
- Titanium alloy (Ti A3V 2.5) tubes with CRES (21.6.9) tubes.
NOTE : If you repair aluminum alloy or titanium alloy tubes with CRES
____
tubes, think of the weight penalty.
(2) Permitted damage and defects
NOTE : When damage or defects on tubing is more than the permitted

____
limits given below, you must discard or repair tubing as
specified in this topic.
(a) Permitted limits for signs of impact and surface defects.
NOTE : Surface defects are discontinuities such as:

____
- nicks
- scratches
- cracks and forging laps
- scores
- bends
- corrosion pits.
1
_ Sharp-bottomed surface defects:
- maximum: 5 % of tube wall thickness.
2
_ Round-bottomed surface defects:
- maximum: 10 % of tube wall thickness.
NOTE : Sharp-bottomed surface defects and signs of impact are

____
damage with a 90-degree or smaller angle at the bottom.
All others are round-bottomed.
3
_ Sharp-bottomed signs of impact:
- not permitted.
4
_ Round-bottomed signs of impact:
- maximum: 2 % of tube nominal diameter.
NOTE : Length or width of sign of impact must not be more than

____
5 mm (0.1968 in.). When there is a surface defect with
a sign of dent, do an analysis of each type of damage.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 209
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
R Subtask 20-23-11-210-054
R B. Special Case of ASNA3760 Union and ASNA3759 Sleeve:
R (1) These Harrison fittings are roller-swaged on titanium-alloy hydraulic

R tubes as per (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-300-803).
R (2) ASNA3760 union:

R No cracks are permitted on ASNA3760 union, even if there is no leak.
R If the union has cracks, you must replace it.
R (3) ASNA3759 sleeve:

R A crack behind the sleeve shoulder (skirt area, i.e. nut side) is
R permitted if there is no leak.
R In this case, it is not necessary to replace the sleeve.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 210
Jul 01/07

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-400-801
Installation of the Hydraulic Tubes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
R to -24.
R NOTE : If a tube in titanium alloy (TI-3Al-2.5V) is not available, you can

____
R replace it by a tube in corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9) but you
R must note the weight penalty.
NOTE : When you carry the tubes to the work station, take the necessary
____
precautions to prevent any deterioration.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Grade No. 320 Emery Cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236
PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-015 USA BAC 5001 DACO-5073
GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 211
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-801 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
12-12-29-611-802 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
12-12-29-611-803 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-12-29-611-804 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-12-29-611-806 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
20-21-12-911-801 Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN
unions)
20-28-00-912-803 Electrical Bonding of Pipes
29-00-00-864-804 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-00-00-910-804 General Rules for Removal and Installation
29-14-00-614-801 Depressurization of the Green Hydraulic Reservoir
with Ground Equipment
29-14-00-614-802 Depressurization of the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with
Ground Equipment
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the related hydraulic system is in the depressurized
configuration before maintenance action (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the related hydraulic system is
depressurized.
(a) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-801).
(b) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-802).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 212
Jul 01/08

MSR
(c) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-420-051
A. Installation of the Line Support Blocks
(1) Remove the protective coating of the structure at the locations of

the line support blocks with Grade No. 320 Emery Cloth.
(2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the
structure at the locations of the line support blocks.
(3) Make sure that the line support blocks are fully clean. Install the
line support blocks.
(4) Make sure that the rubber linings of the line clamps are in good
condition and correctly installed in the clamps.
Subtask 20-23-11-420-052
B. Installation of the Tubing
(1) Make sure that all the equipment items to be connected are in the
correct position so that it will not be necessary to remove the
tubing subsequently.
(2) Make sure that you flush the lines before installation, and that the
threads of the fittings are in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that the tubing ends, the sleeves and the unions are in the
correct condition.
NOTE : Discard tubes that have indentations with a depth of more than
____
0.05 mm (0.0019 in.). Two causes are possible for these
indentations:
- a torque value that was too high during installation
- installation and removal too many times.
(4) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) or COMMON GREASE

(Material No. 04-015) to the threads of the fitting of the hydraulic
line.
(5) Put the tubing in position.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 213
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
(6) Make sure that the electrical bonds are correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-803).
R (7) Torque the connections to the applicable values (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-051
A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
(1) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
(2) If necessary, fill the related hydraulic reservoir to the correct

level as follows:
(a) With the hydraulic ground-power cart

For the Green RSVR (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801)
For the Blue RSVR (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803)
R For the Yellow RSVR (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).
(b) Or with the hand pump

For the Green RSVR (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802)
For the Blue RSVR (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-804)
For the Yellow RSVR (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
(3) Do the applicable bleeding procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-804).
(4) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic system to nominal pressure and do a

check for leaks.
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 214
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-400-803
Installation of the Pneumatic Sense Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific WARNING NOTICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-003 USA SAE AMS 2518

GRAPHITED PETROLATUM THREAD COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-21-11-911-801 Tightening Torques of the Standard Threaded Fasteners

R 20-21-12-911-801 Tightening Torques for Pipe Unions (not for OXYGEN
unions)
20-23-22-910-801 Marking of the Unions after Standard or Specific
Tightening Torque Application
20-23-11-991-078 Fig. 205
20-23-11-991-079 Fig. 206
20-23-11-991-080 Fig. 207

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 215
Jan 01/08

MSR
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 20-23-11-941-058
R A. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R systems in the area related to the installation of the sense line.
R Subtask 20-23-11-917-075
R B. General
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT AIR IS NOT SUPPLIED TO THE AIR CONDITIONING
_______
R SYSTEM FROM THE MAIN ENGINE, THE APU OR A GROUND SOURCE.
R HOT COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
R CAUTION : WHEN DUST CAPS ARE USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF OPEN LINES
_______
R AGAINST CONTAMINATION, ALWAYS BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CAPS
R AROUND THE TUBE ENDS AND NOT IN THE TUBE ENDS. THERE CAN BE
R BLOCKAGE OF THE FLOW THROUGH THE TUBES IF THESE TUBES ARE
R INSTALLED ACCIDENTALLY WITH DUST CAPS IN THE TUBE ENDS.
R (1) When you take the tubes, you must move them carefully to prevent
R impacts, distortion and scratches.
R (2) Make sure that all the items of equipment are installed and that it
R will not be necessary to remove the sense line subsequently.
R (3) Make sure that the area is clean and in the correct condition to
R prevent contamination of the sense line when you remove the caps.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 20-23-11-420-055
R A. Installation of the Sense Line
R (1) Make sure that you have a minimum distance between the pipe and the
R parts that can move or not and the other pipes.
R (Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-23-11-991-078)
R NOTE : If a maintenance procedure gives a different minimum distance,

____
R you must obey this distance.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 216
Oct 01/07

MSR
R Minimum Clearance
R Figure 205/TASK 20-23-11-991-078

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 217
Oct 01/07

MSR
NOTE : To measure the minimum distance between a pipe and a part that
____
can move, you must measure the distance in a condition where
the movement decreases the distance to its smallest value.
(a) If necessary, install a spiral strip.

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-23-11-991-079)
1
_ Wind a spiral strip NSA849000 around the pipe.
2
_ Install a cable tie NSA935401 at each end of the spiral strip.
(b) If necessary, install lacing tape NSA8420 on the tube.

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-23-11-991-079)
1
_ Attach the lines with lacing tape MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-002).
2
_ Complete the lacing with a reef knot. Tighten the knot.
3
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) on
the knot and the ends of the lacing tape.
(2) Make sure that the parts you assemble are clean and free of
contamination.
(3) Make sure that the tube and fitting are not damaged.
(a) Examine the threads of the fittings.
(b) Examine the sealing surfaces.
R (c) Examine the tube for scratches, nicks, deformation, etc.
NOTE : Reject all parts that show signs of damage.

____
(4) Install the clamp blocks on the tube.
(5) Put the tube in position and make sure that:

- The pipe you install is not too short or too long
- You can install the pipe in position without too much force on the
clamp blocks.
(6) Remove the caps.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 218
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Installation of the Spiral Strip and Lacing Tape
R Figure 206/TASK 20-23-11-991-079

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 219
Oct 01/07

MSR
(7) Align the tube and the fitting and engage the tube end.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT TWIST THE TUBES WHEN YOU INSTALL THEM.
_______
IF YOU TWIST THE TUBES, YOU CAN PUT A LOAD ON THEM WHICH
CAN DAMAGE THEM.
CAUTION : DO NOT BEND THE TUBE WHEN YOU INSTALL IT. IF THE TUBE IS
_______
BENT, IT CAN BECOME DAMAGED.
(8) Tighten the attachment bolts of the clamp blocks with your hand only,
sufficiently to make sure that the pipes do not fall.
(9) Use COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-003) to lubricate the male thread
and the rear side of the sleeve.
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-23-11-991-080)
CAUTION : APPLY ONLY A THIN LAYER OF GREASE TO THE MALE THREAD AND
_______
THE REAR SIDE OF THE SLEEVE AND REMOVE THE UNWANTED GREASE.
IF YOU USE TOO MUCH GREASE, THERE IS A RISK THAT THE GREASE
WILL GO INTO THE COMPONENT AND CAUSE CONTAMINATION.
(10) Engage the sleeve in the union, turn the first thread of the nut with
your hand and lubricate the remaining thread on the union with COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-003) to prevent contamination in the tube.
(11) Torque the connection to the applicable value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-801).
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE. IF YOU DO, YOU
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TUBES.
R (12) Torque the clamp blocks to the applicable values (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
911-801).
Subtask 20-23-11-710-051
B. Tests
(1) Do a leak check of the sense line connections.
NOTE : Leaks are not permitted.

____
(2) Make a mark on the unions after you apply the standard or special
tightening torque values (Ref. TASK 20-23-22-910-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 220
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Lubrication of the Fittings
R Figure 207/TASK 20-23-11-991-080

R

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 221
Oct 01/07

MSR
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 20-23-11-410-051
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.
R (2) Remove the WARNING NOTICE.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 222
Oct 01/07

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-917-801
Tightening Practices for Hydraulic Connections
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98F29003000000 1 WRENCHES-STANDARD TORQUE SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

unions)
20-23-22-910-801 Marking of the Unions after Standard or Specific
Tightening Torque Application
20-29-00-911-801 Removal/Installation of O-rings on Straight Plug-in
Union (or Manifold Plug) and Installation of Straight
Plug-in Unions (or Manifold Plugs)
20-23-11-991-070 Fig. 208
20-23-11-991-071 Fig. 209
20-23-11-991-072 Fig. 210

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 223
Jan 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-210-052
A. Visual Inspection Before Assembly
(1) Make sure that the parts you assemble are clean and free of
contamination.
(2) Make sure that the parts you assemble are not damaged. Specially,
examine the sealing surfaces (on fittings and pipe ends) and the
threads of the fittings.
R NOTE : Reject all parts that show signs of damage (scratches, nicks,
____
R deformation, etc.).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-058
A. Lubrication
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 20-23-11-991-070)
CAUTION : ONLY USE THE SPECIFIED LUBRICANT TO LUBRICATE THE FITTING

_______
THREADS AND THE SHOULDER OF THE SLEEVE.
CAUTION : ONLY USE HYDRAULIC FLUID MATERIAL NO. 02-003 TO LUBRICATE THE
_______
O-RING AND THE THREAD (O-RING SIDE) ON PLUG-IN FITTINGS. OTHER
LUBRICANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE O-RING.
(1) Lightly lubricate with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) or

COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015):
- the internal thread of the housing
- the shoulder of the sleeve (when possible).
NOTE : Lubricate the internal thread of the housing to get the

____
highest possible load on the contact surfaces.
- Lubricate only the internal thread of the housing because
the lubricant can extrude the O-ring during assembly.
NOTE : Do not apply lubricant on the contact surfaces between the

____
sleeve and the sealing surface of the fitting. Lubricant can
cause the pipe to turn when you torque the sleeve nut.
(2) Remove unwanted lubricant with a clean, dry lint-free cloth.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 224
Jan 01/08

MSR
Lubrication of the Connections
R Figure 208/TASK 20-23-11-991-070

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 225
Oct 01/07

MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-917-059
B. Assembly
NOTE : Connection on straight plug-in fitting or bulkhead fittings:

____
- Straight plug-in fittings.
You must install and torque the straight plug-in fitting to the
applicable torque value before you connect the pipe (Ref. TASK
20-29-00-911-801).
- Straight bulkhead fittings.
You must install the straight bulkhead fittings and torque the
locknut to the applicable value before you connect the pipe.
- Swivel bulkhead fittings.
You must connect and torque to the applicable value the pipe
sleeve nuts (at each end of the fitting) before you torque the
locknut of the swivel bulkhead fitting to the applicable value.
(1) Put the pipe in position and make sure that:

- the pipe you install is not too short or too long
- the pipe you install can be put in position without too much force
on the clamp blocks
- the pipe is correctly aligned at unions.
NOTE : The force necessary to correctly align the pipe must not be
____
more than light finger pressure (1 daN (2.2480 lbf)).
R (2) Align the pipe and the fitting and engage the tube end. The sleeve
R must fully touch the mating surface of the fitting.
(3) Tighten the sleeve nut with your hand until it touches the sleeve
shoulder.
NOTE : The nut must turn freely on the thread. This shows that the
____
tube ends are correctly aligned.
NOTE : You must connect and tighten with your hand all the ends of
____
the pipe before you apply the tightening torque on one end.
NOTE : When you install a pipe on a tee or a cross, you must connect
____
and tighten with your hand all the connections of the tee or
the cross before you apply the tightening torque on one end.
NOTE : When you connect a flexible hose, make sure that you do not
____
twist the hose during the assembly.
(4) Attach the clamp blocks without tightening.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 226
Jan 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-917-060
C. Tightening Torque Application
CAUTION : WHEN YOU TORQUE THE NUT, ALWAYS USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY A
_______
COUNTERTORQUE TO THE FITTING.
(1) Find the correct torque value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-801).
NOTE : To find the correct torque value, you must know the material
____
and the dimensions of the parts you assemble.
If the connection has different materials, you must use the
torque value for the weakest material.
(2) Get the applicable torque wrench and the applicable wrench adapter
for the nut and an applicable second wrench to apply the
countertorque to the fitting.
R We recommend the tools from the WRENCHES-STANDARD TORQUE SET
R (98F29003000000).
(3) Set the torque wrench to the applicable value.

When you use a wrench adapter, you must adjust the value.
R (Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-23-11-991-071)
(4) Put the torque wrench in position on the sleeve nut and the
countertorque wrench on the fitting.
R (Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-23-11-991-072)
NOTE : We recommend that you install the wrench adapter in the same
____
axis as the torque wrench.
NOTE : You must always install the torque wrench on the nut (female
____
part) and the countertorque wrench on the fitting (male part).
(5) Apply a slow and continuous force on the torque wrench until you have
the set torque value.
NOTE : Always pull (or push) at right angles to the handle of the
____
torque wrench.
Try to apply load to the center of the hand grip of the torque
wrench.
Pull with fingers only. Do not hold the hand grip.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 227
Oct 01/07

MSR
Adjustment of the Torque Value
R Figure 209/TASK 20-23-11-991-071

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 228
Oct 01/07

MSR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

20-23-11

Page 229
Oct 01/07

MSR
Typical Examples of Connections

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 230
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 231
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 232
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 233
Oct 01/07

MSR

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 234
Oct 01/07

MSR
(6) Double tightening torque
NOTE : The double tightening torque is not applicable for the

____
installation of plug-in fittings installed on manifold or
equipment.
(a) If one or more of the parts you assemble are new, you must do the
double torque procedure:
- torque the nut to the correct value
- loosen the nut by one turn
- torque the nut again to the correct value.
(7) If applicable, torque the locknut of the swivel bulkhead fitting to

the correct torque value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-801).
Hold the fitting with the applicable countertorque wrench and torque
the locknut with the applicable torque wrench.
R (8) TORQUE the clamp blocks to 0.2 m.daN (17.69 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-061
A. Close-up
items.

check for leaks.
(4) Put a red line on the tightened fittings (Ref. TASK 20-23-22-910-
801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 235
Jan 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-801
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with PERMASWAGE Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This is an approved repair procedure for return line tubes.
R NOTE : This repair procedure is applicable to:

____
R - Titanium alloy (Ti-3Al-2.5V) tubes, ref. ABS5004, sizes -04 to-16
R to -24
R -16 and -24.
R
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean cloth

No specific grade 400 emery cloth
No specific scotch-brite pad
No specific Grade 240 emery cloth
R No specific PUMP-PERMASWAGE AIR DRIVEN (DLT02MAPP1000)
R No specific REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A)
R No specific REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A, DLT
R series or D12000 series)
R No specific TOOL, MARKING (TPE016)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 236
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 13-002 USA MIL-C-5541 MIL-C-81706 CLASS I/A
CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING YELLOW ALUMINUM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001C C Z-12.105
POLYURETHANE PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-020 C Z-12.120
WASH PRIMER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-23-11-991-001 Fig. 211
20-23-11-991-003 Fig. 212
R 20-23-11-991-085 Fig. 213
R 20-23-11-991-086 Fig. 214
R 20-23-11-991-002 Fig. 215
R 20-23-11-991-075 Fig. 216
R 20-23-11-991-004 Fig. 217
R 20-23-11-991-005 Fig. 218
R 20-23-11-991-006 Fig. 219
R 20-23-11-991-007 Fig. 220
R 20-23-11-991-008 Fig. 221
R 20-23-11-991-009 Fig. 222
R 20-23-11-991-010 Fig. 223
R 20-23-11-991-012 Fig. 224
R 20-23-11-991-011 Fig. 225
R 20-23-11-991-013 Fig. 226
R 20-23-11-991-014 Fig. 227

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 237
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-941-050
R A. General
(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-23-11-991-001)
R Use this approved repair procedure to repair hydraulic tubes made of
R 21.6.9 corrosion-resistant steel, 6061-T6 aluminum alloy or TI 3AL 2.5V
titanium alloy.
NOTE : You can use the PERMASWAGE repair procedure to repair tubes
____
installed with HARRISON fittings.
There are two types of PERMASWAGE fittings:

- permanent
- separable (that you can remove).
The table below gives the standards for the swaged fittings that are
available.
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | PERMANENT FITTINGS | SEPARABLE FITTINGS | SLEEVE AND NUT |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ABS0335 | ABS0138 ASNA3750 | ASNA3758 |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ABS0478 | ABS0464 ASNA3768 | NSA855022 |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ABS0566 | ABS0527 NSA855011 | NSA855023 |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ABS0567 | ABS0534 NSA855016 | NSA855024 |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ABS0568 | ABS0535 NSA855019 | NSA855027 |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ASNA3752 | ABS0542 NSA855020 | NSA855031 |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ASNA3753 | ABS0544 NSA855025 | NSA855036 |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ASNA3756 | ABS0545 NSA855026 | |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ASNA3764 | ABS0564 NSA855028 | |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ASNA3766 | ABS0565 NSA855029 | |

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 238
Jul 01/08

MSR
PERMASWAGE - Swaging Principle
R Figure 211/TASK 20-23-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 239
Oct 01/07

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PERMANENT FITTINGS | SEPARABLE FITTINGS | SLEEVE AND NUT |
|-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | ASNA3772 | ABS0650 NSA855030 | |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | NSA855006 up | ABS0658 NSA855032 | |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | to NSA855009 | ABS0669 NSA855033 | |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | NSA855014 | ABS0675 NSA855035 | |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | NSA855015 | ABS0711 NSA855037 | |
R |-----------------------|----------------------------|------------------------|
R | | NSA855039 | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
You can swage PERMASWAGE fittings on the aircraft.
R NOTE : The separable fittings have an MS33514 or MS33515 threaded end or

____
R a sleeve with a nut.
To repair the tubing with the PERMASWAGE system, you must:

- cut the tube
- deburr the tube
- make the marks for tube insertion
- put the swaging tool into position
- swage the tube
- do a check of the tube joint.
R You must use the applicable PERMASWAGE repair Kit DLTFRPSKT3028A, DLT
R series or D12000 series tools (vendor code F6087) (D12000 series is the
R previous generation).
R (Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-11-991-003, 213/TASK 20-23-11-991-085, 214/TASK
20-23-11-991-086)
R

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 240
Jul 01/08

MSR
R PERMASWAGE Installation Tooling
Figure 212/TASK 20-23-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 241
Jul 01/08

MSR
R PERMASWAGE - Series DLT Repair Kits
R Figure 213/TASK 20-23-11-991-085

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 242
Jul 01/08

MSR
R PERMASWAGE - Series D12000 Repair Kits
R Figure 214/TASK 20-23-11-991-086

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 243
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 20-23-11-917-081
R A. Selection of PERMASWAGE Tooling and Unions

R (Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-11-991-003, 213/TASK 20-23-11-991-085, 214/TASK
R 20-23-11-991-086, 215/TASK 20-23-11-991-002)
R (1) Get the REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A, DLT series

R or D12000 series).
214/TASK 20-23-11-991-086)
R This kit includes:
R - Head assemblies
R - Power units
R - Cutting tools
R - Deburring tools
R - Inspection gages
R - Marking tools
R - A manual pump assembly.
R NOTE : You can use the TOOL, MARKING (TPE016) as an alternative to

____
R the DLT marking tools that are included in the REPAIR KIT,
R FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A).
R NOTE : You can use the PUMP-PERMASWAGE AIR DRIVEN (DLT02MAPP1000) as

____
R an alternative to the manual pump assembly that is included in
R the REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24 (DLTFRPSKT3028A).
R (2) Get the correct union assemblies:

R (Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-23-11-991-002)
R - Use aluminum union assemblies to repair light alloy tubes
R (ABS5144).
R - Use stainless-steel union assemblies to repair corrosion-resistant
R steel tubes (ASNA3288) and titanium tubes (ABS5004).
R Subtask 20-23-11-917-082
R B. Selection of the Repair Procedure

R (Ref. Fig. 216/TASK 20-23-11-991-075)
R (1) Measure the length L of the defect on the damaged tube.
R (a) Use the single-union repair procedure if:

R - The length L of the defect is less than the maximum value (L
R MAX.).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 244
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (b) Use the two-union repair procedure if:
R - The length L of the defect is more than the maximum value (L
R MAX.).
R - The defect is in a bend. The defect is less than the minimum
R distance (N MIN.) from the end of a bend.
R (2) Single-union repair procedure
R (a) Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube or cut the tube
R through the defect.
R (b) Use a PERMASWAGE union to connect the two parts of the tube.
R (3) Two-union repair procedure
R (a) Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube.

R You must remove a minimum length (M MIN.) of tube.
R (b) Replace the removed part of the tube with:

R - An equal or smaller (but almost the same) length of equivalent
R tube
R - Two PERMASWAGE unions.
Subtask 20-23-11-320-050
R C. Cut the damaged part of the tube

R (1) For the single-union repair procedure

R
R (a) Cut the damaged part of the tube with the applicable cutting tool
R (included in the REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24
R (DLTFRPSKT3028A)).
R
R There are two procedures to cut the tube for a single-union
R repair.
R
R - Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube.
R
R - Cut through the center of the defect.
R
R NOTE : This is not the best procedure because the defect can
____
R cause damage to the sealing surface of the union.
R If you use this procedure, you must be careful:

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 245
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Union Assemblies

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 246
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Union Assemblies

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 247
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Tubing Repairs

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 248
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Tubing Repairs

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 249
Jul 01/08

MSR
Chipless Cutter
R Figure 217/TASK 20-23-11-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 250
Jul 01/08

MSR
R - To cut the tube in the center of the defect
R - To put the union in the center between the installation marks.
R 1
_ Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends
R with the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
R D12530-001, tubes from 1/4 thru 3/8
R D12532-001, tubes from 1 thru 1-1/2
R a
_ Put the tubing cutter into the correct position on the
R tube.
R b
_ Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly
R touches the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4
R turn.
R c
_ Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until
R it turns loosely.
R d
_ Do the steps b_ and c_ again to cut through the tube.
R e
_ Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end
R of the tube does not change its shape.
R f
_ Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter
R wheel with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.
R (2) For the two-union repair procedure
R (a) Cut out the damaged part of the tube with the applicable cutting
R tool (included in the REPAIR KIT, FIELD-SIZE 04 TO 24
R (DLTFRPSKT3028A)).
R You must remove a minimum length (M MIN.) of tube to do this
R procedure correctly.
R 1
_ Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends
R with the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
R D12532-001, tubes from 1 thru 1-1/2
R a
_ Put the tubing cutter into the correct position on the
R tube.
R b
_ Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly
R touches the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4
R turn.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 251
Jul 01/08

MSR
R c
_ Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until
R it turns loosely.
R d
_ Do the steps b_ and c_ again to cut through the tube.
R e
_ Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end
R of the tube does not change its shape.
R f
_ Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter
R wheel with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.
R
Subtask 20-23-11-350-050
R D. Deburr the tube.
(1) The internal diameter
(a) Use the deburring tool and the stem subassembly that are correct
for:
- the diameter of the tube
- the thickness of the wall.
R (Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-11-991-005)
(b) Make sure that the deburring tool is clean. Lubricate it with
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(c) Prepare to deburr the tube:

- hold the tube
- push in the plunger of the tool
- put the stem into the end of the tube
- release the plunger to let the stem become expanded and seal
the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 20-23-11-991-006)
(d) Deburr the tube:

- continue to hold the tube
- Apply light pressure on the cutter and at the same time turn
the knurled body clockwise
- continue to turn until the tube is deburred.
(e) Do not push the plunger in, but:

- carefully and slowly pull the deburring tool from the tube
until you can see the first ridge of the stem
- clean the end of the tube and the stem.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 252
Jul 01/08

MSR
Deburring Tools
R Figure 218/TASK 20-23-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 253
Jul 01/08

MSR
Deburring Tool Operation
R Figure 219/TASK 20-23-11-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 254
Jul 01/08

MSR
(f) If the end of the tube is not correctly deburred:
- push the tool into the tube
- do step (d) again
- pull the tool out of the tube.
(g) Fully clean the stem with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
if it touched the fluid and dry it immediately.
(2) The external diameter
NOTE : Do not cause damage to the seals of the fittings:

____
- the tubes must not have external burrs
- the tubes must go freely into the fittings.
If a tube does not go freely into a fitting (not circular, out
of tolerance), do not install the fitting.
(a) Remove the burrs on the external diameter of the tube with Grade
240 emery cloth.
Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause damage to
the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause external
leakage.
The surfaces must be clean and without damage:
- the swaging area must have no deep scratches and must be clean
(no dust, particles of metal, etc.).
Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a clean cloth.
(3) Remove the paint (if applicable).
NOTE : You can do the installation on parts that have alodine

____
treatment. You must not do the installation on parts that are
painted.
(a) Remove the paint, with grade 400 emery cloth, on a sufficient
length so that you swage the union on a bare area. Make sure that
you do not make scratches on the tubes when you remove the paint.
(b) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-
200-801).
(c) Clean all the tube ends with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 255
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-930-050
R E. Make the marks for tube insertion.
NOTE : These marks give an indication of the depth of the tube in the
____
fitting before and after swaging.
(1) Use a marking tool with the correct dimensions for the tube that you
must swage:
DLT5302-013-01, tubes from 1/4 thru 3/8
DLT5302-031-01, tubes from 1/2 thru 3/4
DLT5302-040-01, tubes from 1 thru 1-1/2
(2) Put the marking tool into position on the tube. The lip of the
marking tool must be against the end of the tube. Make a mark on the
tube with the marking pen D10058.
R (Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 20-23-11-991-007)
(3) You can make the marks on the tube without the special tool. But you
must obey the specified high and low limits for the insertion of the
end of the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 221/TASK 20-23-11-991-008)
Subtask 20-23-11-320-051
R F. Swage the fitting on the tube.
(1) Install the fitting on the tube. The end of the fitting must be in
the area of the mark.
R (Ref. Fig. 222/TASK 20-23-11-991-009)
(2) Make sure that you do not cause damage to the seals in the fitting
when you install it.
(3) Use a swage tool assembly and power unit that are correct for the
dimensions of the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 223/TASK 20-23-11-991-010)
(4) Swage with the tool series DLT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ONLY APPROVED PERSONNEL USE THIS TOOL.
_______
THIS TOOL OPERATES AT VERY HIGH PRESSURES AND CAN BE
DANGEROUS.
R (Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-11-991-012)
NOTE : If you swage with the tool series D12000, refer to step (5).
____

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 256
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tube Marking Tool
R Figure 220/TASK 20-23-11-991-007

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 257
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tube Marking Operation
R Figure 221/TASK 20-23-11-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 258
Jul 01/08

MSR
Fitting Installation
R Figure 222/TASK 20-23-11-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 259
Jul 01/08

MSR
Swage Tools
R Figure 223/TASK 20-23-11-991-010

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 260
Jul 01/08

MSR
Swage Tool Installation (Series DLT)
R Figure 224/TASK 20-23-11-991-012

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 261
Jul 01/08

MSR
(a) Push the die block assembly out of the head assembly.
(b) Make sure that the upper and lower dies have the same serial
number.
(c) Put the lower die block on the top of the power unit.
(d) Connect the power unit to the hydraulic pump.
(e) Put the head assembly on the fitting and the hydraulic tube. Make
sure that the bevelled end of the die is toward the center of the
fitting.
(f) Put the knurled surface of the power unit and of the head
assembly on the same side and engage the power unit on the head
assembly.
Make sure that the balls in the lower die block engage with a
click on the head assembly.
(g) Move the power unit toward the center of the fitting until the
stop plate touches the fitting.
(h) Make sure that the end of the fitting is on the reference mark.
R (Ref. Fig. 222/TASK 20-23-11-991-009)
R (i) Apply a hydraulic pressure of 690 +17 -17 bar (10007.6013

R +246.5640 -246.5640 psi) 690 +17 -17 bar to the power unit to
R swage the fitting.
(j) Release the pressure.
(k) Remove the power unit and the head assembly.
(5) Swage with the tool series D12000.
_______
DANGEROUS.
R (Ref. Fig. 225/TASK 20-23-11-991-011)
(a) Make sure that you install the dies correctly in the yoke and in
the die holder assembly. You must install the tapered end of the
dies on the black side of the yoke and die holder assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 262
Jul 01/08

MSR
Swage Tool Installation (Series D12000)
R Figure 225/TASK 20-23-11-991-011

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 263
Jul 01/08

MSR
(b) Move the yoke into position on top of the fitting:
- the silver side of the yoke assembly must be nearest to the end
of the fitting that you must swage
- the silver side of the yoke must be aligned with the end of the
fitting.
Push the die holder into the yoke assembly:
- the silver faces of the die holder assembly and the yoke must
be on the same side
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder must be aligned
with the end of the fitting.
(c) Install the power unit:

- install the square connector of the power unit in the swage
head assembly
- tighten the knurled nut of the power unit with your hand
- connect the hose and coupling half-assembly of the hydraulic
power supply
(D12025-001) to the nipple valve of the power unit.
Make sure that:
- the end of the fitting is above the area of the insertion mark
on the tube
R (Ref. Fig. 222/TASK 20-23-11-991-009)
- you can see a piece of the mark
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder are aligned
Carefully move the tool back until the end stops are
approximately 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) from the end of the fitting.
(d) Make sure that the pressure relief valve of the swaging tool is
R set to open at 380 +17 -17 bar (5511.4326 +246.5640 -246.5640
R psi).
Do not pressurize too high or too low.
Operate the swaging tool with a hydraulic handpump or a hydraulic
power source (push the remote air ON button). Keep the swaging
R tool in this position while you apply a hydraulic pressure of 380
R +17 -17 bar (5511.4326 +246.5640 -246.5640 psi).
Remove the swaging tool from the fitting:
- release the pressure.
NOTE : If you do not release the pressure, the dies stay closed
____
and you cannot remove them.
- loosen the knurled nut and remove the power unit

- remove the die holder and yoke assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 264
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-220-050
R G. Do a check of the tube joint.
(1) You must reject the joint if the tube:

- goes too far into the fitting
- does not go sufficiently far into the fitting.
(2) Look at the joint:

- make sure that you can see a piece of the insertion mark.
(3) Do an inspection of the joint with the applicable inspection gage.

The inspection gage must:
- contain all the segments around the diameter of the fitting
- touch the end of the fitting with its shoulder.
If the swaging is not correct, it is possible to swage the joint
again, but not always.
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INDICATION | POSSIBLE PROBLEM | CORRECTIVE ACTION |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|-------------------------- |
| The fitting does | The swaging pressure is | Make sure that the |
| not swage | out of tolerances: | hydraulic power supply |
| correctly. | FOR TOOLS SERIES DLT: | and connections to the |
| | - 10000 +250 -250 psi | tool are correct. |
| | FOR TOOL SERIES D12000: | |
| | - 5500 +250 -250 psi | |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| | The swaging head is too | Use the correct swaging |
| | large. | head. |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| The gage does not | The swaging pressure is not | Do the swage again. |
| go on top of the | correct. | |
| external diameter | | |
| of the swaged | | |
| fitting. | | |
R | ------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| | The gage is on top of flash | Turn the gage away from |
| | marks. | the flash marks. |
| | The dies and the walls of | Carefully remove the dies |
| | the yoke and the die holder | from the head and clean |
| | must be clean. | the dies and all parts of |
| | | the head assembly. |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| The shoulder of | You did not push the fitting| Do the swage again. |
| the gage does not | sufficiently far into the | |

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 265
Jul 01/08

MSR
Inspection Gages
R Figure 226/TASK 20-23-11-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 266
Jul 01/08

MSR
Swaged Fitting Installation
R Figure 227/TASK 20-23-11-991-014

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 267
Jul 01/08

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------------------|-----------------------------|-------------------------- |
| touch the end of | swaging head. | |
| the fitting. | | |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| You cannot see the| The insertion mark on the | Cut out the fitting. |
| insertion mark or | tube was not aligned with | |
| you can see all | the end of the fitting du- | |
| the mark. | ring swaging. | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : For all other malfunctions, refer to your PERMASWAGE S.A.

____
supplier.
Subtask 20-23-11-916-050
R H. Protection on the Repaired Tubes (if applicable)

check for leaks.
(3) Apply protection on the repaired tubes (if applicable).
(a) For aluminum tube:

- apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the
bare metal of the tube with a brush
- complete the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
001C).
(b) For CRES tube (if painted):

R - rub the bare metal with scotch-brite pad.
- apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-020) on the bare metal
of the tube
- complete the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-
001C).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 268
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-802
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON Elastomerically-Swaged Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This is an approved repair procedure for hydraulic tubes.

This procedure is applicable to:
R
R - Corrosion-resistant steel (21.6.9) tubes, ref. ASNA3288, sizes -04 to -24
R - Aluminum alloy (6061-T6) tubes, ref. ASNA3410, DAN40, sizes -04 to -16 and
R -24.
NOTE : This repair procedure is not applicable to:

____
- hydraulic tubes in engine area
- hydraulic tubes in the pylon box structure
- hydraulic tubes in fuel tanks
- coiled flexible tubes
- hydraulic tubes installed on landing gear legs.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific WARNING NOTICE

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING
No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 400)
No specific 1 CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 240)
No specific 1 CUTTER-ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 269
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-009B AS PQ 10053-064-04
ACTIVATOR SPRAY (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-009D
PRIMER,ACTIVATOR FOR ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-024 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE III
ADHESIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-801 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
12-12-29-611-802 Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
12-12-29-611-803 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-12-29-611-804 Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-12-29-611-806 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hand Pump
unions)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 270
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-11-400-801 Installation of the Hydraulic Tubes

29-00-00-863-801 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with the Ground
Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-863-801 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-00-00-863-802 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Ground
Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-863-802 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Ground Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-00-00-864-804 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-00-00-870-804 Bleeding of the Green Hydraulic System
29-00-00-870-805 Bleeding of the Blue Hydraulic System
29-00-00-870-806 Bleeding of the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-00-00-910-805 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with the
APU
32-42-00-870-801 Bleeding the Normal Braking System at the Wheel
Brakes
32-43-00-870-801 Bleeding the Alternate Braking System at the Wheel
Brakes
R 20-23-11-991-015 Fig. 228
R 20-23-11-991-016 Fig. 229
R 20-23-11-991-017 Fig. 230
R 20-23-11-991-018 Fig. 231
R 20-23-11-991-019 Fig. 232
R 20-23-11-991-020 Fig. 233
R 20-23-11-991-021 Fig. 234
R 20-23-11-991-022 Fig. 235
R 20-23-11-991-023 Fig. 236
R 20-23-11-991-024 Fig. 237
R 20-23-11-991-025 Fig. 238
R 20-23-11-991-026 Fig. 239
R 20-23-11-991-027 Fig. 240
R 20-23-11-991-030 Fig. 241
R 20-23-11-991-028 Fig. 242
R 20-23-11-991-029 Fig. 243

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 271
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
R (1) You must obey the hydraulic safety procedure when you do work on the
R hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-805).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
to operate the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 20-23-11-860-063
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-804).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-320-052
A. Selection of Tooling, Unions and Sleeves
(1) Get the applicable tools.

R (Ref. Fig. 228/TASK 20-23-11-991-015)
NOTE : This repair procedure uses a tube-expansion swaging procedure

____
with an elastomeric expander.
(a) Get the applicable tool head:

- For tube sizes -04 to -08, use small tool head (5175)
- For tube sizes -10 to -24, use large tool head (5120).
(b) Get the applicable components (drawbolt, expander, split ring,

bushing, anti-extrusion ring and back-up ring) of the internal
tool for the union.
R (Ref. Fig. 229/TASK 20-23-11-991-016)
(c) Get the applicable components (drawbolt, expander, split ring,

R bushing, anti-extrusion ring and back-up ring) of the internal
R tool for the sleeves.
R (Ref. Fig. 230/TASK 20-23-11-991-017)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 272
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Internal Swaging Tooling
R Figure 228/TASK 20-23-11-991-015

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 273
Jul 01/08

MSR
Part Numbers of the Internal Tooling - Unions
R Figure 229/TASK 20-23-11-991-016

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 274
Jul 01/08

MSR
Part Numbers of the Internal Tooling - Sleeves
R Figure 230/TASK 20-23-11-991-017

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 275
Jul 01/08

MSR
(d) Get the applicable components (jaws, anvil, retainer and adapter)
of the external tool.
R (Ref. Fig. 231/TASK 20-23-11-991-018)
(2) Get the applicable union, sleeve and sleeve nut.

R (Ref. Fig. 232/TASK 20-23-11-991-019)
Subtask 20-23-11-941-052
B. Selection of the Repair Procedure
(1) Remove the damaged tube from the aircraft.
(2) Make sure that the length of straight tube after a bend is the
minimum necessary for the swaging operation.
R (Ref. Fig. 233/TASK 20-23-11-991-020)
(3) Measure the length of the defect.

R (Ref. Fig. 234/TASK 20-23-11-991-021)
(a) Use the single-assembly repair procedure if the length of the

defect is less than F.
(b) Use an assembly with one AS21902 union and two sleeves if:
- The length of the defect is more than F.
- The defect is in a bend.
- The defect is at a distance of less than the minimum values
from the end of the bend.
(4) Repair procedure without AS21902 union
(a) Single-assembly repair procedure
1
_ Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube. You must remove
a length F of tube.
2
_ Replace the removed part of the tube with:
- An NSA855010 union
- An NSA855034 sleeve
- An MS21921 or AS21921 or ASNA3769 nut.
(5) Repair procedure with AS21902 union.
(a) Assembly with the repair procedure with one AS21902 union and two
sleeves.
1
_ Remove (cut out) the damaged part of the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 276
Jul 01/08

MSR
Part Numbers of the External Swaging Tools
R Figure 231/TASK 20-23-11-991-018

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 277
Jul 01/08

MSR
Sleeves and Unions
R Figure 232/TASK 20-23-11-991-019

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 278
Jul 01/08

MSR
Minimum Length of Straight Tube for Swaging
R Figure 233/TASK 20-23-11-991-020

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 279
Jul 01/08

MSR
Repair Set-up
R Figure 234/TASK 20-23-11-991-021

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 280
Jul 01/08

MSR
2
_ Replace the removed part of the tube with:
- An AS21902 union
- Two NSA855034 sleeves
- Two MS21921 or AS21921 or ASNA3769 nuts.
Subtask 20-23-11-420-050
C. Cutting the Damaged Part of the Tube
(1) Get the applicable CUTTER-ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS (PERMASWAGE):

- For tube sizes -04 and -06, use P/N D12530-001
- For tube sizes -08 and -12, use P/N D12531-001
R - For tube sizes -16 and -24, use P/N D12532-001.
(2) Put the tube cutter in the correct position on the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 235/TASK 20-23-11-991-022)
(a) Install the tube cutter on the tube.
(b) Make the tube touch the two rollers of the tube cutter.
(c) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
the tube.
(3) Give the drive screw a 1/16 to 1/8 turn.
(4) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until the wheel
does one or two turns.
(5) Make sure that the wheel makes only one groove:
(a) If the wheel makes only one groove (thread), do steps (2) and (3)
again to cut the tube.
(b) If the wheel makes more than one groove (thread) on the tube,
remove the tube cutter. Do the procedure again from step (1) on a
new area of the tube to remove the thread.
(6) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the shape of the
end of the tube does not change.
(7) Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter wheel
with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy operation.
NOTE : After you do steps (2) and (3) two or three times, you can
____
give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn in step (3) to let you
do the procedure more quickly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 281
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Tube Cutter
R Figure 235/TASK 20-23-11-991-022

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 282
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-320-053
D. Preparation for Tubing Repair

R (Ref. Fig. 236/TASK 20-23-11-991-023)
(1) Remove the paint at the tube ends.
(a) Remove the paint along a minimum length (J MIN) of tube with a
CLOTH-EMERY (GRADE 400).
(b) Make sure that you do not cause scratches on the tube when you
remove the paint.
(2) Deburr the internal diameter.

R (Ref. Fig. 237/TASK 20-23-11-991-024)
(a) Make sure that the internal deburring tool is clean. Lubricate it
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Hold the tube.
(c) Push in the plunger of the internal deburring tool.
(d) Put the stem into the end of the tube.
(e) Release the plunger to let the stem expand and seal the tube.
(f) Apply a light pressure on the cutter and at the same time turn
the knurled body.
(g) Continue to turn the knurled body until the internal diameter of
the tube is deburred.
(h) Do not push the plunger in, but carefully and slowly pull the
deburring tool from the tube until you can see the first ridge of
the stem.
(i) Make sure that the tube is correctly deburred:
1
_ If the end of the tube is not correctly deburred, do step (c)
to step (h) again.
2
_ If the end of the tube is correctly deburred, pull the tool
out of the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 283
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tube End Dimension
R Figure 236/TASK 20-23-11-991-023

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 284
Jul 01/08

MSR
Internal Deburring Tool
R Figure 237/TASK 20-23-11-991-024

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 285
Jul 01/08

MSR
(j) Fully clean the stem and the end of the tube with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and dry it immediately.
(3) Deburr the external diameter.
(a) Remove the burrs on the external diameter of the tube with CLOTH-
EMERY (GRADE 240).
1
_ The tube must not have external burrs.
(b) Clean the end of the tube with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003). The surface must be clean and
without damage.
(c) The tube must go freely into the fitting. If the tube does not go
freely into the fitting, do not install the fitting.
Subtask 20-23-11-220-051
E. Preparation of the Swage Tools

(1) Engage and tighten the adapter in the tool head.
R (2) Engage the anvil on the top of the tool head, then tighten the attach
R nut.
(3) Install the internal tool components on the drawbolt:
(a) Make sure that the split ring (or back-up ring) agrees with the
tube ID.
NOTE : You must not use a split ring (or back-up ring) with an
____
Outer Diameter (OD) immediately smaller than the tube
Inner Diameter (ID). If you do, it will not be easy to
remove the tube after the swaging operation.
(b) Install the split ring (or back-up ring), the expander and the
bushing (union or sleeve) on the drawbolt.
NOTE : The inner chamfers of the split ring (or back-up ring)
____
must point away from the expander.
NOTE : The shoulder of the sleeve bushing must point to the

____
drawbolt to be against the tube end.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 286
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tool Assembly for Sleeve
R Figure 238/TASK 20-23-11-991-025

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 287
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tool Assembly for Union
R Figure 239/TASK 20-23-11-991-026

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 288
Jul 01/08

MSR
(4) Install the drawbolt on the adapter then tighten it with your hand.
(5) Connect the hose between the pump and the swager of the swage
machine.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-076
F. Installation of the Sleeve or the Union on the Tube
(1) If applicable, engage the nut on the tube.
(2) Install the union or the sleeve on the tube end:
(a) If bonding is not necessary, engage the union or the sleeve on

the tube end.
(b) If bonding of the union or the sleeve on the tube is necessary:
NOTE : If you bond the union or the sleeve on the tube, the time
____
between the installation and the swaging must not be more
than 15 minutes.
1
_ Clean the union or the sleeve with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
2
_ Put CAP - BLANKING on the tube ends.
3
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009B) or
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009D) on the
swaging area of the tube and on the inner side of the union or
the sleeve.
4
_ Let it dry:
R - From 4 to 6 minutes if you used BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009B).
- For 10 minutes if you used BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-009D).
5
the tube end.
6
_ Install the union or the sleeve on the tube end.
Lightly turn the union or the sleeve when you engage it on the
the tube to equally apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-024).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 289
Jul 01/08

MSR
7
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) to remove the unwanted material.
8
_ Remove CAP - BLANKING from the tube ends.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-077
G. Swaging of the Union or the Sleeve on the Tube
(1) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the
expander.
(2) Put the tube assembly (with the union or the sleeve) on the drawbolt.
(3) Make sure that the tube assembly is against the anvil.
(4) Install the two jaws on the anvil.
(5) Install the retainer on the jaws.
(6) If you do work on size -10 to size -24 tubes:
(a) Install the retainer bolts on the retainer.
(b) Tighten the retainer bolts with your hand.

Be careful not to cross-thread the retainer bolts.
(c) TORQUE the retainer bolts to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(7) On the pump, tighten the valve installed on the right side of the
gage.
(8) Slowly operate the pump until you get the specified value.
(9) On the pump, loosen the valve to release the pressure.
(10) If applicable, loosen and remove the retainer bolts from the
retainer.
(11) Remove the retainer and the two jaws from the anvil.
(12) Remove the tube assembly from the drawbolt.
(13) Clean the tube with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 290
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Swaging Pressure for NSA855010
R Figure 240/TASK 20-23-11-991-027

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 291
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Swaging Pressure for NSA855034
R Figure 241/TASK 20-23-11-991-030

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 292
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-917-078
H. Inspection of the Swaged Union or Sleeve
(1) Do a check of the tube for damage.
(2) If you find damage, make sure that it is in the limits (Ref. TASK 20-
23-11-200-801).
(3) Measure the deformations of the tube after swaging.

(a) Tube protrusion out of the sleeve
1
_ Measure the tube protrusion B out of the sleeve.
2
_ Make sure that the tube protrusion B is in the limits.
3
_ If necessary, cut the tube end to decrease the tube
protrusion.
NOTE : You must not decrease the tube protrusion to less than
____
0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(b) Deformations of the tube, sleeve and union
1
_ Measure the diameters D1 and D2 and calculate the wave
deformation 2A (with 2A=D1-D2).
NOTE : Measure D1 only at the second groove.

____
NOTE : To measure D2, you must use the smallest diameter in

____
the reference area.
2
_ Make sure that the wave deformation 2A is in the limits.
3
_ Measure the diameter D3.
4
_ Make sure that the diameter D3 is in the limits.
(4) Reject the assembly if:

- The diameter D3 is more than the maximum tolerance
- The wave deformation 2A is more than the maximum tolerance
- The tube protrusion B is less than the minimum tolerance.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 293
Jul 01/08

MSR
Inspection of the Swaged Union for NSA 855010
R Figure 242/TASK 20-23-11-991-028

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 294
Jul 01/08

MSR
Inspection of the Swaged Sleeve for NSA855034
R Figure 243/TASK 20-23-11-991-029

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 295
Jul 01/08

MSR
(5) If the wave deformation 2A is less than the minimum tolerance, do
step G again.
NOTE : To swage again, you can increase the swaging pressure by 5%.
____
NOTE : If the sleeve or the union is bonded to the tube, there must
____
be less than 30 minutes between the two swaging operations.
NOTE : You can do the swaging operation again one time.

____
Subtask 20-23-11-917-079
J. Protection of the Tubes
(1) Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the bare
metal with a BRUSH - BRISTLED.
(2) Complete the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-080
K. Pressure Test of the Repaired Tube
(1) Install the repaired tube on the aircraft (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-400-
801).
(2) Connect the union and sleeve (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-911-801).
R (3) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs: (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804) or

R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).
(4) If necessary, fill the hydraulic reservoirs:

R - with a hand pump: (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-802) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-
R 29-611-804) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-806).
R - or with a hydraulic cart: (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-801) or
R (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-803) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).
(5) Pressurize the hydraulic systems:

R - for the Green system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-801) or (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-863-801).
R - for the Blue system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-802) or (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-863-802).
R - for the Yellow system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803) or (Ref. TASK
29-00-00-863-803).
(6) Do a check for leaks.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 296
Jul 01/08

MSR
(7) Bleed the related hydraulic system:
(a) For the Green system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-804).
(b) For the Blue system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-805).
(c) For the Yellow system (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-806).
(d) For the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-801).
(e) For the alternative braking system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-064
(1) Remove the warning notice(s).
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 297
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-803
Repair of the Titanium-Alloy Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON Sleeves and Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Repair of the Titanium-Alloy Hydraulic Tubes with HARRISON Sleeves and

Unions

____
R - Titanium alloy (Ti-3Al-2.5V) tubes, ref. ABS5004, sizes -04 to -16.

____
R - hydraulic tubes in engine area
R - hydraulic tubes in the pylon box structure
R - hydraulic tubes located in fuel tanks
R - coiled flexible tubes
R - hydraulic tubes installed on landing gear legs.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific HARRISON roller swaging tools
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 298
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 20-23-11-991-031 Fig. 244
R 20-23-11-991-032 Fig. 245
R 20-23-11-991-033 Fig. 246
R 20-23-11-991-034 Fig. 247
R 20-23-11-991-039 Fig. 248
R 20-23-11-991-040 Fig. 249
R 20-23-11-991-035 Fig. 250
R 20-23-11-991-036 Fig. 251
R 20-23-11-991-037 Fig. 252
R 20-23-11-991-038 Fig. 253
R 20-23-11-991-076 Fig. 254
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-941-053
R A. General
(1) This approved repair procedure is used to repair hydraulic tubes in

TI 3AL 2.5 V titanium alloy.
NOTE : This repair procedure uses a tube swaging method by internal

____
rolling. It is not applicable to corrosion-resistant steel or
(2) The use of HARRISON sleeve and union lets you make a separable
connection between two tubes or between a tube and a system
component.
(3) The unions, sleeves and sleeve nuts applicable for this repair
procedure are:
- unions ASN-A3760
- sleeves ASN-A3759
R - sleeve nuts ASN-A3769-T or MS 21 921-T.
R (Ref. Fig. 244/TASK 20-23-11-991-031)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page 299
Jul 01/08

MSR
Connection of Tubes with HARRISON Fittings
R Figure 244/TASK 20-23-11-991-031

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A200
Jul 01/08

MSR
(4) To repair the tube with HARRISON sleeve and union, you must:
- cut the tube and remove the damaged section
- square and deburr the ends of the tubes
- clean the tubes
- install the sleeve nut, the sleeve and the union on the tubes
- swage the tubes into the sleeve and the union
- connect the ends of the tubes with the sleeve, the nut and the
union.
NOTE : You must remove the tube to swage it.

____
(5) You must use the applicable HARRISON roller swaging tools to swage
the tube.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-320-054
A. Preparation of the Tube
(1) Cut the tube and remove the damaged section:

- determine the tube length and take into account the tube protrusion
from the sleeve D and the tube growth after swaging delta L.
R (Ref. Fig. 245/TASK 20-23-11-991-032)
- make sure that the length of the straight section of the tube
immediately after the bent section is the minimum necessary for the
swaging operation.
R (Ref. Fig. 246/TASK 20-23-11-991-033)
NOTE : If the damaged section is too large or too near a bend, you
____
can replace the damaged section by another tube.
In this case, you must use two HARRISON fittings.
(2) Carefully square, deburr and chamfer the ends of the tubes,
internally and externally.
R (Ref. Fig. 247/TASK 20-23-11-991-034)
(3) Clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and blow
air through the tube to remove all swarf and impurities.
(4) Accurately measure the tube thickness. Write this value to do the
check of the swage.
(5) Make sure that the tube thickness is in the permitted tolerance (E).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A201
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tube Protrusion and Tube Growth
R Figure 245/TASK 20-23-11-991-032

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A202
Jul 01/08

MSR
Length of Straight Tube Required for Swaging
R Figure 246/TASK 20-23-11-991-033

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A203
Jul 01/08

MSR
Squaring, Deburring and Chamfering of the Tube End
R Figure 247/TASK 20-23-11-991-034

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A204
Jul 01/08

MSR
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for ASN-A3759 Sleeves
R Figure 248/TASK 20-23-11-991-039

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A205
Jul 01/08

MSR
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for ASN-A3760 Unions
R Figure 249/TASK 20-23-11-991-040

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A206
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-941-054
B. Preparation of the Swage Tools
(1) Make sure that the roller swage machine is in this configuration:
- power switch OFF
- calibration switch on RUN
- jaw select switch on RELEASE
- thumb wheel switch on O.O.O.
- swage machine clear of swage tools and other items
- air pressure source 5.6 bar (81.2211 psi) min. connected to the
swage machine
- electrical power supply connected to the swage machine.
(2) Do a trial run at no load:
(a) Put the power switch in the ON position.
(b) Put the jaw select switch in the LOCK position.
R (c) Push the power ON button and make sure that:

- the motor runs in the counterclockwise direction
- the mandrel feed is in the full back position
- the torque shown is 3.60.
(d) Push the swage button and make sure that:

- the motor runs in the clockwise direction
- the mandrel feed moves forward.
(e) Push the RESET button and make sure that all the above functions
go back to their initial position.
(3) Put the power switch in the OFF position.
(4) Put the jaw select switch on RELEASE.
NOTE : Make sure that the check of the swage tools for conformity has
____
been performed.
Make sure that the maintenance and calibration periodicity of the

roller swage machine is not exceeded.
(5) Determine the expander tool to swage the tubes on the sleeve and the
union.
R (Ref. Fig. 250/TASK 20-23-11-991-035)
NOTE : The same expander tool is used for the sleeve and the union.
____

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A207
Jul 01/08

MSR
Internal Swage Tools (Expander Tools)
R Figure 250/TASK 20-23-11-991-035

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A208
Jul 01/08

MSR
(6) Determine the external tools applicable:
- to hold the tube and the sleeve
R (Ref. Fig. 251/TASK 20-23-11-991-036)
- to hold the tube and the union.
R (Ref. Fig. 252/TASK 20-23-11-991-037)
(7) Install the external tools on the housing of the swage machine.
(8) Install the expander tool on the swage machine as follows:

- remove the cover from the housing assembly
- put the expander tool on the housing
- engage the mandrel square-drive shank into the quick-disconnect
coupling
- install the cover on the housing assembly.
(9) Lubricate the rollers of the expander tool with COMMON GREASE
(a) Pull the expander tool mandrel to the rear.
(b) Inject the grease through the hole of the cage with a grease hand
pump with a V-shaped nozzle.
The grease must flow out of the cage openings.
(c) Wipe off the old grease which may contain titanium particles.
NOTE : You must lubricate the rollers before each swaging

____
operation.
NOTE : After approximately 30 swages, you must fully clean the

____
rollers, the cage and the mandrel with CLEANING AGENTS
Subtask 20-23-11-320-055
C. Swage the Tube

R (Ref. Fig. 253/TASK 20-23-11-991-038)
(1) Make a visual inspection of the tube I.D. to make sure that there are
no scratches.
(2) Put the sleeve (or union) and the tube in position into the external
swage tools.
(3) Push the tube fully in and close the two half jaws.
(4) Put the power switch in the ON position.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A209
Jul 01/08

MSR
External Swage Tools for Sleeves
R Figure 251/TASK 20-23-11-991-036

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A210
Jul 01/08

MSR
External Swage Tools for Unions
R Figure 252/TASK 20-23-11-991-037

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A211
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tool Installation
R Figure 253/TASK 20-23-11-991-038

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A212
Jul 01/08

MSR
(5) Put the jaw switch on LOCK.
(6) Adjust the swaging torque as a function of the tube diameter, with
the three thumb wheels.
R --------------------------------------------------
| TUBE DIA. mm | TUBE DIA. in. | SWAGE TORQUE |
R |----------------|----------------|----------------|
| 6.35 | 1/4 | 006 |
|----------------|----------------|----------------|
| 9.52 | 3/8 | 015 |
|----------------|----------------|----------------|
| 12.70 | 1/2 | 026 |
|----------------|----------------|----------------|
| 15.87 | 5/8 | 045 |
|----------------|----------------|----------------|
| 19.05 | 3/4 | 047 |
|----------------|----------------|----------------|
| 25.40 | 1 | 084 |
R --------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The torque values shown are in lbf.in.

____
They are the same for the sleeves and unions.
(7) Push the swage button and make sure that this sequence occurs:
- the mandrel turns clockwise
- the expander moves forward into the tube
- the mandrel moves forward and expands the rollers
- when you obtain the set swage torque values (after 15 to 20
seconds), the motor stops, the mandrels turns counterclockwise then
moves to the rear
- the expander moves to the rear
- the cycle is completed.
(8) Put the jaw switch on RELEASE.
(9) Open the half jaws and remove the tube from the swage tool.
(10) Carefully clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A213
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-220-052
D. Do the check of the swage.
(1) Measure the diameters A, B and C and make sure that they obey the
dimension acceptance criteria.
NOTE : You must calculate the permitted min. and max. dia. C as a
____
function of the actual thickness of the tube before swaging.
NOTE : In all cases, you cannot re-swage.

____
(2) Make sure that there are no scratches or other damage on the seal
areas between sleeve and union.
(3) Make sure that there are no scratches or roller marks on the tube
I.D.
NOTE : A helical extrusion mark in the G area (due to tube wall

____
growth during swaging) or a rubbing mark in the H area (due to
swage tool cage rubbing) is permitted.
(4) Do the pressure test of the tube.
(a) Connect the HARRISON sleeve and union of the tubes and TORQUE it
to the normal test value.
R (Ref. Fig. 254/TASK 20-23-11-991-076)
(b) Do the applicable bleeding procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-

804).
(c) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic system to nominal pressure and

do a check for leaks.
(d) If there is a leakage, slowly and continuously increase the

torque value to the maximum approved (maximum test value) until
you stop the leak.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A214
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Torque Values for Pressure Tests
R Figure 254/TASK 20-23-11-991-076

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A215
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-804
Repair of the Corrosion-Resistant Steel or Aluminum-Alloy or Titanium-Alloy

tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
R to -24
R -16 and -24.

____
R - hydraulic tubes in the pylon box structure
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean cloth


EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A216
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 20-23-11-991-004 Fig. 217
R 20-23-11-991-005 Fig. 218
R 20-23-11-991-006 Fig. 219
R 20-23-11-991-042 Fig. 255
R 20-23-11-991-043 Fig. 256
R 20-23-11-991-044 Fig. 257
R 20-23-11-991-082 Fig. 258
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-941-055
R A. General
(1) The H-fitting is approved for the permanent repair of middle-line

tubes when:
- the applicable swaging equipment or other special tools are not
available
- the repair must be immediate (this repair procedure is faster than
other repair procedures).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A217
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) The repair of tube assemblies with H-fittings is permanent for design
operating pressures up to 3000 psi (206.8427 bar) in:
- corrosion-resistant steel tubes (21-6-9), O.D.: 6.35 mm (0.2500
in.), 9.52 mm (0.3748 in.), 12.7 mm (0.5000 in.), 15.87 mm (0.6248
in.), 19.05 mm (0.7500 in.), 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.)
- light alloy tubes (6061T6), O.D.:6.35 mm (0.2500 in.), 9.52 mm
(0.3748 in.), 12.7 mm (0.5000 in.), 15.87 mm (0.6248 in.).
- titanium-alloy tubes (TI 3AL 2.5 V), O.D.: 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.),
9.52 mm (0.3748 in.), 12.7 mm (0.5000 in.), 15.87 mm (0.6248 in.),
19.05 mm (0.7500 in.), 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.)
(3) Four usual repair procedures give a solution for most repairs.
R (Ref. Fig. 255/TASK 20-23-11-991-042)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-320-056
A. Tube Repair Procedure
(1) Use the applicable fitting (refer to the H-fitting Dimension and Part
Number Table).
R (Ref. Fig. 256/TASK 20-23-11-991-043)
NOTE : Each fitting is supplied in a plastic bag which also contains

____
a positioning template and tape.
Subtask 20-23-11-320-058
B. Cut the tube.

R (Ref. Fig. 217/TASK 20-23-11-991-004)
(1) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with the
applicable chipless cutting-tool:
- D12530-001, tubes from 1/4 to 3/8
- D12531-001, tubes from 1/2 to 3/4
- D12532-001, tubes from 1 to 1-1/2.
NOTE : The maximum distance between the ends of the tubes is 5.84 mm
____
(0.2299 in.).
(a) Put the tubing cutter in the correct position on the tube.
(b) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A218
Jul 01/08

MSR
Usual Repair Procedures
R Figure 255/TASK 20-23-11-991-042

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A219
Jul 01/08

MSR
Part Numbers and Dimensions of H-Fittings
R Figure 256/TASK 20-23-11-991-043

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A220
Jul 01/08

MSR
(c) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until it
turns loosely.
(d) Do the steps (b) and (c) again to cut through the tube.
(e) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end of the
tube does not change its shape.
(f) Regularly lubricate the ratchet, the rollers and the cutter wheel
Subtask 20-23-11-320-059
C. Deburr the tube.
(1) Deburr the internal diameter
for:
- the diameter of the tube
R (Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-11-991-005)
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).

- hold the tube
- push in the plunger of the tool
- put the stem into the end of the tube
- release the plunger to let the stem become expanded and seal
the tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 20-23-11-991-006)

- continue to hold the tube
- apply light pressure on the cutter and at the same time turn
the knurled body clockwise

until you can see the first ridge of the stem

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A221
Jul 01/08

MSR
- push the tool into the tube
- do the step (d) again
(g) Fully clean the stem with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
if it touched the fluid and dry it immediately.
(2) Deburr the external diameter

____
- the tubes must not have external burrs
240 emery cloth.
Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause damage to
the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause external
leakage.
(no dust,
particles of metal, etc.).
Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a clean cloth.
(3) Remove the paint (if applicable).
NOTE : You can do the installation on parts that have alodine

____
treatment. You must not do the installation on parts that are
painted.
(a) Remove the paint, with grade 400 emery cloth, on a sufficient
length so that you swage the union on a bare area. Make sure that
you do not make scratches on the tubes when you remove the paint.
(b) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-
200-801).
(c) Clean all the tube ends with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A222
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-11-320-060
D. Installation of the H-fittings
(1) Installation procedure for SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings.

NOTE : You can repair damaged areas that are less than or equal to
____
9.52 mm (0.3748 in.) across. You must splice damaged areas
that are larger. The minimum dimension that you can splice is
114.3 mm (4.5000 in.).
(a) Cut and deburr the tube in the damaged area (A)
Refer to Cut and Deburr the tube paragraph B. and C.
Make sure that the maximum gap between the two ends of the tube
is not more than 5.84 mm (0.2299 in.).
(b) Use the template to find the position of the tape (5) at index
(7) on the tube at 14.22 mm (0.5598 in.) from the end of the
tube.
(c) Locate and mark the tube insertion mark (6).
(d) Wind on only one layer of tape (5). Cut off the unwanted tape.
(e) Put the union (2) in position against the tape (5).
(f) Engage the slide (4) on the tube. The rounded end of the slide
must be against the union (2).
(g) Engage the nut (1) on the slide (4) side.
(h) Engage the coupling (3) on the union (2) side.
(i) Engage the nut (1) in the coupling (3) and tighten it with the
union (2) against the tape (5).
(j) Hold the coupling end. Do not turn the coupling (3).
(k) Tighten the nut (1) until you feel a high torque. This occurs
when the slide (4) and the coupling (3) close tightly against the
union (2).
(l) Make sure that you can see the insertion mark on the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A223
Jul 01/08

MSR
H-Fitting Installation
R Figure 257/TASK 20-23-11-991-044

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A224
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tube Preparation
R Figure 258/TASK 20-23-11-991-082

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A225
Jul 01/08

MSR
(m) Remove the nut (1). Make sure that the slide (4) and the coupling
(3) are between 3.8 mm (0.1496 in.) and 0 mm (0.0000 in.) from
the shoulder of the union. If not, tighten the nut (1) until the
slide (4) and the coupling (3) are in the correct position.
(n) The union (2) must touch the tape (5).
(o) The edge of the coupling (3) must be across the mark on the tube.
(p) Tighten the assembly to complete the swaging procedure.
(q) Do the applicable bleeding procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-

804).
(r) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic system to the design operating

pressure and do a check for leaks.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-942-050
(1) If there are fluid leaks, cut the H-fitting and install a new short
tube with two H-fittings at the two ends of the tube (ref. fig. sheet
250.1/1 section removed).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A226
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-805
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This task gives the permitted temporary repairs of hydraulic tubes.
R NOTE : Repair of MS21922 sleeve

____
R This procedure is applicable to:
R - Corrosion-resistant steel (21-6-9) tubes, ref. ASNA3288, sizes -04
R to -24
R -16 and -24.
R NOTE : Repair of Flexible Hoses

____
R This procedure is applicable to:
R to -24
R -16 and -24.
NOTE : You must not do a

____ temporary repair on:
- hydraulic tubes in engine area
- hydraulic tubes in the pylon box structure
- hydraulic tubes in the pylon forward secondary structure
- hydraulic tubes located in fuel tanks
- coiled flexible tubes
- hydraulic tubes installed on the landing gear legs.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A227
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-14-910-801 Protection from Vibration and Chafing of Hydraulic

Pipes
R 20-23-11-991-046 Fig. 259
R 20-23-11-991-047 Fig. 260
R 20-23-11-991-048 Fig. 261
R 20-23-11-991-049 Fig. 262
R 20-23-11-991-050 Fig. 263
R 20-23-11-991-051 Fig. 264
R 20-23-11-991-052 Fig. 265
R 20-23-11-991-081 Fig. 266
R 20-23-11-991-053 Fig. 267
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-941-056
R A. General
(1) Temporary repair with MS21922 sleeve.

R (Ref. Fig. 259/TASK 20-23-11-991-046)
(a) This temporary repair is applicable only for hydraulic tubes in

21-6-9 corrosion-resistant steel or 6061-T6 aluminum alloy.
(b) Do not use MS21922 sleeves for permanent repairs. These sleeves
are for temporary repairs (no more than 2500 flight hours).
Complete this procedure with the applicable permanent repair
procedure:
- repair of the hydraulic tubes with PERMASWAGE fittings
- repair of the hydraulic tubes with HARRISON sleeves and unions
- repair of the hydraulic tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON
H-fittings.
(c) You can use MS sleeves to do repairs on tubes that have MS 33514
or MS 33515 fittings. No special tools are necessary. The
subsequent separation of joints with MS sleeves is possible. You
must remove the tubes when you swage with MS sleeves.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A228
Jul 01/08

MSR
Repair Procedure with a MS Sleeve
R Figure 259/TASK 20-23-11-991-046

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A229
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) Temporary repair of a tube with a flexible hose.
(a) A temporary repair of pipe with a flexible hose has a life

limited to 20 takeoffs.
Do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in
the correct condition.
(b) A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose

connected to a part or equipment, which can have different
positions, is limited to 20 takeoffs.
Do an inspection of the repair after first flight to make sure
that it is in the correct condition. If there are no findings
after first flight, do a daily inspection afterwards.
(c) A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose

connected to a part or equipment with a fixed position is limited
to 20 takeoffs.
Do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-320-057
A. Repair with a MS 21922 Sleeve
(1) Determine the length of tube to be cut as a function of the location

of the damaged area.
R 262/TASK 20-23-11-991-049, 263/TASK 20-23-11-991-050)
NOTE : If you must use another tube to repair the damaged area, use a
____
rigid tube of the same type as the tube to be repaired, if
possible. If you use a flexible hose for the repair, refer to
the temporary repair procedure of tubes with flexible hoses
(this procedure is in this task).
(2) Cut the tube.

Cut and deburr the inner and outer diameters of the ends of the
tubes.
(3) Clean the end of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A230
Jul 01/08

MSR
Repair of a Straight Tube Section
R Figure 260/TASK 20-23-11-991-047

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A231
Jul 01/08

MSR
Repair of a Union
R Figure 261/TASK 20-23-11-991-048

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A232
Jul 01/08

MSR
Repair of a Tube End
R Figure 262/TASK 20-23-11-991-049

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A233
Jul 01/08

MSR
Repair of an Elbow
R Figure 263/TASK 20-23-11-991-050

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A234
Jul 01/08

MSR
(4) Install the fitting.
(a) Put the nut and the sleeve on the tube.
NOTE : Make sure that the cutting edge of the sleeve points to
____
the end of the tube.
(b) Lubricate with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003):

- the threads and the contact face of the nut
- the threads of the union.
(c) Put the end of the tube into the fitting.
(5) Do the swaging.

R (Ref. Fig. 264/TASK 20-23-11-991-051)
(a) Hold the tube against the shoulder of the union and tighten the
nut fully with your hand.
(b) From this position, tighten the nut to swage the sleeve (obey the
number of turns for the nut).
(6) Do a check of the tube joint.
(a) Loosen the nut and examine the swaging of the sleeve:
- there must be a small bulge between the cutting edge and the
contact shoulder of the nut
- the surface of the sleeve must be smooth (there must be no
cracks or surface defects)
- the end of the sleeve must not be flat (the nut must move
freely along the sleeve).
(b) Install the lines. Use the specified torque values (refer to the
table).
R (Ref. Fig. 265/TASK 20-23-11-991-052)
NOTE : You must use these torque values each time that you
____
assemble the tubes.
Subtask 20-23-11-350-051
B. Temporary Repair Procedure of Pipes with Flexible Hose

A temporary repair of pipes with a flexible hose is limited to 20
takeoffs. This life limit can be extended to 1000 flight hours or 750
flight cycle, whichever comes first, (if there is no other hydraulic line
temporary-repair on the three hydraulic systems), with an inspection as
follows:

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A235
Jul 01/08

MSR
Initial Torque for the Nuts MS21921
R Figure 264/TASK 20-23-11-991-051

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A236
Jul 01/08

MSR
Torque Values for the Nuts MS21921
R Figure 265/TASK 20-23-11-991-052

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A237
Jul 01/08

MSR
- first inspection after first flight,
- further inspections at weekly intervals.
(1) Installation conditions
(a) A temporary repair with a flexible hose is permitted on two

hydraulic systems if there is no hydraulic line temporary-repair
on the third hydraulic system.
(b) A temporary repair with a flexible hose is permitted on two

systems if there is no temporary repair on the third system
R (Ref. Fig. 266/TASK 20-23-11-991-081)
(c) A temporary repair with two or more flexible hoses end-to-end is

permitted if:
- the repair is on one pipe only (between two pipe connections),
- only standard fittings are installed between the flexible hoses
(if needed).
(2) Operational conditions:
(a) If there is additional hydraulic line temporary-repair on one of

R the three hydraulic systems, it is mandatory to:
- replace the temporary repair (flexible hose) by a permanent
repair after 20 takeoffs.
- do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in
(b) If there is no additional hydraulic line temporary-repair on the

R three hydraulic systems, it is mandatory to:
repair at 1000 flight hours or 750 flight cycle, whichever
comes first,
- do the first inspection of the repair after the first flight to
make sure that it is in the correct condition, and do further
inspections at weekly intervals.
(c) If possible, attach the flexible hose to an adjacent pipe or

other hose with ty-wraps and spacers (Ref. TASK 20-23-14-910-801)
to prevent chafing with the adjacent structure. If there a risk
of chafing between the hose and the structure/component, install
a chafe guard on the related section of the hose.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A238
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) The flexible hose that you use must:
- at minimum, be specified for use with the operation pressure in the
system
- be specified for use with the type of fluid used in the system
- have, at least, the same inside diameter as the damaged tube
- have sufficient length to replace the damaged tube or the damaged
part of the tube.
(4) Obey these installation rules:
(a) The flexible hose must have an overlength or a curve to make an

allowance for length variations due to pressure.
The hose length changes:
- from +2 to -2.9% for a moderate pressure
- from +2 to -2% for a high pressure.
(b) There must be no flexure at the fittings. The hose must be

straight for at least two hose diameters from the fitting.
R (c) Obey the minimum bend radius of the hose.

R (Ref. Fig. 267/TASK 20-23-11-991-053)
R To prevent sharp bends in the hose assembly, use:
- elbow fittings
- hose with elbow-type end fittings.
(d) When you install the hoses, you must not twist them. This can
cause the hose to break or the attachment nuts to become loose.
The use of swivel connections at one end or at the two ends will
prevent twist stresses.
(e) In all operation conditions, there must be clearance between the

hose assemblies and:
- the other lines
- the adjacent structure
- the equipment.
Hose minimum clearances must be as follows:

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A239
Jul 01/08

MSR
Examples of Temporary Repair

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A240
Jul 01/08

MSR
Examples of Temporary Repair

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A241
Jul 01/08

MSR
Minimum Bend Radius for Hydraulic Hoses

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A242
Jul 01/08

MSR
Minimum Bend Radius for Hydraulic Hoses

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A243
Jul 01/08

MSR
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| HOSE CLEARANCE TO | MINIMUM CLEARANCE (INCH) |
R |---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| CONTROL CABLES AND LINKAGES | 1.0 |
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| CABLE AT PULLEYS | 0.5 |
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| CABLE AT MIDDLE OF SPAN | 2.0 |
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| ELECTRICAL WIRING | 0.5 |
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
| HYDRAULIC TUBES OR HOSES | 0.2 |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(f) When you install the hose assembly supports, make sure that they
do not cause distortion of the rigid lines (this can occur when
the lines and hoses move in relation to each other). Use a
correct number of clamps so that the lines are correctly routed
along the contour of the structure. This prevents abrasive wear,
kinks and entanglement during flexure. You must install clamps,
at a minimum, at locations where the tube clamps were. You must
not attach hoses around their outside diameters with tight, rigid
clamps which prevent all movement. Some hoses between rigid
connections must move longitudinally. In this case, use clamps of
a type which will not cause wear on the hose casing. You must
attach the connections at the tube, not at the hose.
NOTE : When the lines have rigid tubes, wind Teflon tape around
____
the hose after protection.
(5) If necessary for repair, install the applicable fittings on the ends
of the tubes to connect the flexible hose assembly. Obey the
installation rules related to the flexible hoses. Make sure that the
fittings to be installed on the tubes are compatible with the
fittings on the flexible hose assembly. For MS 21922 sleeve
installation, refer to the repair procedure with a MS 21922 sleeve in
this task.
Subtask 20-23-11-350-055
C. Temporary Repair Procedure of a Flexible Hose with Flexible Spare Hose

(connected to a part or equipment, which can have different positions).
NOTE : A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose

____
connected to a part or equipment, which can have different
positions, is limited to 20 takeoffs.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A244
Jul 01/08

MSR
Do an inspection of the repair after first flight to make sure
(a) A temporary repair with a flexible spare hose is permitted on two

R hydraulic systems if there is no hydraulic line temporary repair
R on the third hydraulic system.
(b) A temporary repair with two or more flexible hoses end-to-end is

permitted if:
- the repair is on one flexible hose only,
- only standard fittings are installed between the flexible spare
hoses (if needed).
R (Ref. Fig. 266/TASK 20-23-11-991-081)
(a) It is mandatory to:

- replace the temporary repair by a permanent repair after 20
takeoffs,
- do an inspection of the repair after first flight to make sure
(b) If possible, attach the flexible spare hose to an adjacent pipe

or other hose with ty-wraps and spacers (Ref. TASK 20-23-14-910-
801) to prevent chafing with the adjacent structure. Make sure
that there is enough space for movement of the flexible spare
hose. If there is a risk of chafing between the hose and the
structure/component, install a chafe guard on the related section
of the hose.
(3) The flexible hose that you use must:

system
- have, at least, the same inside diameter as the damaged flexible
hose
- have sufficient length to replace the damaged flexible hose.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A245
Jul 01/08

MSR
(a) The flexible spare hose must have an overlength or a curve to

make an allowance for length variations due to pressure.

(c) Obey the minimum bend radius of the hose

R (Ref. Fig. 267/TASK 20-23-11-991-053)
To prevent sharp bends in the hose assembly, use:
- elbow fittings
(e) In all operation conditions, during the complete movement, there

must be clearance between the hose assemblies and:
- the other lines
- the equipment.
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A246
Jul 01/08

MSR
at a minimum, at locations where the flexible hose clamps were.
You must not attach hoses around their outside diameters with
tight, rigid clamps which prevent all movement. Some hoses
between rigid connections must move longitudinally. In this case,
use clamps of a type which will not cause wear on the hose
casing. You must attach the connections at the rigid part, not at
the hose.
____
(5) If necessary for repair, install the applicable fittings on the ends
this task.
Subtask 20-23-11-350-056
D. Temporary Repair Procedure of a Flexible Hose with Flexible Spare Hose

(connected to a part or equipment with a fixed position).
A temporary repair of a flexible hose with a flexible spare hose
connected to a part or equipment with a fixed position has a life limited
to 20 takeoffs.
This life limit can be extended to 1000 flight hours or 750 flight
cycles, whichever comes first, if there is no other line temporary-repair
on the three hydraulic systems, with an inspection as follows:
- first inspection after first flight,
- further inspections at weekly intervals.
(a) A temporary repair with a flexible spare hose is permitted on two

hydraulic systems if there is no hydraulic line temporary-repair
on the third hydraulic system.
(b) A temporary repair with two or more flexible hoses end-to-end is

permitted if:
- the repair is on one flexible hose pipe only,
- only standard fittings are installed between the flexible spare
hoses (if needed).
R (Ref. Fig. 266/TASK 20-23-11-991-081)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A247
Jul 01/08

MSR
(a) If there is additional hydraulic line temporary-repair on one of

the three hydraulic sustems it is mandatory to:
repair after 20 takeoffs.
R - Do a daily inspection of the repair to make sure that it is in
R the correct condition.
(b) If there is no additional hydraulic line temporary-repair on the

three hydraulic systems it is mandatory to:
repair at 1000 flight hours or 750 flight cycles, whichever
comes first,
- do the first inspection of the repair after the first flight to
make sure that it is in the correct condition, and do further
inspections at weekly intervals.
(c) If possible, attach the flexible spare hose to an adjacent pipe

or other hose with ty-wraps and spacers (Ref. TASK 20-23-14-910-
801) to prevent chafing with the adjacent structure. If there is
a risk of chafing between the hose and the structure/component,
install a chafe guard on the related section of the hose.
(3) The flexible spare hose that you use must:

system
- have, at least, the same inside diameter as the damaged flexible
hose
- have sufficient length to replace the damaged flexible hose.
(a) The flexible spare hose must have an overlength or a curve to

make an allowance for length variations due to pressure.

(c) Obey the minimum bend radius of the hose

R (Ref. Fig. 267/TASK 20-23-11-991-053)
To prevent sharp bends in the hose assembly, use:
- elbow fittings

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A248
Jul 01/08

MSR
(e) In all operation conditions, there must be clearance between the

hose assemblies and:
- the other lines
- the equipment.
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|---------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
at a minimum, at locations where the flexible hose clamps were.
You must not attach hoses around their outside diameters with
tight, rigid clamps which prevent all movement. Some hoses
between rigid connections must move longitudinally. In this case,
use clamps of a type which will not cause wear on the hose
casing. You must attach the connections at the rigid part, not at
the hose.
____

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A249
Jul 01/08

MSR
(5) If necessary for repair install the applicable fittings on the ends
this task.
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-942-051
(1) Do the applicable bleeding procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-804)

check for leaks.
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A250
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-806
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with CRYOFIT Couplings 3PHS111-XX
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with CRYOFIT Couplings 3PHS111-XX

____
R to -24
R -16 and -24.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless roller-type cutter

No specific deburring tool
No specific stop-watch
No specific CRYOFIT Installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A251
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-00-00-864-801 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
29-00-00-864-802 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System (Pressurized
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
Ground Equipment
R 20-23-11-991-057 Fig. 268
R 20-23-11-991-058 Fig. 269
R 20-23-11-991-059 Fig. 270
R 20-23-11-991-060 Fig. 271
R 20-23-11-991-061 Fig. 272
R 20-23-11-991-062 Fig. 273
R 20-23-11-991-063 Fig. 274
R 20-23-11-991-064 Fig. 275

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A252
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-054
(1) For installation of CRYOFIT couplings you must use small quantities
of liquid nitrogen.
(a) Liquid nitrogen is:

R - very cold -196 deg.C (-320.80 deg.F).
- non-toxic
- non-corrosive
- non-flammable
- a poor electrical conductor.
(b) You must obey these precautions when you use CRYOFIT couplings
and liquid nitrogen:
- keep the couplings and the liquid nitrogen in a correct
container (work box)
- do the work in an area with a good flow of air
- prevent long contact with the skin
- wear gloves as shown in this procedure when you touch cold
parts
- do not put gloved hands into liquid nitrogen
- wear safety glasses
- use correct tools.
(c) If liquid nitrogen spills:

- stay clear of the spilled liquid. It will very rapidly
evaporate
- immediately remove any clothing or shoes soaked with liquid
nitrogen
- flush your skin with warm water and immediately get medical aid
if the liquid nitrogen burns you
- if the liquid nitrogen goes in your eyes, flush them with water
and immediately get medical aid.
(2) Obey the safety procedures of the hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-
00-910-805).
(3) Make sure that the related hydraulic reservoirs and the related
hydraulic systems are depressurized:
R (a) For the Green system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801) and (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A253
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (b) For the Blue system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-802) and (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-802).
R (c) For the Yellow system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803) and

R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).
Subtask 20-23-11-917-050
B. Equipment
R (Ref. Fig. 268/TASK 20-23-11-991-057)
(1) CRYOFIT Installation Tooling.

For installation of CRYOFIT couplings, you must use the tools below:
R - a work box to put the parts fully into liquid nitrogen
- a pair of gloves to touch the cold parts
R - a marking pen to make the installation marks on the tubes
- tongs to remove the parts from the liquid nitrogen
- applicable tube chillers to make the tubes cold before the
installation of the couplings
- applicable snap-on couplings or O-rings to stop the movement of the
coupling (installation stop)
- applicable marking gages to make the installation marks
- applicable test couplings for the check of the tube joints
- applicable extended time tools to increase the recovery time of the
coupling.
(2) Coupling Assembly - 3PHS111-XX
(a) Before you start the installation, make sure that you use the
R correct coupling assembly.
R (Ref. Fig. 269/TASK 20-23-11-991-058)
Subtask 20-23-11-917-051
C. Installation Clearance
(1) Installation package clearance.

R (Ref. Fig. 270/TASK 20-23-11-991-059)
(a) You must have sufficient clearance to remove the installation

package after the installation of the coupling.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A254
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) Radial clearance.
R (Ref. Fig. 271/TASK 20-23-11-991-060)
(a) The clearance around the CRYOFIT coupling installations must be

sufficient for the removal of the installation package.
NOTE : If you use the extended time tool, the clearance must be
____
greater because the extended time tool has a larger outer
diameter. You can use a test coupling and an installation
package or an extended time tool to do a check of the
clearance.
(3) Axial clearance.

The necessary axial clearance and length of straight tube (without
deformation) will change with the coupling size and the installation
technique used.
The length of tube engaged in each end of the coupling must be equal
to half the length of the coupling.
To put the coupling in position, you can:
- move the tube axially (if possible)
- move the tube laterally (deflection).
(a) Installation of the coupling by axial movement of the tube.

R (Ref. Fig. 272/TASK 20-23-11-991-061)
To do this procedure:
- axially pull one tube away from the other until you can put the
coupling in position
- put the coupling in position on one tube
- engage the other tube in the coupling.
NOTE : For this procedure:

____
- you must have a minimum length of straight tube (1/2 the
coupling length for each tube end)
- it must be possible to move the tube axially.
(b) Installation of the coupling by lateral movement (deflection) of

the tube
R (Ref. Fig. 273/TASK 20-23-11-991-062)
This is an alternative to the axial movement procedure.
To do this procedure:
- move the tube to one side
- put the coupling on the moved tube
- put the tube back in position
- engage the coupling on the other tube until the coupling is in
the correct installation position.
NOTE : For this procedure:

____

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A255
Jul 01/08

MSR
CRYOFIT Installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A256
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A257
Jul 01/08

MSR

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A258
Jul 01/08

MSR
Coupling Assembly - 3PHS111-XX
R Figure 269/TASK 20-23-11-991-058

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A259
Jul 01/08

MSR
Installation Package Clearance
R Figure 270/TASK 20-23-11-991-059

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A260
Jul 01/08

MSR
Radial Clearance
R Figure 271/TASK 20-23-11-991-060

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A261
Jul 01/08

MSR
Axial Clearance - Axial Tube Movement

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A262
Jul 01/08

MSR
Axial Clearance - Axial Tube Movement

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A263
Jul 01/08

MSR
Axial Clearance - Tube Deflection
R Figure 273/TASK 20-23-11-991-062

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A264
Jul 01/08

MSR
- axial movement of the tube is not necessary
- you must have a length of straight tube (without
deformation) on one end equal to the full length of the
coupling.
(4) Tube bend location.
(a) Tube bends prevent movement of the coupling. The coupling can be
against a bend (or a bump) if you have sufficient clearance to
install the coupling correctly.
(5) Increase in assembly dimension (growth).
(a) When a CRYOFIT coupling decreases (shrinks) in diameter, its

length increases and moves the two tubes apart.
You must think about this when you make a decision about the
coupling installation procedure (tube lengths, bend locations,
bumps).
(b) Calculated increase in length (growth) after assembly.

R --------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA | Aluminum, stainless steel, |
| Size | | titanium |
| | in. | mm | in. | mm |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | .016 | 0.40 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | .020 | 0.50 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | .026 | 0.66 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | .034 | 0.86 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | .037 | 0.94 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -16 | 1 | 25.4 | .040 | 1.02 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.750 | .045 | 1.14 |
|------|----------|---------|-------------|--------------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.10 | .059 | 1.50 |
R --------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A265
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-052
A. Preparation
(1) Put marks on the tube where you will cut the tube to remove the
damaged part. When you put the marks on the tube, think about:
- access for the tube cutter and the CRYOFIT couplings
- where to release the tube. For installation of the coupling, a
minimum of one tube end must be free to move
- possible future problems and a new routing of the tube (where
permitted) to prevent chafing or contact with parts that move
- drainage of hydraulic fluid
- sufficient straight length of tube after removal of the damaged
part
- minimum splice length
R (Ref. Fig. 274/TASK 20-23-11-991-063)
- assembly growth
- removal and replacement of paint or other protections on the tube
adjacent to the repair.
(2) If possible, drain the line near the location of the repair.
(3) Cut the tube and remove the damaged part. A chipless roller-type
cutter is recommended.
(4) Make sure that the tube ends are free of burrs (inner side and outer
side). Deburr if necessary. Use an applicable deburring tool to
prevent damage or contamination of the fluid system.
(5) It is necessary to remove paint on one coupling length at the ends of

the painted tube:
- remove paint with Grade 400 emery cloth on one coupling length at
the ends of the cut tube ends of the painted tube. Make sure that
you do not scratch the tube when you remove the protection.
(6) Cut, deburr and remove paint from all tubes you will use to replace
the damaged part of tube.
(7) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-200-
801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A266
Jul 01/08

MSR
Minimum Slice Length
R Figure 274/TASK 20-23-11-991-063

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A267
Jul 01/08

MSR
(8) Clean all the tube ends with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
NOTE : Make sure that the cleaning agent does not go in the tube.
____
Subtask 20-23-11-917-053
B. Coupling Installation
R (Ref. Fig. 275/TASK 20-23-11-991-064)
NOTE : To install all CRYOFIT couplings, do these steps:

____
- attach one side of the tube joint
- move the other side
- slide the coupling over one of the tube ends
- align the tubes
- move the coupling back over the joint and let it recover.
(1) Loosen the tube clamps on one side of the joint to permit the
movement of one of the tubes. If possible, the other tube must stay
attached.
NOTE : Make sure that:

____
- bulkhead fittings and reconnectable fittings on the same
tube run (or on a branch run) are installed before you
install the CRYOFIT coupling
- bulkhead fitting jam-nuts are torqued to the correct value
- reconnectable fittings are hand tight.
(2) Do a check of all the joints with a test coupling.
(a) With the applicable test coupling, do a check for burrs, tube
alignment, tube gap and tube roundness.
NOTE : The coupling has a 0.03 in. (0.7619 mm) hole (window) in
____
its center, which is the maximum permitted tube gap.
NOTE : The test coupling must move freely on the joint when the
____
tubes are aligned. Do not try to force the tubes to align
with the coupling because this will cause stress in the
tubing system.
(3) Mark the tubes.
(a) Put the applicable marking gauge on each tube end. With the
marking pen, color the rectangular box. These 0.03 in. (0.7619
mm) marks will be the installation marks.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A268
Jul 01/08

MSR
(4) Install the installation stop.
(a) On the tube you do not move, put one end of the applicable
snap-on coupling in the middle of the installation mark. The
snap-on coupling will be the installation stop.
NOTE : As an alternative, you can

____ use an applicable O-ring as an
installation stop. Use the test coupling to put the O-ring
in the correct position on the installation mark
(perpendicular to the tube axis).
NOTE : You can also use the snap-on coupling to hold the tubes
____
aligned while you do the tube set-up.
(5) Decrease the temperature (chill) the installation tools.
(a) Place the end of the tongs, the applicable tube chiller, and the
applicable extended time tool in the workbox.
(b) Keep the tools in the liquid nitrogen until the boiling stops.
(6) Simulate and measure the time necessary for the installation.
(a) With the test coupling, simulate the installation until you can
do it easily. Make sure you know the obstructions that can
prevent easy installation.
(b) When you can do the installation easily, simulate the

installation again, and measure the time necessary for the
installation with a stop-watch.
(c) Compare the time necessary to simulate the installation with the
installation times given in the table.
If the time necessary to simulate the installation is more than
the recovery time, use the extended time tool.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A269
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Coupling Installation

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A270
Jul 01/08

MSR
Coupling Installation

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A271
Jul 01/08

MSR
Recovery time after tube chilling
R -------------------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA | Aluminum | Stainless steel | Titanium |
| Size | in. | mm | seconds | seconds | seconds |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 30 | 45 | 35 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 25 | 60 | 43 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 22 | 75 | 50 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 21 | 70 | 43 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 20 | 62 | 35 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -16 | 1 | 24.400 | 20 | 50 | 25 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.750 | 20 | 50 | 25 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.100 | 20 | 50 | 25 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The recovery times in this table are for the couplings in
____
the plastic installation package. You can increase these
times if you use the extended time tool. For repairs that
add a length of new tube (splice), you can decrease the
temperature (chill) the new tube before you start the
installation. This will give you more time for the
installation of the first coupling.
(7) Chill the tubes.
(a) Refer to the table below to find the correct chilling time for
the tube type and the tube size.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A272
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tube chilling time
R -------------------------------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA | Aluminum | Stainless steel | Titanium |
| Size | in. | mm | seconds | seconds | seconds |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 40 | 40 | 40 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 40 | 50 | 50 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 40 | 60 | 60 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 50 | 80 | 80 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 70 | 110 | 100 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -16 | 1 | 24.400 | 110 | 160 | 130 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.750 | 150 | 180 | 140 |
|------|----------|---------|----------|-----------------|----------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.100 | 150 | 180 | 140 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) Install the coupling.
(a) If you use the CRYOFIT couplings with plastic installation

packages (as supplied pre-assembled from the factory):
1
_ Put on the gloves.
2
_ With the pre-chilled tongs, remove the coupling from the
workbox.
3
_ Hold the coupling with gloved fingers.
4
_ Move the coupling on the tube end that does not have the
installation stop.
5
_ Align the tubes.
6
_ Move the coupling back on the joint against the installation
stop.
(b) If increased recovery time is necessary, you must put the

coupling in the extended time tool:
1
_ Put on the gloves.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A273
Jul 01/08

MSR
2
_ With the pre-chilled tongs, remove the coupling from the
workbox and remove the plastic installation package. Put the
coupling back in the workbox.
3
_ With the tongs, remove the pre-chilled extended time tool from
the workbox and put it in your free gloved hand.
4
_ Squeeze the tabs to open the jaws.
5
_ Hold the extended time tool over the workbox, hold the
coupling with the tongs and put it in the jaws (of the
extended time tool).
6
_ Carefully let the extended time tool fall back in the workbox.
7
_ When the extended time tool is ready for installation (boiling
stopped):
- with the tongs, remove the extended time tool coupling from
the workbox
- hold the tool with gloved fingers
- move the tool on the tube end that does not have the
installation stop
- align the tubes
- move the tool back on the joint against the installation
stop.
(9) Remove the installation tool.
(a) Let the coupling recover.
(b) Remove the plastic installation package or the extended time

tool.
(10) Do a visual check.
(a) Make sure that the two ends of the coupling touch the
installation marks. If the two ends of the coupling are not on
the installation marks, the repair is not satisfactory.
To make the repair satisfactory you can:
- cut out the coupling
- install a small length of new tube with two couplings (splice).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A274
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-055
R A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R

check for leaks.
(3) If applicable, restore the protection on the repaired tube.
(a) For aluminum tubes:
1
_ Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the
bare metal of the tube with a brush.
2
_ Complete the protection with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-001C).
1
_ Rub the bare metal with scotch-brite pad.
2
_ Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-020) on the bare metal
of the tube.
3
16-001C).
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A275
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-807
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with RYNGLOK Unions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Repair of the Hydraulic Tubes with RYNGLOK Unions

____
R to -24
R -16 and -24.

____
NOTE : For hydraulic tubes located in fuel tanks and in the pylon box
____
R structure, only Permanent/Permanent Rynglok-fittings repair solution
R is allowed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless roller-type cutter

No specific permanent-ink felt-tipped pen
No specific RYNGLOK installation tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A276
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-00-00-864-801 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System (Pressurized
29-00-00-864-802 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System (Pressurized
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
Ground Equipment
R 20-23-11-991-065 Fig. 276
R 20-23-11-991-066 Fig. 277
R 20-23-11-991-067 Fig. 278
R 20-23-11-991-068 Fig. 279
R 20-23-11-991-069 Fig. 280

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A277
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-056
(1) Obey the safety procedures of the hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-00-
00-910-805).
(2) Make sure that the related hydraulic reservoirs and the related
hydraulic systems are depressurized:
R (a) For the Green system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-801) and (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-801).
R (b) For the Blue system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-802) and (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-802).
R (c) For the Yellow system: (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803) and

R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-054
A. Equipment
R (Ref. Fig. 276/TASK 20-23-11-991-065)
(1) RYNGLOK installation tooling.

For the installation of RYNGLOK unions, you must use these tools:
(a) Swage tool
NOTE : There are two types of swage tools: old generation and new
____
generation. To swage the unions, you can use the
old-generation tools or the new-generation tools.
1
_ Old-generation swage tools.
- RTST(X)-01-SIZE standard swage tool
This tool pushes the union ring onto the union body to make
the swage.
- RTST(X)R-01-SIZE reversed swage tool
This tool pulls the union ring onto the union body to make the
swage. You can use this tool to swage the unions where access
is not easy:
- at or near a bulkhead or an adjacent fitting
- when you cannot use the standard tool.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A278
Jul 01/08

MSR
- RTST(X)R-51-SIZE special reversed tool
You must use the special reversed tool where there is an
opposite fitting end or forging body size larger than the dash
size of the fitting end to be swaged.
This special reversed tool has a colored band and the required
pressures are identified on the tool body.
2
_ New-generation swage tool
- RTST(X)-02-SIZE push/pull swage tool
This new-generation tool replaces the standard (push) and
reversed (pull) tools for easier installation especially in
areas where access is not easy.
(b) Pressure pump

The pump can be:
- a hand pump, AEROQUIP P/N 10-00400A
- a foot-operated air/hydraulic intensifier, AEROQUIP P/N
10-00401A
- a switch-operated air/hydraulic intensifier, AEROQUIP P/N
10-00402.
(c) RTSGO-51-SIZE inspection gages

Use these tools to make sure that the swage is correct (full
movement of the ring).
(d) RTSGO-01-SIZE marking gages

Use these tools to make installation marks on the tubes.
(2) Union assemblies

Before you start the installation, make sure that you use the correct
union assemblies.
R (Ref. Fig. 277/TASK 20-23-11-991-066)
Subtask 20-23-11-917-055
B. Tubing Repair
R (Ref. Fig. 278/TASK 20-23-11-991-067)
(1) Single-union repair

You can use a single-union repair if the length of the defect is in
the specified limits (L max).
There are two methods for a single-union repair:
(a) Method 1: You remove (cut out) the part of the tube that has the
defect.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A279
Jul 01/08

MSR
RYNGLOK Installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A280
Jul 01/08

MSR
RYNGLOK Installation Tooling

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A281
Jul 01/08

MSR
Union Assemblies
R Figure 277/TASK 20-23-11-991-066

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A282
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tubing Repair
R Figure 278/TASK 20-23-11-991-067

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A283
Jul 01/08

MSR
(b) Method 2: You cut through the center of the defect.
NOTE : This is not the best method because, in some conditions,

____
the defect can cause damage to the sealing surface of the
union.
If you use this method, you must be careful:
- to cut the tube in the center of the defect
- to put the union in the center between the installation
marks.
(2) Two-union repair
(a) You must use a two-union repair when the length of the defect is
more than the specified limits (L max).
You remove (cut out) the part of the tube that has the defect.
There is a minimum length of tube (M min.) that you must remove.
You replace the removed part of tube with:
- an equal or smaller (but nearly the same) length of equivalent
tube
- two RYNGLOK unions.
(3) Swage near a bend

There must be a minimum length (N min.) of straight tube to swage
near a bend.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-056
C. Preparation
R (Ref. Fig. 279/TASK 20-23-11-991-068)
(1) Cut the tube. We recommend a chipless roller-type cutter.
(2) Make sure that the tube ends have no burrs (inner and outer side).
Deburr if necessary. Use an applicable deburring tool to prevent
damage or contamination of the fluid system.
(3) Preparation of the painted tube ends

It is necessary to remove paint from a minimum length (Dim. B) at the
ends of the painted tube.
(a) Remove paint with grade 400 emery cloth along the dim. B. Make
sure that you do not cause scratches on the tube when you remove
the paint.
(4) Make sure that all the tube ends are in the correct condition and
agree with the tube dimension specifications (Ref. TASK 20-23-11-200-
801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A284
Jul 01/08

MSR
Tube End Dimension and Marking
R Figure 279/TASK 20-23-11-991-068

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A285
Jul 01/08

MSR
(5) Clean all the tube ends with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
NOTE : Make sure that the cleaning agent does not go in the tube.
____
(6) Make the marks on the tubes.
(a) Get the correct size marking gage

R (Ref. Fig. 276/TASK 20-23-11-991-065)
1
_ Put the applicable marking gage on each tube end. With a
permanent-ink felt-tipped pen, make the position and the
inspection marks through the gage windows.
Subtask 20-23-11-917-057
D. Union Installation
R (Ref. Fig. 280/TASK 20-23-11-991-069)
(1) Put the union in position:
(a) Move the union on the tube ends and put the edge of the unswaged
ring on the position mark.
The edge of the ring must be between the two ends of the position
mark.
The length of the position mark gives the permitted tolerance for
the position of the ring.
(2) Union assembly
(a) Get the correct size tool.

R (Ref. Fig. 276/TASK 20-23-11-991-065)
NOTE : The color code of the coupling ring must agree with the
____
color of the movable jaw on the swaging tool.
(b) Connect the flexible hose between the pump and the swaging tool.
(c) Align the assembly tool to one leg of the union, with the ring in
the movable jaw of the tool and the front opening of the tool
against the union body.
NOTE : When you use the reversed tool, the union body is in the
____
tool jaw and the front opening is against the ring.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A286
Jul 01/08

MSR
Union Installation
R Figure 280/TASK 20-23-11-991-069

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A287
Jul 01/08

MSR
NOTE : When you use size -20 and -24 swage tools, make sure that
____
the swage bridge (connected to the tool by a lanyard) is
in the correct position:
- the arrow on the swage bridge must point to the front of
the tool,
- the swage tool detents must hold the swage bridge when
the union is engaged in the tool
(the swage tool detents make a click when the swage bridge
becomes flush on the top of the tool).
NOTE : For the standard swage tool, you must engage the swage
____
bridge in the tool body.
For the reversed tool, you must engage the swage bridge in
the movable jaws.
(d) Apply 8000 psi (551.5805 bar) 8500 psi (586.0543 bar) hydraulic
pressure to the tool to move the union ring forward to complete
the assembly.
NOTE : Tool pressure is 8000 psi (551.5805 bar) 8500 psi

____
(586.0543 bar) for all union sizes or pressure classes.
NOTE : If you use the hand pump (P/N 10-00400A), you must monitor
____
the pressure gage to get the correct pressure.
If you use the foot-operated air/hydraulic intensifier (P/N

10-00402), the intensifier will stop automatically when you have
the correct swage pressure.
(e) Depressurize the assembly tool and remove it from the union.
(3) Inspection of the assembled union
(a) Ring position inspection
1
_ Get the correct size inspection gage.
R (Ref. Fig. 276/TASK 20-23-11-991-065)
With the applicable inspection gage, do a check for correct
position of the ring.
Make sure that you can install the inspection gage on the ring
(flush).
(b) Inspection mark

Make sure that the edge of the union touches or is on the
inspection mark:
- this shows that the correct length of tube is engaged in the
union.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A288
Jul 01/08

MSR
NOTE : The installation tolerance is divided between the two ends
____
of the union.
If the maximum length of tube is engaged in one end of the union,

the minimum length must be engaged in the other end.
This is because unions can move freely on the tube (no positive
tube stop).
If the maximum length of tube is engaged, you cannot see the
related inspection mark until after the swage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-11-860-057
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

check for leaks.
(3) If applicable, restore the protection on the repaired tube.
(a) For aluminum tubes:
1
_ Apply PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING (Material No. 13-002) on the
bare metal of the tube with a brush.
2
16-001C).
1
_ Rub the bare metal with scotch-brite pad.
2
_ Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-020) on the bare metal
of the tube.
3
16-001C).
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A289
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-11-300-808
Temporary Repair of Hydraulic Tubes by Welding
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure describes a method for the temporary repair of hydraulic

tubes. This method uses a manual T.I.G. welding process.

____
R to -24.
NOTE : You must not do a

____ temporary repair on:
R - hydraulic tubes in the pylon forward secondary structure
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific clean stainless-steel wire brush

No specific sandpaper-grade 200
No specific 2-cut milling cutter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1

SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A290
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-23-11-991-073 Fig. 281
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-11-860-058
A. Procedure Requirements
(1) You must not do this repair on the aircraft. You must remove the pipe
from the aircraft.
R (2) Life limitation of the weld repair.
R (a) A temporary repair with this manual TIG welding method is limited
R to a maximum of 20 Flight Cycles.
NOTE : You must replace the repaired tube by a new one before a
____
maximum of 20 Flight Cycles.
R (3) Certification of the operators.
(a) The operators must have an approved licence/certificate (refer to

the local Airworthiness Authorities) for:
R - manual TIG welding process
- dye penetrant test.
(4) Repair criteria
(a) You can do this repair procedure only if:

- the damage is a through crack with a maximum length of 10 mm
(0.3937 in.).
- the distance between two cracks is not less than 15 mm (0.5905
in.).
- the weld does not change the geometry of the pipe.
- there is not already a repair in the repair area.
- two longitudinal cracks are not on the same generatrix (line).
- the tube does not have more than 5% ovalization for stainless
steel pipes and 3% for titanium pipes.
(b) Only one weld is permitted on the circumference.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A291
Jul 01/08

MSR
(5) Adjustment of the welding parameters
(a) Before the repair, you must do a welding test on a specimen of

tube of the same material and with the same diameter/thickness to
get the applicable welding parameters (electrode diameter,
amperage, power, etc).
NOTE : You must do the steps described in this procedure during

____
the welding test.
NOTE : You must identify the test specimens and keep them until
____
the replacement of the repaired pipe.
(6) Weldable materials
(a) This repair method is applicable only for the tube materials that
follow:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Titanium alloy (Ti-3Al-2.5V) Tubes |
R |-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Tube | Tube DIA. | Thickness |Operating Pressure |
| Size | in. | mm | in. | mm | psi | bar |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 0.016 | 0.406 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 0.019 | 0.483 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 0.026 | 0.66 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 0.032 | 0.813 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 0.039 | 0.991 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -16 | 1 | 25.4 | 0.051 | 1.295 | 3000 | 206 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A292
Jul 01/08

MSR
R -------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Corrosion-resistant Steel (21-6-9) Tubes |
R |-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Tube | Tube DIA. | Thickness |Operating Pressure |
| Size | in. | mm | in. | mm | psi | bar |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | 0.016 | 0.406 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | 0.019 | 0.508 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | 0.026 | 0.66 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | 0.032 | 0.838 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.050 | 0.051 | 0.991 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -16 | 1 | 25.4 | 0.052 | 1.321 | 3000 | 206 |
|------|----------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.1 | 0.024 | 0.609 | 80 | 5.5 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) This repair method is not applicable for light alloy 6061T6 tube
material.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-11-917-062
A. Welding Procedure
R (Ref. Fig. 281/TASK 20-23-11-991-073)
NOTE : You must remove the pipe from the aircraft to do this procedure.
____
R (1) Clean the pipe.
(a) If the tube is painted (for stainless steel tubes):
1
_ Remove the paint with grade 400 emery cloth from the full
circumference of the tube along a sufficient length around the
damage area.
(b) Clean the outside of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).
(c) Flush the inside of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026). Do the operation three or four times to remove all
grease from the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A293
Jul 01/08

MSR
Preparation of the Damage Area

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A294
Jul 01/08

MSR
Preparation of the Damage Area

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A295
Jul 01/08

MSR
(d) Flush the tube with water.
(e) Let the tube dry in ambient air.
R (2) Identify the location of the damage.
(a) Blow dry compressed air, at a pressure of approximately 10 bar

(145.0377 psi), through the tube.
(b) Soak the outer surface of the tube in water or apply a leak
detection product to see the leak.
(c) Grind the surface of the tube along the full length of the crack
to identify the damage area.
(d) Accurately identify each end of the crack. The identification

mark must not be more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) on each side of the
length of the crack.
(3) Prepare the damage area for the repair
(a) With a 2-cut milling cutter, make a groove along the length of
the defect plus 5 mm (0.1968 in.) on each side of the crack.
NOTE : Use a 2-cut milling cutter with the characteristics:

____
- 40 teeth,
R - cut angle: 110 deg (110.0000 deg),
- DIA.: 15 mm (0.5905 in.),
- width: 1.8 mm (0.0708 in.) or 2 mm (0.0787 in.) or 2.2
mm (0.0866 in.).
1
_ The shape of the tool gives the width of the groove.
2
_ The cutter must almost go through the tube wall (95% of the
thickness).
NOTE : If the cutter goes through the wall, the opening (at
____
the inner surface) must not be more than 0.2 mm (0.0078
in.) on a length of a few millimeters.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A296
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (4) Clean the prepared area.
(a) For stainless steel tubes:
R 1
_ Clean the area with a clean stainless-steel wire brush.
R NOTE : Make sure that you use a clean stainless-steel wire

____
R brush.
NOTE : Make sure that you do not cause damage to the pipe
____
around the prepared area.
2
_ Remove dust with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
NOTE : Do not use a compressed air gun to remove dust.

____
(b) For titanium alloy tubes:
1
_ Remove dust with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
NOTE : Do not use a compressed air gun to remove dust.

____
(5) Weld the tube (TIG. welding process)
(a) Do the gaseous protection
NOTE : The welding torch gives protection to the outside of the

____
tube.
1
_ Blow a neutral gas inside the tube with a flow rate of 4 to 10
l/min. for a sufficiently long time (about 10 min. for a long
pipe). Decrease the flow rate to 4 l/min. during the welding
operation.
(b) Weld the tube
NOTE : Make sure that the welding equipment parameters are the
____
same as those used on the test specimen.
1
_ For stainless steel 21-9-6 tubes:
- use Z2 CND 20-10-3 filler metal.
2
_ For titanium alloy TA3V2.5 tubes:
- use T40 filler metal.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A297
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (c) Stop the gaseous protection.
1
_ Outside the tube:
- continue the argon flow for at least one minute after
welding.
2
_ Inside the tube:
- continue to blow the inert gas through the tube for one
minute after welding.
R (6) Inspection of the repaired area.
R (a) Do a visual inspection of the weld bead.
1
_ Make sure that the width of the weld bead is:
R - 3 mm (0.1181 in.) for a tube thickness of less than 0.48 mm
(0.0188 in.).
- between 3 mm (0.1181 in.) and 5 mm (0.1968 in.) for a tube
thickness of between 0.48 mm (0.0188 in.) and 1.3 mm (0.0511
in.).
2
_ Make sure that the maximum height of the weld bead is not more
than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).
If the maximum weld bead height is more than 0.1 mm (0.0039
in.):
- grind and finish with sandpaper-grade 200. Make sure that
the remaining thickness is more than the thickness measured
on the base metal.
3
_ Make sure that the crater at the beginning and the end of the
weld bead has no subsiding, cracking and staining.
NOTE : Light staining is permitted. On a small diameter tube,

____
staining on the opposite side of the weld must remain
within the limits of the thermally affected zone.
R (b) Pressure test.
1
_ Do a pressure test for 3 minutes minimum at ambient
temperature with hydraulic fluid at:
R - 360 bar (5221.3572 psi) for tube in stainless-steel 21-9-6 -
R high-pressure pipes
R low-pressure pipes
R suction pipes

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A298
Jul 01/08

MSR
R - 360 bar (5221.3572 psi) for tube in titanium alloy TA3V2.5 -
R high-pressure pipes
NOTE : No leak is permitted.

____
R (c) Dye penetrant test.
1
_ Do a dye penetrant test in the welded area.
2
_ Make sure that there is no sign of a defect.
NOTE : If you are not sure of the quality of the weld, rub
____
with sandpaper-grade 200 and do the dye penetrant test
again.
3
_ If the dye penetrant test shows that there is a defect:
- discard the repaired pipe and install a new one on the
aircraft
- or remove the repaired part of the pipe. Cut the pipe at a
minimum of 1.5 in. (38.0999 mm) from each end of the weld
bead and do an approved repair given in this topic.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-11

Page A299
Jul 01/08

MSR
LINE TYING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________
TASK 20-23-14-910-801
Protection from Vibration and Chafing of Hydraulic Pipes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-14-991-004 Fig. 201

20-23-14-991-001 Fig. 202
20-23-14-991-002 Fig. 203
20-23-14-991-003 Fig. 204
20-23-14-991-005 Fig. 205
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-14-910-050
A. Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 201
Jan 01/07

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-14-910-052
A. Minimum Distances Necessary to Prevent Chafing of Hydraulic Pipes.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-14-991-004)
(1) Pipes and hoses must not touch other pipes and hoses or adjacent
components.
R NOTE : It is permitted for hydraulic hoses that have blue textile

____
R anti-abrasion sheathes to touch each other.
(2) The standard minimum distances you must have on hydraulic pipes/hoses
routings are specified in this document.
NOTE : If a maintenance procedure specifies a different minimum

____
distance, you must obey this distance.
(3) To measure the minimum distance between a pipe/hose and a part that
can move:
- measure the distance in the condition where the movement decreases
the distance to its smallest value.
Subtask 20-23-14-910-051
B. Protection from Vibration and Chafing.
NOTE : When the clearance is less than the minimum distance, you can use
____
lacing tape, bumpers, spacers and clamps:
- to get the minimum distance
- to prevent chafing.
NOTE : If you find that a spacer is missing, we recommend that you

____
replace it with a pair of P-clamps NSA5516 or with lacing tape
(P-clamps give the best protection from vibration).
NOTE : You must not attach hydraulic pipes (with lacing tape, bumpers,
____
spacers and clamps) to pipes of other systems (air, fuel, water,
etc.) or electrical harnesses.
NOTE : You must identify the location where you attach the hydraulic
____
pipes (with lacing tape, bumpers, spacers and clamps) with:
- identification tape ABS0653-05 or NSA0144-4 or
- white/red paint that is resistant to hydraulic fluid.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 202
Oct 01/06

MSR
Minimum Distances
Figure 201/TASK 20-23-14-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
(1) Installation of lacing tape on pipe runs.
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-14-991-001)
(a) Attach the lines with lacing tape MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002).
(b) Finish the lacing with a reef knot. Tighten the knot.
(c) Make sure that the minimum distance is correct:

- 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) min. for pipes in the same routing,
- 6 mm (0.2362 in.) min. for pipes in different routings.
(d) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) on the
reef knot and the ends of the lacing tape.
(e) Make the identification mark with identification tape ABS0653-05

or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to hydraulic
fluid.
(2) Installation of bumpers and spacers between pipes.

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-14-991-002)
NOTE : Install bumpers or spacers to prevent vibration and chafing:

____
- when the distance between fixed clamps is too long and,
- to maintain a minimum distance between two pipes.
This method is applicable for tension free installations.
(a) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) on one pipe.
(b) Install an applicable bumper NSA5586 (or a spacer NSA5527)

between the two pipes.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
Installation of Lacing Tape on Pipe Runs
Figure 202/TASK 20-23-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 205
Jan 01/04

MSR
Installation of Bumpers and Spacers between Pipes

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 206
Jan 01/04

MSR
Installation of Bumpers and Spacers between Pipes

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 207
Jan 01/04

MSR
Identification of spacers
R --------------------------------------
| Length of spacer | Spacer P/N |
| in. | mm | |
|-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.142 | 3.6 | NSA5527-03-07 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.190 | 4.83 | NSA5527-03-04 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.25 | 6.35 | NSA5527-03-03 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.312 | 7.93 | NSA5527-03-05 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.375 | 9.52 | NSA5527-03-06 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.453 | 11.5 | NSA5527-03-16 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.5 | 12.7 | NSA5527-03-01 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.551 | 14 | NSA5527-03-14 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.598 | 15.2 | NSA5527-03-02 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.669 | 17 | NSA5527-03-15 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.748 | 19 | NSA5527-03-12 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.787 | 20 | NSA5527-03-08 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.827 | 21 | NSA5527-03-13 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.886 | 22.5 | NSA5527-03-09 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 0.925 | 23.5 | NSA5527-03-11 |
R |-----------|---------|----------------|
| 1.831 | 46.5 | NSA5527-03-10 |
R --------------------------------------
(c) Install a cable tie NSA935401 over the layer of adhesive and the
bumper (or the spacer):
R - NSA935401-08 for pipe DIA. 1.5 in. (38.0999 mm) and 0.625 in.
R (15.8749 mm),
- NSA935401-05 for other pipe diameters.
NOTE : You must use the applicable tool to install the cable tie.
____

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 208
Jul 01/08

MSR
The cable tie must be sufficiently tight around the pipe
but must not cause damage to the pipe (kinks or other
damage).
(d) Make the identification mark with identification tape ABS0653-05

or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to hydraulic
fluid.
(3) Installation of clamps or lacing tape to prevent chafing of pipes

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-23-14-991-003)
NOTE : We recommend that you use clamps in areas where there can be
____
stress and/or vibration.
(a) Installation of clamps.
1
_ Find the applicable clamp installation for:
- the location of the pipes,
- the distance between the pipes.
Identification of P-clamps
R ----------------------------------------------
| Tube | Tube DIA. | P-clamp P/N |
| size | in. | mm | |
|------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -04 | 1/4 | 6.35 | NSA5516CA06NJ |
R |------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -06 | 3/8 | 9.525 | NSA5516CA11NJ |
R |------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -08 | 1/2 | 12.70 | NSA5516CA14NJ |
R |------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -10 | 5/8 | 15.875 | NSA5516CA18NJ |
R |------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -12 | 3/4 | 19.05 | NSA5516CA23NJ |
R |------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -16 | 1 | 25.40 | NSA5516CA29NJ (*)|
R |------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -20 | 1-1/4 | 31.75 | N/A |
R |------|----------|---------|------------------|
| -24 | 1-1/2 | 38.10 | N/A |
R ----------------------------------------------
(*) You can only use P-clamps on size -16 return pipes. You must not use
P-clamps on size -16 high pressure pipes.
2
_ Install the clamps on the pipes with the related hardware.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 209
Jul 01/08

MSR
Installation of Clamps or Lacing Tape
Figure 204/TASK 20-23-14-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 210
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
3
_ Make the identification mark with identification tape
ABS0653-05 or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to
hydraulic fluid.
(b) Installation of Lacing tape.
1
_ Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) on one pipe.
2
_ Install the lacing tape MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002)
over the adhesive and the two pipes.
3
_ Finish the lacing with a knot. Tighten the knot.
4
the knot and the ends of the lacing tape.
5
_ Make the identification mark with identification tape
ABS0653-05 or NSA0144-4 or with white/red paint resistant to
hydraulic fluid.
(4) Installation of spiral strip.

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-23-14-991-005)
NOTE : If a pipe is too close to a fixed part (distance less than 5

____
mm (0.1968 in.)), you can install a spiral strip attached with
a cable tie at each end on the tube to prevent damage.
This method is not applicable for parts that can move.
(a) Wind a spiral strip NSA849000 around the pipe.
(b) Install a cable tie NSA935401 at each end of the spiral strip.
(5) Installation of grommets ABS0648.

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-23-14-991-005)
(a) Before you install a grommet, apply COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-012) on the internal and external faces of the two parts. This
makes correct installation of the grommet easier.
(b) During installation, make sure that:

- the pipe is centered on the grommet axis,
- the nose of the inner part is correctly installed on the outer
part.
(c) After correct installation, the pipe can move approximately 15

Deg. in each direction.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 211
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Installation of Spiral Strip and Grommets
Figure 205/TASK 20-23-14-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-23-14

Page 212
Jan 01/04

MSR
HYDRAULIC BOBBINS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________
TASK 20-23-21-911-801
Removal/installation of the Bobbins from their Housings and Installation of

O-rings, Square Seals and Back-up Rings on the Bobbins
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
97A29102090000 1 TOOL SET - REMOVAL BOBBINS AND INSTALLATION RINGS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-21-991-001 Fig. 201

20-23-21-991-002 Fig. 202
20-23-21-991-003 Fig. 203

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 201
Jan 01/05

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-21-869-050
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-21-911-050
A. Equipment
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-21-991-001)
TOOL SET - REMOVAL BOBBINS AND INSTALLATION RINGS (97A29102090000)
Subtask 20-23-21-911-051
B. Removal of Bobbins from their Housings

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-21-991-002)
(1) Removal ob bobbins (from 1/4 dia to 1/2 dia)
(a) Get the removal tool applicable to the diameter of the bobbin
that you remove.
(b) Make sure that the tool is correctly set:

- 34 mm (1.3385 in.) for bobbin from 1/4 dia to 3/8 dia,
- 40 mm (1.5748 in.) for bobbin of 1/2 dia.
(c) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you remove.
(d) Hold the nut (3) of the tool and turn the body (2) until the
bobbin is locked on the tool.
(e) Pull the tool to remove the bobbin from its housing.
(2) Removal of bobbins (from 5/8 dia to 1 dia)
(a) Get the removal tool applicable to the diameter of the bobbin
that you remove.
(b) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you remove.
(c) Hold the body (2) of the tool and turn the nut (3) until the

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 202
Jan 01/04

MSR
Identification of Bobbins and Tools
Figure 201/TASK 20-23-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
Removal of Bobbins from Housings
Figure 202/TASK 20-23-21-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
(d) Pull the tool to remove the bobbin from its housing.
Subtask 20-23-21-911-052
C. Removal of the O-ring, Square Seal and the Back-up Rings
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POINTED, SHARP OR METAL TOOLS TO REMOVE THE O-RING
_______
OR SQUARE SEAL OR BACK-UP RINGS.
SHARP EDGES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BOBBINS (GROOVES OR SEAL
CONTACT SURFACES).
(1) Use spoon-type removal tools or a wedge-type removal tool with a hook
to remove the O-ring, the square seal and the back-up rings.
(2) Discard the O-ring, the square seal and the back-up rings.
Subtask 20-23-21-911-053
D. Installation of the O-ring, the Square Seal and the Back-up Rings
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003)
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL REMOVED O-RINGS, SQUARE SEALS AND BACK-UP RINGS
_______
AGAIN. YOU MUST ALWAYS REPLACE THE O-RING, SQUARE SEAL AND THE
BACK-UP RINGS ON A REMOVED BOBBIN BEFORE YOU INSTALL IT AGAIN.
A COMPRESSED SEAL WILL NOT GO BACK TO ITS INITIAL CONDITION.
NOTE : Operators could cut back-up rings to make their installation on

____
bobbin easier. But back-up rings incorrectly cut can cause leaks.
To prevent this, back-up rings are now delivered cut and we
strongly recommend their use.
NOTE : The installation procedure is the same for the O-ring, the square
____
seal and the back-up ring.
(1) Safety precautions
(a) Before the installation, make sure that the references of the
parts you install on the bobbin are correct
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003)
1
_ Manifold side (bobbin identification groove side)
- O-ring: NAS1611-XX or NAS1601-XX
- back-up ring: NSA8671-XX
2
_ Equipment side:
- square seal: NSA8213-XX
- back-up ring: NSA8674-XX

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 205
Jan 01/04

MSR
Installation of the O-rings (or the Square Seals or the Back-up Rings)
Figure 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 206
Jan 01/04

MSR
(b) Make sure that the parts you install are not damaged.
(c) Make sure that you install the parts in the correct position and
in this sequence:
- install the back-up rings in the grooves before you install the
seals
- install the O-ring on the identification groove side of the
bobbin (manifold side).
(d) Before you install the seals, make sure that the bobbin is not
damaged:
- discard the bobbin when it has scratches or when the grooves of
the seals are damaged.
(2) Installation on bobbins

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-21-991-003)
(a) Get the seal installation tool applicable to the diameter of the
bobbin
(b) Install the bobbin on the tool
1
_ Tool for bobbin from 1/4 dia to 1/2 dia:
- slide the bobbin onto the sleeve (1).
2
_ Tool for bobbin from 5/8 dia to 1 dia:
- slide the bobbin onto the compression bushing of the tool,
- tighten the nut (3) until the bobbin is locked on the tool.
(c) Lubrication
CAUTION : ONLY USE LUBRICANT MATERIAL NO. 04-015 OR HYDRAULIC

_______
FLUID MATERIAL NO. 02-003 TO LUBRICATE THE SEALS.
NOTE : If you lubricate the seal with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material

____
No. 02-003) it is necessary to immerse the seal into
hydraulic fluid for a minimum of a quarter of an hour
before you install it on the bobbin.
1
_ Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) on the
O-ring (or the square seal) or immerse the O-ring (or the
square seal) into HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) for a
minimum of a quarter of an hour.
2
_ Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the conical end of the sleeve
(1).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 207
Jan 01/04

MSR
(d) Slide the O-ring (or the square seal or the back-up ring) onto
the sleeve (1) until it touches the conical end of the sleeve.
(e) Slide the pusher (2) onto the sleeve (1) until it touches the
O-ring (or the square seal or the back-up ring).
(f) Push the pusher until the O-ring (or the square seal or the
back-up ring) is in the correct position in the groove of the
bobbin.
(g) Make sure that the O-ring (or the square seal or the back-up
ring) is in the correct position without any torsion or damage.
(h) Remove the tool.
Subtask 20-23-21-911-054
E. Installation of the Bobbins in their Housings

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-21-991-002)
(1) Installation of bobbins (from 1/4 dia to 1/2 dia)
(a) Make sure that bobbin is clean.
(b) Get the installation tool applicable to the diameter of the

bobbin that you install.
(c) Make sure that the tool is correctly set:

- 34 mm (1.3385 in.) for bobbin from 1/4 dia to 3/8 dia,
- 40 mm (1.5748 in.) for bobbin of 1/2 dia.
(d) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you install.
(e) Hold the nut (3) of the tool and turn the body (2) until the
(f) Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) or HYDRAULIC

FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the seals of the bobbin.
(g) Align the bobbin with its housing and push on the tool to slide
the bobbin into its housing.
NOTE : Make sure that the groove side of the bobbin is installed
____
into the manifold.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 208
Jan 01/04

MSR
(i) Make sure that the bobbin is correctly installed.
(2) Installation of bobbins (from 5/8 dia to 1 dia)
(a) Make sure that the bobbin is clean.
(b) Get the installation tool applicable to the diameter of the

bobbin that you install.
(c) Put the compression bushing (1) of the tool into the bobbin that
you install.
R (d) Hold the body (2) of the tool and turn the nut (3) until the
R bobbin is locked on the tool.
(e) Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) or HYDRAULIC

FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the seals of the bobbin.
(f) Align the bobbin with its housing and push on the tool to slide
the bobbin into its housing.
NOTE : Make sure that the groove side of the bobbin is installed
____
into the manifold.
(g) Remove the tool.
(h) Make sure that the bobbin is correctly installed.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-21

Page 209
Oct 01/06

MSR
MARKING OF TIGHTENED UNIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________
TASK 20-23-22-910-801
Marking of the Unions after Standard or Specific Tightening Torque Application
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740

Material No. 11-005
TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO ETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-008 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-018
EXTERNAL TOP COAT (POLYURETHANE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-22-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 201
Oct 01/04

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-22-869-050
R A. System Configuration
(1) Before you do this procedure, make sure that:
(a) You have tightened the related union to the applicable torque
value.
(b) You have done the applicable leakage test.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-22-991-001)
Subtask 20-23-22-918-050
A. Hydraulic Systems
(1) Clean the surfaces to be marked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003).
NOTE : If you install components again, you must remove the old red
____
line before you apply a new red line.
(2) Make a mark on the union with one 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574
in.) wide line with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) or
STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-018) (red color) applied with a
brush. Let dry.
(3) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-008) on cadmium-plated

steel union.
Subtask 20-23-22-918-051
B. Crew Oxygen System
(1) Clean the surface to be marked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
005).
NOTE : If you install components again, you must remove the old red
____
line before you apply a new red line.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 202
Jan 01/08

MSR
(2) Make a mark on the union with one 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574
in.) wide line with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) (red
color) applied with a brush. Let dry.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-22-869-051

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 203
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
R Example of Marking of Unions

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 204
Jan 01/08

MSR
R Example of Marking of Unions

EFF :

ALL 20-23-22

Page 205
Jan 01/08

MSR
R _________________________________________________________________
INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF WATER AND ASSOCIATED AIR SUPPLY TUBING
R MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 20-23-38-000-802
Removal of the Tubes of the Potable Water System and the Air Supply Lines
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plugs

No specific 2 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
No specific 1 CUTTER-ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-38-680-801 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical

Power)
20-23-38-300-801 Repair of the Tube Assembly of the Potable Water
System and the Air Supply Lines to be Carried out in
the Workshop
20-23-38-300-802 Repair of the Tube Assembly of the Potable Water
System and the Air Supply Lines to be Carried out in
the Aircraft
20-23-38-300-803 Repair of the Tubes with H-Fittings to be Carried out
in the Aircraft
20-23-38-300-804 Temporary Repair of the Tubes Assembly with MS21922
Sleeves to be Carried out in the Workshop
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
30-73-46-000-801 Removal of the Potable Water-Line Heater-Elements
38-10-00-614-803 Release of the Pressure from the Potable Water System
20-23-38-991-015 Fig. 201
20-23-38-991-027 Fig. 202

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 201
Jul 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-053
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)
Subtask 20-23-38-010-058
B. Get Access
(1) Remove/open the relevant access panels/doors to get access to the

repair area.
Subtask 20-23-38-860-055
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the potable water system is depressurized before
maintenance (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-803).
(2) Drain the potable water system (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-801).
Subtask 20-23-38-941-059
D. Safety Precautions
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell personnel not to fill or

pressurize the potable water system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-010-059
A. Removal of the Tube Assembly Fitted with HARRISONS Sleeves and Unions
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015)
(1) Remove the potable-water de-icing heater elements as necessary

(Ref. TASK 30-73-46-000-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 202
Oct 01/06
R
MSR
Connection of a (two) Tube(s) with Fittings
Figure 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE in position below the potable
water line to collect the unwanted water.
(3) Carefully loosen the sleeve nut and disconnect and remove the tube
assembly.
(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(5) If necessary do the repair of the tube assembly (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-
300-804) (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-300-801)
Subtask 20-23-38-010-060
B. Removal of a Tube Section fitted with PERMASWAGE Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-38-991-027)

(Ref. TASK 30-73-46-000-801).
(2) Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE in position below the potable

R (3) Cut the tube end or section with a CUTTER-ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004)
(4) Remove the tube end or section.
(5) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
R (6) If necessary do the repair of the tube assembly (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-
R 300-803) (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-300-802) and/or (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-300-
804)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 204
Oct 01/06

MSR
Usual Repair Procedure
Figure 202/TASK 20-23-38-991-027

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 205
Jan 01/04

MSR
Chipless Cutter
Figure 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 206
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-23-38-300-801
Repair of the Tube Assembly of the Potable Water System and the Air Supply
Lines to be Carried out in the Workshop
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific marking tool DLT5302-031-01
No specific stem assembly
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
R No specific 1 CUTTER-ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS
No specific 1 MARKER - FELT TIP
No specific 1 SWAGING TOOL HARRISON - ROLLER
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-009 USA MIL-R-46082
PRIMER, ACTIVATOR FOR ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-024 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE III
ADHESIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 207
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-38-000-802 Removal of the Tubes of the Potable Water System and

20-23-38-400-802 Installation of the Tube Assembly of the Potable
Water System and the Air Supply Lines
20-23-38-991-015 Fig. 201
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-016 Fig. 204
20-23-38-991-017 Fig. 205
20-23-38-991-006 Fig. 206
20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207
20-23-38-991-018 Fig. 208
20-23-38-991-019 Fig. 209
20-23-38-991-020 Fig. 210
20-23-38-991-023 Fig. 211
20-23-38-991-007 Fig. 212
20-23-38-991-008 Fig. 213
20-23-38-991-024 Fig. 214
20-23-38-991-021 Fig. 215
20-23-38-991-022 Fig. 216
20-23-38-991-025 Fig. 217
20-23-38-991-026 Fig. 218
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-010-052
A. Remove the Tube Assembly or Tube Section for Repair (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-
000-802)
Subtask 20-23-38-941-051
B. General
(1) Only personnel familiar with the stainless steel tube repair should
do the following procedure.
(2) Use this approved procedure to repair tubes made of 21-6-9

corrosion-resistant steel.
NOTE : This repair procedure uses a tube-expansion swaging method

____
with an elastomeric expander.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 208
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
(3) The use of sleeve and union lets you make a connection that you can
disassemble between two tubes or between a tube and a system
component.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015)
(4) To repair a tube with sleeve and union, you must:

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-23-38-991-016)
- cut the tube with a chipless cutter and remove the damaged section,
- square and deburr the ends of the tubes,
- clean the tubes,
- install the sleeve nut, the sleeve and the union on the tubes,
- swage the tubes into the sleeve and the union,
- connect the ends of the tubes with the sleeve, the nut and the
union.
(5) You must use the applicable SWAGING TOOL HARRISON - ROLLER to swage
the tube.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-320-050
A. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE EQUIPMENT YOU USE FOR THIS PROCEDURE IS
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT CAN
CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(1) Cut the Tube
(a) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with
the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004)
D12531-001, tubes of 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.
R (b) Put the CUTTER-ROLLER TYPE, CHIPLESS into the correct position on
the tube.
1
_ observe the dimension A between the two tubes
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-23-38-991-016)
2
_ make sure that the length of the straight section of the tube
is the minimum necessary for the swaging operation.
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-23-38-991-017)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 209
Oct 01/06

MSR
Repair of the Tube with HARRISON Fittings
Figure 204/TASK 20-23-38-991-016

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 210
Jan 01/04

MSR
Length of the Straight Tube Required for Swaging
Figure 205/TASK 20-23-38-991-017

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 211
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
NOTE : If the damaged section is too large or too near the
____
bend, you can replace the damaged section with a new
tube. In this case, you must use two HARRISON fittings.
(c) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
(d) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of clearance until it
turns loosely.
(e) Do the steps (b) thru (d) again to cut through the tube.
(f) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end of the
NOTE : Lubricate regularly the ratchet, the rollers and the

____
cutter wheel with OILS (Material No. 03-001) for easy
operation.
R (g) Carefully square, deburr and chamfer the ends of the tubes
R internally and externally.
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 20-23-38-991-006, 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005,
208/TASK 20-23-38-991-018)
(2) Clean the tube.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED

_______
AIR. DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
GET MEDICAL AID IF NECESSARY.
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION.

_______
COMPRESSED AIR WILL CAUSE LOOSE PARTICLES THAT CAN GET IN
YOUR EYES. THE AIRSTREAM CAN CAUSE CUTS, DO NOT POINT IT AT
YOUR SKIN.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 212
Oct 01/06

MSR
Deburring Tool Operation
Figure 206/TASK 20-23-38-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 213
Jan 01/04

MSR
Deburring Tools
Figure 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 214
Jan 01/04

MSR
R Squaring, Deburring and Chamfering of the Tube End
Figure 208/TASK 20-23-38-991-018

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 215
Oct 01/06

MSR
(a) Carefully clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
(b) Blow air through the tube to remove all swarf and other foreign
material.
Subtask 20-23-38-941-052
B. Preparation of the Swage Tools
NOTE : You can use the manual or the automatic power equipment when you
____
swage.
Make sure that each pressure gage used in this procedure is
calibrated. If necessary, use a master gage to calibrate the
pressure gage.
Mark the date of calibration on the gage.
NOTE : Replace the tool components as soon as they show signs of wear.
____
(1) Determine the components of the internal tools to swage the tubes on
the sleeve and the union:
- use the applicable drawbar, expander, split back-up washers,
tapered back-up ring and thrust bush.
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-23-38-991-019)
NOTE : For corrosion-resistant steel tube which are dia. 1/2 ,3/8
____
and 3/4, two types of tools are available.
(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-23-38-991-020)
(2) Install the internal tool components on the draw bar and obey these
precautions:
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-23-38-991-019)
(a) Solid-type back-up washers

You must use the solid-type back-up washers so that they agree
with the I.D. of the tube.
Use a 57.2.19 gage to do this.
Do not use the washers with an O.D. immediately smaller than the
I.D. of the tube. If you do, it will be difficult to remove the
R tube after the swaging operation. You must keep a clearance of
R 0.10 mm (0.0039 in.) to 0.15 mm (0.0059 in.) between the washers
R and the tube.
The inner chamfers must point away from the 57.2.15 expander.
(b) Split-type back-up washers 57.2.32.

You must replace these washers when:
- the increase in diameter during each swaging operation becomes
permanent
- it is difficult to install or remove the washers from the tube.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 216
Jul 01/08

MSR
Internal Swage Tool
Figure 209/TASK 20-23-38-991-019

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 217
Jan 01/04

MSR
Components of the International Swage Tool
Figure 210/TASK 20-23-38-991-020

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 218
Jan 01/04

MSR
(c) Expander
You must replace the expander as soon as it is difficult to
install or remove the tube.
(d) Tapered back-up ring

The cone of the tapered back-up ring 57.2.33 must always point to
the expander 57.2.31.
(e) Thrust bush 57.2.17

The shoulder of the thrust bush 57.2.17 must point to the drawbar
to go into the end of the tube.
(3) Determine the external tool components below, applicable to hold the
tube and fitting during the swaging:
(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-23-38-991-023)
- two jaws and one die (the jaws and the die must match the OD of the
tube and the fitting (sleeve or union),
- one die bolster,
- one attach nut,
- one 57.2.10 adapter (to attach the drawbar to the swage machine).
NOTE : Make sure that you can adapt the tool components on the swage
____
machine (manual or automatic).
(4) Connect the hose between the pump and the swager of the swage
machine.
NOTE : You can put the swager in the horizontal or vertical position
____
as necessary.
(5) Install the drawbar assembly on the die and on the adapter. Tighten
the drawbar on the adapter.
(6) Install the drawbar assembly and the die on the swager. Tighten the
drawbar with your hand.
(7) Install the attach nut of the die.
(8) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the expander.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 219
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
Tool Assembly for Union and Sleeve
Figure 211/TASK 20-23-38-991-023

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 220
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-350-050
C. Deburr the tube.
R (1) The internal diameter:
(a) Use the deburring tool and the stem assembly that are correct
for:
R - The diameter of the tube,
R - The thickness of the wall.
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005)
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012).

R - Hold the tube and push in the plunger of the tool,
R
R - Put the stem into the end of the tube,
R - Release the plunger to let the stem become expanded to seal the
R tube.
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005)

R - Continue to hold the tube and apply light pressure on the
R cutter and at the same time turn the knurled body clockwise,
R - Continue to turn until the tube is deburred.

R - Carefully and slowly pull the deburring tool from the tube
R until you can see the first ridge of the stem,
R - Clean the end of the tube and the stem.

R - Push the tool into the tube,
R - Repeat the step (d),
R (2) The external diameter:
240 emery cloth.
NOTE : Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause

____
damage to the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause
external leakage.
The surface must be clean without damage:

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 221
Oct 01/06

MSR
R - The swaging area must have no deep scratches and must be
R clean (no dust, no particles of metal etc).
R - Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(3) Clean the Tube

_______
AREA.
IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

_______
YOUR SKIN.
003).
(b) Blow air through the tube and remove all swarf and other foreign
material.
Subtask 20-23-38-930-050
D. Make the Marks for Tube Insertion

(Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007)
____
(1) Use a marking tool DLT5302-031-01 with the correct dimensions for the
tube that you must swage:
tubes of 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 222
Oct 01/06

MSR
Tube Marking Tool
Figure 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 223
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
tube with the MARKER - FELT TIP.
NOTE : You can make the marks on the tube without the special tool.
____
But you must keep to the specified high and low limits for the
insertion of the end of the tube.
(Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-23-38-991-008)
Subtask 20-23-38-420-050
E. Installation of the Sleeve and the Union on the Tube

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.

____
- the tubes must not have external burrs,
If a tube does not go freely into a fitting (not circular, out of
tolerance), do not install the fitting.
(no dust, particles of metal, etc.).
Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(1) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) into the tube
end to swage.
NOTE : Put the sleeve nut in position on the tube before you install
____
the sleeve.
(2) Bond the sleeve or the union on the tube.
(a) Clean the external surface of the tube end with CLEANING AGENTS

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 224
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
Tube Marking Operation
Figure 213/TASK 20-23-38-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 225
Jan 01/04

MSR
(b) Application of activator
1
_ Mask the tube ends to prevent contamination.
2
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009)
with a BRUSH - BRISTLED in the area where you swage.
NOTE : If the product is supplied in an aerosol can, spray it

____
on.
3
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009) to
the internal side of the union that you must swage.
4
_ Remove the unwanted material.
5
_ Stop for 10 minutes.
(c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-024) to the
end of the tube that you must swage and make sure it does not go
into the tube.
NOTE : Apply sufficient material to the surfaces that you must

____
seal.
(d) Use force to install the union on the tube and turn the tube.
(e) Equally apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
024).
(f) Remove the unwanted material when the union is fully installed on
the tube.
NOTE : Swage the tube before the bonding and adhesive compounds
____
are dry.
Subtask 20-23-38-320-051
F. Swage the Tube
(1) Put the tube assembly with the sleeve (or the union) on the drawbar
and the die.
Fully push the tube and the sleeve (or the union) into the swage
tool.
(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-23-38-991-023)
(2) Install the two jaws on the die and the tube assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 226
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
(3) Lock the attach nut.
(4) Tighten the two nuts and make sure that the threads do not cross.
TORQUE the nuts to to 3 m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft).
(5) Tighten the valve installed on the right side of the gage.
(6) Slowly operate the pump until you obtain the specified pressure:
(Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-23-38-991-024)
(7) Loosen the valve installed on the right side of the gage.
(8) Remove the tube from the swage tool.
NOTE : Wait for 24 hours before you do the pressure test or degrease
____
the tube.
(9) Clean the tube.

_______
AREA.
IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.
003).
Subtask 20-23-38-220-050
G. Do the Check of the Swage
(1) Make sure that the swage obeys the dimension acceptance criteria.
(Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-23-38-991-021, 216/TASK 20-23-38-991-022,
217/TASK 20-23-38-991-025)
(a) You must reject the swage if:

- the diameters D1, D2 or D3 are higher than the maximum
tolerance
- the wave deformations A2 are higher than the maximum tolerance
- the dimension B is lower than the minimum tolerance.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 227
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
Swaging Pressure with Hand Swager Models 5175 and 5720 for the NSA 855012
Sleeve and/or the NSA 855010 Union
Figure 214/TASK 20-23-38-991-024

EFF :

ALL

20-23-38 Page 228
Jan 01/04

MSR
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for the NSA 855012 Sleeve
Figure 215/TASK 20-23-38-991-021

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 229
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for the NSA 855034 Sleeve
Figure 216/TASK 20-23-38-991-022

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 230
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
Dimension Acceptance Criteria for the NSA 855034 Union
Figure 217/TASK 20-23-38-991-025

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 231
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
(b) You can re-swage the tube if:
- the wave deformations A or the diameters D1, D2 or D3 are lower
than the minimum tolerance.
NOTE : To re-swage, you can increase the maximum swaging pressure

____
to plus 10 %.
(c) You can remove material from the end of the tube if:
- the tube is too long and you cannot install it.
R NOTE : Do not decrease the dimension B more than 0.5 +0 +0.5 mm

____
R (0.0196 +0.0000 +0.0196 in.).
R
(2) If there are marks on the tube, measure the depth of these marks.
NOTE : You can possibly see two types of marks on the tube after the
____
swaging:
- circular marks behind the sleeve thimble-end
- contact marks along the jaw of the die.
(a) Make sure that the circular marks are not more than 0.05 mm
(0.0019 in.).
(b) Make sure that the contact marks are not more than 10 % of the
thickness of the wall.
Subtask 20-23-38-780-050
H. Do the Pressure Test of the Tube
(1) Connect the HARRISON sleeve and union of the tube and TORQUE it to
the normal value.
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026)
(2) Pressurize the tube to an operational pressure.
(3) If there is leakage, slowly and continuously increase the torque

value to maximum authorized (maximum test value) until you stop the
leak.
(4) Make sure that there is no leakage.
NOTE : Leakage is not permitted.

____

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 232
Jul 01/08

MSR
Torque Value for the Pressure Test
Figure 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 233
Jan 01/04

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-050
A. Install the tube (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-400-802).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 234
Jan 01/05
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-38-300-802
Repair of the Tube Assembly of the Potable Water System and the Air Supply
Lines to be Carried out in the Aircraft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless cutting tool

No specific marking tool DLT5302-031-01
No specific stem subassembly
No specific 1 CONTAINER - POLYTHENE, APPLICABLE CAPACITY
No specific 1 MARKER - FELT TIP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific PERMASWAGE repair kit DLT series or D12000 series
tools (vendor code F6087)
R Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 235
Jan 01/05

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-15-38-613-801 Fill the Potable Water System (Aircraft Electrical

Power Available)
Power)
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
30-73-46-000-801 Removal of the Potable Water-Line Heater-Elements
30-73-46-400-801 Installation of the Potable Water-Line
Heater-Elements
38-10-00-614-801 Pressurization of the Potable Water System
R 38-10-00-670-801 Disinfection of Potable Water System and discard of
R Water Filter Cartridges (if installed)
38-41-00-790-801 Leak Test of Components in the Air Supply System
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-006 Fig. 206
20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207
20-23-38-991-018 Fig. 208
20-23-38-991-007 Fig. 212
20-23-38-991-008 Fig. 213
20-23-38-991-001 Fig. 219
20-23-38-991-012 Fig. 220
20-23-38-991-003 Fig. 221
20-23-38-991-002 Fig. 222
20-23-38-991-014 Fig. 223
20-23-38-991-009 Fig. 224
20-23-38-991-010 Fig. 225
20-23-38-991-011 Fig. 226
20-23-38-991-013 Fig. 227
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 236
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Remove/open the relevant access panels/doors to get access to the

repair area.
Subtask 20-23-38-860-054
(1) Drain the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-801).
(2) Depressurize the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-803).
Subtask 20-23-38-941-053
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IS DEPRESSURIZED. A

_______
PRESSURIZED SYSTEM CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS WHEN THEY DO
WORK ON IT.
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell the personnel not to fill or
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-320-052
A. Repair the Tube Assembly.

_______
WORK ON IT.
(Ref. Fig. 219/TASK 20-23-38-991-001)

Use this approved procedure to repair tubes made of 21.6.9
corrosion-resistant steel.
NOTE : You can use the PERMASWAGE repair procedure to repair the tubes
____
installed with HARRISON fittings.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 237
Oct 01/04

MSR
Swage Principle
Figure 219/TASK 20-23-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 238
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
There are two types of PERMASWAGE fittings:
- permanent,
- separable (that you can remove).
The table below gives the standards for the swaged fittings that are
available.
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | PERMANENT FITTINGS | SEPARABLE FITTINGS | SLEEVE AND NUT |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ABS0477 | ABS0464 ASNA3765 | NSA855022 |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ABS0566 | ABS0534 ASNA3767 | NSA855024 |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ASNA3752 | ABS0542 ASNA3768 | NSA855027 |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ASNA3753 | ABS0544 NSA855011 | NSA855036 |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ASNA3756 | ABS0545 NSA855020 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ASNA3764 | ABS0650 NSA855025 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ASNA3766 | ABS0658 NSA855026 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | ASNA3772 | ABS0669 NSA855030 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | NSA855006 and 008 | ABS0675 NSA855032 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | | ABS0711 NSA855033 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | | NSA855037 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | | NSA855033 | |
R |------------------------|----------------------------|-----------------------|
R | | NSA855037 | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
You can swage PERMASWAGE fittings on the aircraft.
NOTE : The separable fittings have MS33514 or MS33515 threaded end or a

____
sleeve with a nut.

(Ref. TASK 30-73-46-000-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 239
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) Put a CONTAINER - POLYTHENE, APPLICABLE CAPACITY below the potable
(3) Cut the Tube
(a) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with
the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting tool:
To repair the tubing with the PERMASWAGE system, you must:
- cut the tube,
- deburr the tube,
- make the marks for tube inspection,
(Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007)
- put the swaging tool into position,
(Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 20-23-38-991-012)
- swage the tube,
- do a check of the tube joint.
You must use the applicable PERMASWAGE repair kit DLT series or
D12000 series tools (vendor code F6087) (D12000 series is the
previous generation).
(Ref. Fig. 221/TASK 20-23-38-991-003, 222/TASK 20-23-38-991-002)
(b) Remove the damaged parts of the tube and the defective ends with
the applicable PERMASWAGE chipless cutting-tool:
R D12531-001, tubes 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.
(c) Put the tubing cutter into the correct position on the tube.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004)
(d) Tighten the drive screw until the cutter wheel lightly touches
the the tube. Then give the drive screw a 1/8 to 1/4 turn.
(e) Turn the ratchet handle through the arc of the clearance until it
turns loosely.
(f) Do step (d) and (e) again to cut through the tube.
(g) Cut the tube slowly and smoothly to make sure that the end of the
(h) Lubricate regularly the ratchet, the rollers and cutter wheels

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 240
Jul 01/08

MSR
Swage Tool Installation (Series DLT)
Figure 220/TASK 20-23-38-991-012

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 241
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
PERMASWAGE - Series DLT Repair Kit
Figure 221/TASK 20-23-38-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 242
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
R Permaswage - Series D12000 Repair Kit
Figure 222/TASK 20-23-38-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 243
Oct 01/06

MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-350-051
B. Deburr the Tube

20-23-38-991-018)
(1) The internal diameter
for:
- the diameter of the tube,
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012).

- hold the tube,
- push in the plunger of the tool,
- put the stem into the end of the tube,
- release the plunger to let the stem become expanded and seal to
tube.

- continue to hold the tube,
- Apply light pressure on the cutter and at the same time turn
the knurled body clockwise,

until you can see the first ridge of the stem,

- push the tool into the tube,
- repeat the step (d),
(g) Carefully clean the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003) if it touched the fluid and dry it immediately.
(h) Blow air through the tube to remove all swarf and other foreign
matter.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 244
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(2) The external diameter
240 emery cloth.
NOTE : Burrs on the external diameter of the tube can cause

____
damage to the seals in the fittings. This damage can cause
external leakage.
(3) Clean the tube

_______
AREA.
IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

_______
YOUR SKIN.
Subtask 20-23-38-930-051
C. Make the marks for tube insertion.

(Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-23-38-991-007)
____
(1) Use a marking tool DLT5302-031-01 with the correct dimensions for the
tube that you must swage:
DLT5302-031-01, tubes of 1/2, 3/4 and 3/8.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 245
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
tube with the MARKER - FELT TIP.
NOTE : You can make the marks on the tube without the special tool.
____
But you must keep to the specified high and low limits for the
insertion of the end of the tube.
(Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-23-38-991-008)
Subtask 20-23-38-320-053
D. Swage the fitting on the tube

(Ref. Fig. 223/TASK 20-23-38-991-014)
(1) Install the fitting on the tube.

____
- the tubes must not have external burrs,
- the swaging area must have no deep scratches and must be
clean (no dust, particles of metal, etc.).
Before you swage, clean the end of the tube with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : The end of the fitting must be in the area of the mark.
____
(Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009)
(2) Use a swage tool assembly and power unit which are correct for the
dimensions of the tube.
(Ref. Fig. 225/TASK 20-23-38-991-010)
(3) Swage with the Tool Series DLT

(Ref. Fig. 220/TASK 20-23-38-991-012)
_______
DANGEROUS.
NOTE : If you swage with the tool series D12000 ref. to step (5) (a)
____
thru (d).
(a) Push the die block assembly out of the head assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 246
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Swage Fitting Installation
Figure 223/TASK 20-23-38-991-014

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 247
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Fitting Installation
Figure 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 248
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
Swage Tools
Figure 225/TASK 20-23-38-991-010

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 249
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
(b) Make sure that the upper and lower dies have the same serial
number.
(c) Put the lower die block on the top of the power unit.
(d) Connect the power unit to the hydraulic pump.
(e) Position the head assembly on the fitting and the water tube.
Make sure that the bevelled end of the die is towards the center
of the fitting.
(f) Put the knurled surface of the power unit and of the head
assembly on the same side and engage the power unit on the head
assembly.
Make sure that the balls in the lower die block engage with a
click on the head assembly.
(g) Move the power unit toward the center of the fitting until the
stop plate touches the fitting.
(h) Make sure that the end of the fitting is on the reference mark.
(Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009)
R (i) Apply a hydraulic pressure 690 +17 -17 bar (10007.6013 +246.5640-
R 246.5640 psi) to the power unit in order to swage the fitting.
(j) Release the pressure.
(k) Remove the power unit and the head assembly.
(4) Swage with the Tool Series D12000

(Ref. Fig. 226/TASK 20-23-38-991-011)
_______
DANGEROUS.
(a) Make sure that you install the dies correctly in the yoke and in
the die holder assembly. You must install the tapered end of the
dies on the black side of the yoke and die holder assembly.
(b) Move the yoke into position on top of the fitting:

- the silver side of the yoke assembly must be nearest to the end
of the fitting that you must swage,
- the silver side of the yoke must be aligned with the end of the
fitting.
Push the die holder into the yoke assembly:

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 250
Jul 01/08

MSR
Swage Tool Installation (Series D12000>
Figure 226/TASK 20-23-38-991-011

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 251
Oct 01/04
R
MSR
- the silver faces of the die holder assembly and the yoke must
be on the same side,
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder must be aligned
(c) Install the power unit:

- install the square connector of the power unit in the swage
head assembly,
- tighten the knurled nut of the power unit with your hand,
- connect the hose and coupling half-assembly of the hydraulic
power supply (D12025-001) to the nipple valve of the power
unit.
Make sure that:
- the end of the fitting is above the area of the insertion mark
on the tube
(Ref. Fig. 224/TASK 20-23-38-991-009)
- you can see a piece of the mark,
- the silver sides of the yoke and the die holder are aligned
Carefully move the tool back until the end stops are
approximately 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) from the end of the fitting.
(d) Make sure that the pressure relief valve of the swaging tool is
R set to open at 380 +17 -17 bar (5511.4326 +246.5640 -246.5640
R psi).
Do not pressurize too high or too low.
R operate the swaging tool with a hydraulic handpump or a hydraulic
R power source (push the remote air ON button).
NOTE : Keep the swaging tool in this position while you apply a
____
R hydraulic pressure of 380 +17 -17 bar (5511.4326 +246.5640
R -246.5640 psi).
R - remove the swaging tool from the fitting:
- release the pressure.
NOTE : If you do not release the pressure, the dies stay closed
____
and you cannot remove them.
- loosen the knurled nut and remove the power unit,

- remove the die holder and yoke assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 252
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-220-051
E. Do a check of the tube joint.
(1) You must reject the joint if the tube:

- goes too far into the fitting,
- does not go sufficiently far into the fitting.
(2) Look at the joint:

- make sure that you can see a piece of the insertion mark.
(3) Do an inspection of the joint with the applicable inspection gage.

(Ref. Fig. 223/TASK 20-23-38-991-014, 227/TASK 20-23-38-991-013)
The inspection gage must:
- contain all the segments around the diameter of the fitting,
- touch the end of the fitting with its shoulder.
If the swaging is not correct, it is possible to swage the joint
again, but not always.
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| The fitting does | The swaging pressure is | Make sure that the |
| not swage | out of tolerances: | hydraulic power supply |
| correctly. | FOR TOOLS SERIES DLT: | and connections to the |
| | - 10000 +250 -250 psi | tool are correct. |
| | FOR TOOL SERIES D12000: | |
| | - 5500 +250 -250 psi | |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| | The swaging head is too | Use the correct swaging |
| | large. | head. |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| The gage does not | The swaging pressure is not | Do the swage again. |
| go on top of the | correct. | |
| external diameter | | |
| of the swaged | | |
| fitting. | | |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| | The gage is on top of flash | Turn the gage away from |
| | marks. | the flash marks. |
| | The dies and the walls of | Carefully remove the dies |
| | the yoke and the die holder | from the head and clean |
| | must be clean. | the dies and all parts of |
| | | the head assembly. |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| The shoulder of | You did not push the fitting| Do the swage again. |
| the gage does not | sufficiently far into the | |

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 253
Jul 01/08

MSR
Inspection Gages
Figure 227/TASK 20-23-38-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 254
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| touch the end of | swaging head. | |
| the fitting. | | |
R |-------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------|
| You cannot see the| The insertion mark on the | Cut out the fitting. |
| insertion mark or | tube was not aligned with | |
| you can see all | the end of the fitting du- | |
| the mark. | ring swaging. | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : For any other malfunctions, contact your PERMASWAGE S.A.

____
supplier.
Subtask 20-23-38-790-052
F. Do the Leak Check of the Repaired Tube.
(1) Do the leak test of the potable water lines.
(a) Remove the warning notice(s).
(b) Fill the potable water system with water (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-
801)
(c) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-801)
(d) Examine the repaired tubing for leaks.

value to the maximum authorized (maximum test value) until you stop
the leak.

____
(a) Remove the container.
(b) Install the potable-water de-icing heater elements as necessary

(Ref. TASK 30-73-46-400-801).
(3) Do the leak check of the air supply lines.
(a) Examine the repaired air tubing for leaks (Ref. TASK 38-41-00-
790-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 255
Jul 01/08

MSR
(b) If there is leakage, slowly and continuously increase the torque
value to the maximum authorized (maximum test value) until you
stop the leak.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install/close the removed/opened access panels/doors.
Subtask 20-23-38-670-052
B. Do the Sterilization of the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-670-

801).
Subtask 20-23-38-862-051
C. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 256
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-38-300-803
Repair of the Tubes with H-Fittings to be Carried out in the Aircraft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific chipless cutter

No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Available)
Power)
Heater-Elements

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 257
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-23-38-991-027 Fig. 202
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207
20-23-38-991-026 Fig. 218
20-23-38-991-028 Fig. 228
20-23-38-991-029 Fig. 229
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-051
A. Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)
Subtask 20-23-38-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open/remove the relevant access panels/doors to get access to the

repair area.
Subtask 20-23-38-860-052
(1) Make sure that the water system is the depressurized before
maintenance action (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-803).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is emptied before maintenance
action (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-801).
Subtask 20-23-38-941-056
_______

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 258
Jul 01/08

MSR
_______
WORK ON IT.
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell personnel not to fill or

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-941-057
A. Put a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the potable water line to

collect the unwanted water.
Subtask 20-23-38-350-052
B. Removal of the Damaged Tube Section
_______

_______
WORK ON IT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TANK IS DEPRESSURIZED.
(1) Cut and Deburr the Damaged Tubing
(a) Use a chipless cutter and a deburring tool

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004, 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005)
R NOTE : The maximal distance between the ends of the tube is 6.36
____
R mm (0.2503 in.).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 259
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-320-055
C. Tube Repair Procedure

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
DO NOT SMOKE.
NOTE : The H-Fitting is approved for the permanent repair of middle line
____
tubes when:
R - the applicable swaging equipment or other special tools are not
R available,
R - the repair must be immediate (this repair procedure is faster
R than other repair procedures).
There are four different types of repair procedures
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-23-38-991-027)
Use the applicable fitting (refer to the H-fitting Dimension and
Part Number Table).
(Ref. Fig. 228/TASK 20-23-38-991-028)
Each fitting is supplied in a plastic bag which also contains a
positioning template and tape.
(1) Installation procedure for SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings.

(Ref. Fig. 229/TASK 20-23-38-991-029)
R NOTE : You can repair defects or chafing areas that are less than or
____
R equal to 9.52 mm (0.3748 in.) across. You must splice defects
R that are larger. The minimum dimension that you can splice is
R 114.3 mm (4.5000 in.).
(a) Carefully clean the ends of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS
Make sure that the tube I.D. and O.D. are clean.
R (b) Use the template to find the position of the tape (2) on the tube
R at from 14.22 +0.5 -0 mm (0.5598 +0.0196 -0.0000 in.) the end of
R the tube.
R (c) Find the tube insertion mark at 36.6 +0 -0 mm (1.4409 +0.0000 -

R 0.0000 in.) from the other end of the tube.
R

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 260
Jul 01/08

MSR
Part Numbers and Dimensions of the H-Fitting
Figure 228/TASK 20-23-38-991-028

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 261
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
H-Fitting Installation
Figure 229/TASK 20-23-38-991-029

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 262
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(d) Put the nut (1), the union (2), the coupling (3) and the slide
(4) in the correct sequence in position on the tube.
(e) Move on only one layer of tape (5). Cut off the unwanted tape.
(f) Put the union (2) in position against the tape (5).
(g) Engage the slide (4) on the tube. The rounded end of the slide
must be against the union (2).
(h) Engage the nut (1) on the slide (4) side.
(i) Engage the coupling (3) on the union (2) side.
(j) Engage the nut (1) in the coupling (3) and tighten it with the
union (2) against the tape (5).
(k) Hold the coupling end (3).
NOTE : Do not turn the coupling (3).

____
(l) Tighten the nut (1) until you feel resistance. This occurs when
the slide (4) and the coupling (3) close tightly against the
union (2).
(m) Make sure that you can see the insertion mark on the tube.
(n) Remove the nut (1). Make sure that the slide (4) and the coupling
R (3) are between 3.8 mm (0.1496 in.) and 0 mm (0.0000 in.) from
R the shoulder of the union. If not, tighten the nut (1) until the
R slide (4) and the coupling (3) are in the correct position.
(o) The union (2) must touch the tape (5).
(p) The edge of the coupling (3) must be across the mark on the tube.
(q) Tighten the assembly to complete the swaging procedure.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 263
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-790-053
D. Do the Leak Check of the Repaired Tube.
801).
(c) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-801).

the leak.
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026)

____

(Ref. TASK 30-73-46-400-801).
790-801).

stop the leak.
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026)

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Close all the access doors/panels opened for repair.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 264
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-670-053
B. Do the Disinfection of the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-670-

801).
Subtask 20-23-38-862-050
C. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 265
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-38-300-804
Temporary Repair of the Tubes Assembly with MS21922 Sleeves to be Carried out
in the Workshop
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-003 USA SAE AMS 2518

GRAPHITED PETROLATUM THREAD COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-23-38-000-802 Removal of the Tubes of the Potable Water System and

20-23-38-400-802 Installation of the Tube Assembly of the Potable
Water System and the Air Supply Lines
20-23-38-991-004 Fig. 203
20-23-38-991-005 Fig. 207
20-23-38-991-026 Fig. 218
20-23-38-991-030 Fig. 230
20-23-38-991-031 Fig. 231
20-23-38-991-032 Fig. 232
20-23-38-991-033 Fig. 233
20-23-38-991-034 Fig. 234
20-23-38-991-035 Fig. 235
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-010-056
A. Remove the Tube Assembly for Repair (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-000-802)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 266
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-941-058
B. General
(1) Temporary repair with MS21922 sleeve.

(Ref. Fig. 230/TASK 20-23-38-991-030)
(a) This temporary repair is applicable only for corrosion-resistant

steel tubes.
(b) Do not use MS21922 sleeves for permanent repairs. These sleeves
are for temporary repairs (no more than 2500 flight hours).
Complete this procedure with the applicable permanent repair
procedure:
- repair of the tubes with DEUTSCH fittings,
- repair of the tubes with HARRISON unions and sleeves,
- repair of the tubes with SIERRACIN/HARRISON H-fittings.
(c) You can use MS sleeves to do repairs on tubes that have MS33514
or MS33515 fittings. No special tools are necessary. The
subsequent separation of joints with MS sleeves is possible.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-320-056
A. Repair with a MS21922 Sleeve
(1) Determine the length of tube to be cut as a function of the location

of the damaged area.
(Ref. Fig. 231/TASK 20-23-38-991-031, 232/TASK 20-23-38-991-032,
233/TASK 20-23-38-991-033, 234/TASK 20-23-38-991-034)
NOTE : If you must use another tube to repair the damaged area, use a
____
rigid tube of the same type as the tube to be repaired, if
possible.
(2) Cut the tube.
_______
CLEAN AND APPROVED FOR THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. IF NOT IT
CAN CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
Cut and deburr the inner and outer diameters of the ends of the
tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 20-23-38-991-004, 207/TASK 20-23-38-991-005)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 267
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Repair Procedure with the MS Sleeve
Figure 230/TASK 20-23-38-991-030

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 268
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Repair of the Straight Tube Section
Figure 231/TASK 20-23-38-991-031

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 269
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Repair of the Union
Figure 232/TASK 20-23-38-991-032

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 270
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Repair of the Tube End
Figure 233/TASK 20-23-38-991-033

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 271
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Repair of the Elbow
Figure 234/TASK 20-23-38-991-034

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 272
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(3) Clean the Tube.

_______
AREA.
IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

_______
YOUR SKIN.
(a) Clean the end of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).
(b) Blow air through the tube to remove all swarf and other foreign
material.
(4) Install the fitting.
(a) Put the nut and the sleeve on the tube.
NOTE : Make sure that the cutting edge of the sleeve points to
____
the end of the tube.
(b) Lubricate with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-003):
NOTE : No grease is permitted in the tube.

____
- the threads and the contact face of the nut,

- the threads of the union.
(c) Put the end of the tube into the fitting.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 273
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(5) Do the Swaging
(Ref. Fig. 235/TASK 20-23-38-991-035)
(a) Hold the tube against the shoulder of the union and tighten the
nut fully with your hand.
(b) From this position, tighten the nut to swage the sleeve (obey the
number of turns for the nut).
(6) Do a check of the tube joint.
(a) Loosen the nut and examine the swaging of the sleeve:
- there must be a small bulge between the cutting edge and the
contact shoulder of the nut,
- the surface of the sleeve must be smooth (there must be no
cracks or surface defects),
- the end of the sleeve must not be flat (the nut must move
freely along the sleeve).
(b) Install the lines. Use the specified torque values (refer to the
table).
(Ref. Fig. 235/TASK 20-23-38-991-035)
NOTE : You must use these torque values each time that you
____
assemble the tubes.
(7) Clean the Tube

_______
AREA.
IRRITANTS.
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Clean the end of the tube with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
003).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 274
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Initial Torque Values/Torque Values for the Nuts MS21921
Figure 235/TASK 20-23-38-991-035

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 275
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-780-054
B. Do the Pressure Test of the Tube
(1) Connect the HARRISON sleeve and union of the tube and TORQUE it to
the normal value.
(Ref. Fig. 218/TASK 20-23-38-991-026)
(2) Pressurize the tube to an operational pressure.

value to maximum authorized (maximum test value) until you stop the
leak.
(4) Make sure that there is no leakage.
NOTE : Leakage is not permitted.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-053
A. Install the Repaired/New Tube (Ref. TASK 20-23-38-400-802)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 276
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-38-400-802
Installation of the Tube Assembly of the Potable Water System and the Air
Supply Lines
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Tape NSA 0141-16A

No specific Tape NSA 0141-25A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Available)
Power)
unions)
20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
Heater-Elements
20-23-38-991-015 Fig. 201
20-23-38-991-036 Fig. 236

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 277
Jul 01/08

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-860-056
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the water system is the depressurized before
maintenance action (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-803).
(2) Make sure that the potable water system is emptied before maintenance
action. (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-801)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-23-38-410-057
A. Installation of the Tubing with HARRISON Sleeves and Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-23-38-991-015)
_______

_______
WORK ON IT.
(1) Make sure that all the equipment items to be connected are in the
correct position so that it will not be necessary to remove the
tubing subsequently.
(2) Make sure that you flush the lines before installation, and that the
threads of the fittings are in the correct condition.
(3) Remove the blanking caps.
(4) Make sure that the tubing ends, the sleeves and the unions are clean
and in the correct condition.
(5) Make sure that the tubes are in the correct condition
(Ref. Fig. 236/TASK 20-23-38-991-036)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 278
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Permissible Tube Defect Depth - Stainless Steel Tube Material
Figure 236/TASK 20-23-38-991-036

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 279
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(6) Make sure that the tubes are correctly identified with:
- Tape NSA 0141-25A for the potable water lines.
- Tape NSA 0141-16A for the air supply lines.
NOTE : Discard tubes that have indentations with a depth of more than
____
0.05 mm (0.0019 in.). Two causes are possible for these
indentations:
- a torque value that was too high during installation,
- installation and removal too many times.
(7) Put the tubing in position.
(8) Make sure that the electrical bonds are correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).
(9) Torque the connections to the applicable values (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-790-054
A. Do the Leak Check of the Installed Tube Assembly.
801)
(c) Pressurize the potable water system (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-614-801)

the leak.

____

(Ref. TASK 30-73-46-400-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 280
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
790-801).

stop the leak.

____
Subtask 20-23-38-410-058
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install/close the removed/opened access panels/doors.
Subtask 20-23-38-670-055
C. Do the Sterilization of the Potable Water System (Ref. TASK 38-10-00-670-

801).
Subtask 20-23-38-862-053
D. De-energize the Ground Service Network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 281
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-38-960-801
Replace the Sleeve by a Plug on the Dead End of the Vacuum Waste Lines
WARNING : ALWAYS USE RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO WORK:

_______
- ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, OR
- ON PARTS THAT HAVE CONTAMINATION FROM THE WASTE SYSTEM.
WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE WORK PROCEDURE, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND
WATER.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS FOR HEALTH).
WARNING : WHEN YOU REMOVE A COMPONENT OF THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, ALWAYS PUT IT
_______
IN A PLASTIC BAG, THEN SEAL THE BAG.
DO NOT PUT DOCUMENTS INTO THE PLASTIC BAG. SEAL THE BAG FIRST, THEN
ATTACH THE DOCUMENT TO IT.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE CAN BE
DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Prevention of clogging of provision pipes
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-008

LUBRICANT, O-RING (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 282
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 packing 38-31-01 01 -110
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

38-31-00-790-801 Leak Check of the Vacuum Toilet System
20-23-38-991-041 Fig. 237
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 20-23-38-010-064
B. Get Access
(1) Remove/open the applicable access panels/doors to get access to the

relevant area.
Subtask 20-23-38-790-057
C. Do the leak test of the vacuum toilet system and record the result of the
test (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-790-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 283
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-865-054
D. Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then open, safety
and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5005VE LAV PWR LH AFT 104MG F08
5005VE LAV PWR LH MID-FWD 102MG F06
5005VE LAV PWR LH FWD 101MG F05
5005VE VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM 105MG F04
5005VE VACUUM GEN 106MG F02
Subtask 20-23-38-941-064
E. Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to fill or flush
the waste holding tanks.
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : ALWAYS PUT ON RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES TO

_______
PREVENT INFECTION WHEN YOU DO THIS WORK.
Subtask 20-23-38-960-050
A. Replacement of the Sleeve by a Plug

(Ref. Fig. 237/TASK 20-23-38-991-041)
(1) Remove the nut (3), the screw (6) and the washer (5), disconnect the
bonding strap (2) if necessary.
(2) Loosen the screws (9).
(3) Removal of the sleeve (11):
(a) Remove the clamp (8).
(b) Remove the sleeve (11).
(c) Remove and discard the packings (7).
(4) Installation of the plug (10):
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-008) to the new packing (7).
(b) Put the packings (7) in position to the pipes (1) and (4).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 284
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Plugging of the Dead End Vacuum Waste Lines
Figure 237/TASK 20-23-38-991-041

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 285
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(c) Put the plug (10) and the pipe (4) in position.
(d) Install the clamp (8).
(5) Tighten the screws (9).
(6) Put the bonding strap (2) in position, install the washer (5), the
screw (6) and the nut (3) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802) if necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-941-065
A. Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 20-23-38-865-055
B. Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then remove the
safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 20-23-38-790-058
C. Leak Test
(1) Do the leak test of the vacuum toilet system (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-790-
801).
(2) Record the result of the test.
(3) Compare the result of the test before the removal and after the
replacement.
NOTE : The difference between the tests must not be more than 10% of
____
the result made before the removal.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 286
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-410-061
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Install/close the relevant access panels/doors.
Subtask 20-23-38-862-056
E. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 287
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-23-38-960-802
Replace the Plug by a Sleeve on the Dead End of the Vacuum Waste Lines
WARNING : ALWAYS USE RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO WORK:

_______
- ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, OR
- ON PARTS THAT HAVE CONTAMINATION FROM THE WASTE SYSTEM.
WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE WORK PROCEDURE, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND
WATER.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS FOR HEALTH).
WARNING : WHEN YOU REMOVE A COMPONENT OF THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, ALWAYS PUT IT
_______
IN A PLASTIC BAG, THEN SEAL THE BAG.
DO NOT PUT DOCUMENTS INTO THE PLASTIC BAG. SEAL THE BAG FIRST, THEN
ATTACH THE DOCUMENT TO IT.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (CONTAMINATION FROM TOILET WASTE CAN BE
DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Activation of provision pipes
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-008

LUBRICANT, O-RING (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 288
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 packing 38-31-01 01 -110
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

38-31-00-790-801 Leak Check of the Vacuum Toilet System
20-23-38-991-041 Fig. 237
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-23-38-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).
Subtask 20-23-38-010-065
B. Get Access
(1) Remove/open the applicable access panels/doors to get access to the

relevant area.
Subtask 20-23-38-790-059
C. Do the leak test of the vacuum toilet system and record the result of the
test (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-790-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 289
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-865-056
D. Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then open, safety
and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 20-23-38-941-066
E. Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to fill or flush
the waste holding tanks.
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : ALWAYS PUT ON RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES TO

_______
PREVENT INFECTION WHEN YOU DO THIS WORK.
Subtask 20-23-38-960-051
A. Replacement of the Plug by a Sleeve

(Ref. Fig. 237/TASK 20-23-38-991-041)
(1) Remove the nut (3), the screw (6) and the washer (5), disconnect the
bonding strap (2) if necessary.
(2) Loosen the screws (9).
(3) Removal of the plug (10):
(a) Remove the clamp (8).
(b) Remove the plug (10).
(c) Remove and discard the packings (7).
(4) Installation of the sleeve (11):
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-008) to the new packing (7).
(b) Put the packings (7) in position to the pipes (1) and (4).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 290
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
(c) Put the sleeve (11) and the pipe (4) in position.
(d) Install the clamp (8).
(5) Tighten the screws (9).
(6) Put the bonding strap (2) in position, install the washer (5), the
screw (6) and the nut (3) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802) if necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-23-38-941-067
A. Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 20-23-38-865-057
B. Get access to the applicable 5000VE series panel(s). Then remove the
safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 20-23-38-790-060
C. Leak Test
(1) Do the leak test of the vacuum toilet system (Ref. TASK 38-31-00-790-
801).
(2) Record the result of the test.
(3) Compare the result of the test before the removal and after the
replacement.
NOTE : The difference between the tests must not be more than 10% of
____
the result made before the removal.

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 291
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-23-38-410-062
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Install/close the relevant access panels/doors.
Subtask 20-23-38-862-057
E. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-23-38

Page 292
Jul 01/08

MSR
CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the information related to the different procedures for
installation and maintenance of cables.
20-24-11/P. Block 201 CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION AND CLEANING
20-24-12/P. Block 001 CONTROL CABLE AND PULLEY CHECK.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
CONTROL CABLE INSTALLATION AND CLEANING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 20-24-11-400-801
Installation of the Control Cables
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the general instructions for the installation of

cables. The instructions for a special installation are given in the chapter
related to the function.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-11-100-801 Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-801 Check of Control Cables and Pulleys

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 201
Jan 01/04

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-24-11-110-050
A. Cleaning of the Cables
WARNING : WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH THE CABLES. BROKEN STRANDS CAN
_______
INJURE YOU.
R IF THERE IS CONTAMINATION, REFER TO ESPM 20-55-00.
(1) Clean the cables (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-801).
(2) Let the cables dry.
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) on the surface of the
cable.
(4) Clean the pulleys, the fairleads with a lint free cloth.
Subtask 20-24-11-200-050
B. Inspection of the Supports, Pulleys and Fairleads.
(1) Make sure that there are no signs of corrosion, cracks or distortion.
(2) Make sure that the attachment of the supports to the structure is
correct.
(3) Make sure that the fastener holes, bolts, screws, nuts and rivets are
in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the attachment of the fairleads is correct.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-24-11-410-050
A. Installation of the Cables
(1) Make sure that the cable is in the correct condition (Ref. TASK 20-
24-12-200-801).
(2) Make sure that the cable alignment is correct. Make sure that there
are no loops and that the cables are not worn.
(3) Make sure that the tension is correct. If necessary, adjust the
tension.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 202
Jul 01/08

MSR
R (4) Make sure that one cable does not go across another cable. Make sure
R that the cables are not twisted.
(5) Apply the final protection.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-24-11-942-050

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 203
Oct 01/06

MSR
TASK 20-24-11-100-801
Cleaning and Protection of the Cables
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This subject gives the procedure to apply corrosion-resistant finish to the

cables.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific gun
No specific lintfree cloth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-24-11-110-051
A. Cleaning of the Cables
(1) Clean the surface of the cable with a lintfree cloth soaked with
(2) Dry the cable.
NOTE : Remove the unwanted material from the cloth to make sure that
____
it does not go into the cable core. This material removes the
lubricant around each strand.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-24-11-916-051
A. Protection of the Cables
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) on the surface of the
cable with a brush or a gun or put it fully in SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-005) to get a 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.) material
thickness on the cable.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-24-11-942-051

EFF :

ALL 20-24-11

Page 205
Jan 01/04

MSR
CONTROL CABLE AND PULLEY CHECK - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 20-24-12-200-801
Check of Control Cables and Pulleys
WARNING : WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH THE CABLES. BROKEN STRANDS CAN INJURE YOU.
_______
R IF THERE IS CONTAMINATION, REFER TO ESPM 20-55-00.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific gloves
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-11-100-801 Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-991-001 Fig. 601
20-24-12-991-002 Fig. 602
20-24-12-991-003 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-24-12-941-050
(1) Put on gloves when you touch cables.

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 601
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-24-12-210-050
A. Inspection of the Control Cables

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 20-24-12-991-001)
(1) Check for broken wires:
(a) The very important areas where the wires can break are the
lengths of the cable that go through fairleads and around
pulleys.
(b) Examine the cables. Make sure that there are no broken wires, to
do this:
- move a cloth along the cable, in the two directions.
(c) If the cloth catches on the cable:

- make a visual inspection to find the broken wires.
(d) The permitted limits for the cables with broken wires are:
R - for class 7 x 19 cable, 6 broken wires in a same one-inch 25.4
R mm (1.0000 in.) length of cable with not more than 3 broken
R wires for each strand.
R - for class 7 x 7 cable, 3 broken wires in a same one-inch 25.4
R mm (1.0000 in.) length of cable with not more than 2 broken
R wires for each strand.
R NOTE : There must not be broken wires in two consecutive one-inch

____
R 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) lengths of cable.
For the lengths of cables which can touch pulleys or go
through fairleads and pressure seals:
- not more than 3 broken wires is permitted.
(2) Check of the external wear of the cable

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 20-24-12-991-002)
(a) Make a visual inspection of the cables, specially the lengths

that can touch pulleys, fairleads or pressure seals. Make sure
that they are not worn.
R (b) The permitted wear limits in a same one-inch 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.)
R length of cable are:
- for class 7 x 19 cable, a maximum of 6 wires worn to 50 % or
more of their diameter,
- for class 7 x 7 cable, a maximum of 3 wires worn to 50 % or
more of their diameter,

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 602
Jul 01/08

MSR
Control Cable Defects
Figure 601/TASK 20-24-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 603
Jan 01/04

MSR
Control-Cable Wear Patterns
Figure 602/TASK 20-24-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 604
Jan 01/04

MSR
if there are no broken wires.
R NOTE : The number of permissible worn wire in a same one-inch

____
R 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) length of cable is decreased by one
wire for every broken wire.
R A maximum of two one-inch 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) lengths of
R cable with wear (within the limits specified above) is
permissible on the total length of the cable (between the
two cable terminals) on the condition that the wear is not
R on two consecutive one-inch 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) lengths
R of cable.
If a wire is worn to more than 60 % of its diameter, you
must call it a broken wire.
(3) Internal cable wear
(a) In some areas (for example around pulleys and quadrants) the
cable can wear internally more than it wears externally.
To find such wear, move the strands apart to examine the cable
internally.
(4) Corrosion
NOTE : Corrosion of cables specially occurs in these areas:

____
- battery compartments,
- toilets,
- landing gear wells.
- other areas where fumes, vapors and liquids that can cause
corrosion can collect.
(a) If a cable has a broken wire in a length that does not touch
airframe components which can make it wear, pulleys, fairleads
etc.
- carefully examine the cable. Make sure that it has no
corrosion.
(b) If necessary, remove the cable. Bend the cable to make sure that
the internal strands do not have corrosion.
(c) If you find surface corrosion:

- loosen the cable,
- make a full inspection of the inner strands.
(d) Discard the cable if you find corrosion on the inner strands.
(e) If you find light surface corrosion, remove it and protect the
cable again (Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 605
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-24-12-210-051
B. Inspection of the Pulleys

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 20-24-12-991-003)
(1) Examine the pulleys for cracked edges, signs of incorrect wear in the
bottom of the groove, cracked hub, too much play.
(2) Examine the pulleys while in operation:

- make sure that the pulleys turn freely
- make sure that the cable does not skid in the groove.
(3) Make sure that the eccentricity agrees with the values shown in this
table:
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------
| PULLEY SMALL | MAX. ECCENTRICITY | MAX. ECCENTRICITY |
| DIAMETER | AT TOP OF GROOVE | AT BOTTOM OF GROOVE |
R |----------------------|-----------------------|------------------------|
| Less than or equal to| 0.011 in. (0.30 mm) | 0.005 in. (0.15 mm) |
| 1.181 in. (30 mm) | | |
R |----------------------|-----------------------|------------------------|
| from 30 mm to less | 0.015 in. (0.40 mm) | 0.007 in. (0.20 mm) |
| than 3.149 in. | | |
| (80 mm) | | |
R |----------------------|-----------------------|------------------------|
| more than or equal to| | |
| 3.149 in. (80 mm) | 0.019 in. (0.50 mm) | 0.007 in. (0.20 mm) |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Inspection of the pulley wobble
(a) Do a check of the wobble at each turn of the pulley.
1
_ For pulley with a diameter less than 80 mm (3.1496 in.), the
wobble must not be more than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).
2
_ For pulleys with a diameter of 80 mm (3.1496 in.) or more, the
wobble must not be more than 0.30 mm (0.0118 in.).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-24-12-942-050

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 606
Jul 01/08

MSR
Pulley Wear Patterns
Figure 603/TASK 20-24-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-24-12

Page 607
Jan 01/04

MSR
INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 20-26-00-910-801
Installation of expansion joints
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This topic shows a typical installation of the expansion joints. This

typical installation prevents damage to the bleed duct seals and leakage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 06-012

LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 06-016 USA AMS-M-7866
MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE POWDER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-26-00-991-001 Fig. 201

R 20-26-00-991-002 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-26-00-210-050
A. Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 201
Oct 01/07

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-26-00-420-050
A. Installation of Expansion Joints

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001)
(1) Visual inspection
(a) Make sure that the seal housings on the female duct and the
contact surface on the male duct are clean and that there are no
deposits or lubricant. If you find dirt, deposits or lubricant,
you must clean, flush and dry the surface(s) before you install a
new duct seal.
(b) Visually examine the seal contact surfaces on the male and female
duct for deformation or too much wear.
(2) Seal installation
NOTE : Remove the seal(s) from the packaging immediately before you
____
install it (them). Make sure that you do not cause
contamination of the seal with chemicals or dust particles
during its installation.
(a) For ABS0737-XXX seals and Pre ABS1040-XXX
1
_ Carefully install the seal ABS0737-XXX in the housing grooves.
Make sure that you install the seal in the correct direction
and in the correct position.
NOTE : ABS0737-XXX seal type is the recommended replacement

____
P/N. Other seal types found in service are:
- NSA8054-XXX-08 with NSA8054-XXX-09,
- ABS0605-XXX,
- ABS0632-XXX.
(b) For ABS1040-XXX

1
_ Install the outer ring (1) into the duct groove.
2
_ Carefully install the inner ring (2) with the spring on the
pressure side.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 202
Oct 01/07

MSR
Installation of Expansion Joints
Figure 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 203
Jan 01/04

MSR
R Installation of the ABS1040-XXX Expansion Joints
R Figure 202/TASK 20-26-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 204
Oct 01/07

MSR
(3) Lubricant
NOTE : The seals are supplied pre-lubricated and normally require

____
no additional lubrication. In areas where installation is
difficult (ducting angulation), you can apply a thin film
of lubricant on the inner surface of the seal or on the
sliding surface.
Recommended lubricants:
- For ABS0737-XXX seal type , use only LUBRICANTS (Material No.
06-016)
- For other type of seals, use LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-016)
or LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-012).
(b) For ABS1040-XXX

Do not use lubricant for installation of ABS1040-XXX seals.
(4) Duct connection
1
_ Engage the male sleeve in the seal and connect the ducts. Make
sure that you do not cause damage to the seal during the
operation.
2
_ Align the two ducts on the same axis. Misalignment must not be
more than 3 degrees in all directions.
R - Measure the distance X between the duct flanges A and
R B:
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001)
R This distance must be the same (+/- 2 mm (0.0787 in.))

R around the full circumference of the duct to make sure that
the two flanges are parallel.
3
_ Make sure that there are no side loads in the assembly.
(b) For ABS1040-XXX
1
_ Carefully install the male duct in the female sleeve and move
the duct around slightly to make the seal agree with the shape
of the duct
2
_ Align the two ducts on the same axis. Misalignment must not be
more than 3 degrees in all directions

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 205
Jul 01/08

MSR
R - Measure the distance X between the duct flanges A and
R B:
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-26-00-991-001)
R This distance must be the same (+/- 2 mm (0.0787 in.))

R around the full circumference of the duct to make sure that
the two flanges are parallel.
3
_ Make sure that there are no side loads in the assembly.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 206
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-26-00-910-802
Installation of the Static Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To install the static seals NSA8206 and ABS5800.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-003B USA MIL-PRF-27617

OXYGEN SYSTEM LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-26-00-210-051
A. Not applicable.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-26-00-420-054
A. Installation of the Static Seals
(1) Visual inspection
(a) Visually examine the seal contact surface of the groove for
deformations or scratches.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 207
Jan 01/08

MSR
(b) Make sure that there are no particles or lubricant on the groove
surface before you install the seal.
WARNING : BEFORE THE USE OF SOLVENT, CAREFULLY READ THE

_______
APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND OBEY ALL
GIVEN SAFETY AND HEALTH PRECAUTIONS. USE SOLVENT IN AN
AREA OPENED TO THE AIR AND HAVE PROTECTION GLOVES.
THESE MATERIALS ARE FLAMMABLE AND GAS IS DANGEROUS. IT
CAN CAUSE IRRITATION OF EYES, NOSE, THROAT AND SKIN.
HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE,
NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT JUDGEMENT.
1
_ If you find dirt, particles or lubricant, you must clean the
surface(s) with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
2
_ Remove all the solvent on the surface(s) before you install
the new seal.
(2) Seal installation
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP TOOLS WHEN YOU INSTALL A SEAL IN THE
_______
GROOVE. A DAMAGED SEAL CAN CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY SEALING AND
IS NOT REPAIRABLE. IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO A SEAL, YOU MUST
REMOVE AND REPLACE IT.
NOTE : Remove the seal(s) from the packaging immediately before you
____
install it (them). Make sure that you do not cause
contamination of the seal with chemicals or dust particles
during its installation.
(a) Lubricant
1
_ For ABS5800 seals:
- Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
003B) on the outer diameter surface on the full
circumference.
NOTE : No added lubrication is usually necessary for the

____
seals. In areas where installation is not easy (ducting
angulation), you can apply a thin layer of lubricant to
hold the seal in its groove when the equipment is
installed.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 208
Jan 01/08
R
MSR
2
_ For NSA8206 seals:
R - Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 003B) on the inner surface of the seal or on the sliding
surface.
(b) To install the seal, engage it in the hardware groove. The seal
is held in the groove on the outer diameter.
R NOTE : You can pull in a seal that is slightly too large at

____
R ambient temperature to get a correct fit in the groove.

EFF :

ALL 20-26-00

Page 209
Oct 01/07

MSR
ELECTRICAL CABLES AND BUNDLES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________________
TASK 20-27-00-910-801
Installation of Grommets
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable for the installation and bonding of the

FLEXIFORM grommet. This installation prevents damage when the bundles go
through holes in the structure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 08-078 D DAN 1196

R TWO PART PASTE ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-27-00-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 201
Oct 01/07

MSR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-27-00-869-050
A. Preparation before Installation

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-27-00-991-001)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS, AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR OR INJURIES CAN OCCUR.
MAKE SURE YOU OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND PUT ON
PROTECTIVE CLOTHINGS.
DO NOT GET THE MATERIAL IN YOUR EYES, MOUTH, OR NOSE. DO NOT
SMOKE NEAR THE MATERIAL OR BREATHE THE VAPORS. THESE MATERIALS
ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS. GET MEDICAL
HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Mating surfaces must be clean and degreased.
(2) If not, clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003).
(3) Use a grommet (NSA 939510) of the correct dimensions for the
structure hole.
(4) Cut the grommet (NSA 939510) to the correct length. Make sure that
the tension of the section is correct and that it is in a position
opposite the wire.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-27-00-911-050
R A. Installation of the Grommet
R (1) Apply a thin, smooth layer of EPOXY RESIN BONDING AND ADHESIVE
R COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-078) on the two surfaces.
(2) Let it dry for 4 or 5 minutes.
(3) Push the two surfaces together to bond them.
(4) Make sure that you apply sufficient force to keep the two surfaces
together.
(5) After 24 hours, you can release the pressure.
(6) Make sure that the grommet is correctly bonded on all the surfaces.

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 202
Oct 01/07

MSR
Grommet - Installation and Dimensions
Figure 201/TASK 20-27-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 203
Jul 01/04

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-27-00-942-050
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 20-27-00

Page 204
Jul 01/04

MSR
ELECTRICAL BONDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
TASK 20-28-00-912-801
Electrical Bonding of Components with Rivets
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the applicable instructions when you must electrically
bond a component.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth

R No specific lint-free cloth
No specific type 1 abrasive paper

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 201
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-001
NO LONGER AVAILABLE RPLD BY 07001B/D/F
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-001 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS A
FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-014 GB AFS 1344
CORROSION INHIBITIVE COATING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-020 GB DTD-900/4549
SINGLE PART CHROMATED JOINTED COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-869-801 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

20-28-00-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-050
A. Removal of Grease or Oil from Contact Areas
R (1) Remove all signs of grease or oil with a lint-free cloth made moist
R with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 202
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-28-00-120-050
B. Removal of the Surface Protection from the Bonding Area
(1) Remove the surface protection from the rivet holes, the countersinks,
the contact areas with emery cloth or type 1 abrasive paper; the
diameter of the area you thus clean to bare metal must be larger than
the rivet head diameter by 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
NOTE : For contacts between corrosion-resistant steel and

____
cadmium-plated steel, titanium and cadmium-plated steel or
conductive metals, it is not necessary to remove the surface
protection.
R Subtask 20-28-00-916-053
R C. Temporary Protection of the Contact Areas
R (1) If you cannot make the connection in less than 4 hours, apply COMMON
R GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the surface without surface
R protection. Before the connection, clean with MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R NOTE : The protection on the surface with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
____
R 04-012) is only necessary if the connection is not made in
R less than 4 hours.
Subtask 20-28-00-110-051
R D. Cleaning of Contact Areas
R (1) Remove any contamination from the contact areas with a lint-free
R cloth made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-28-00-991-001)
Subtask 20-28-00-912-050
A. Bonding
R (1) Install the rivet (1) through the support (2) and the structure (3).
R (2) Attach the captive nut (4) to the structure (6) with the rivets (5).
R

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 203
Jul 01/08

MSR
Bonding of Rivets
Figure 201/TASK 20-28-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 20-28-00-912-068
B. Protection of the Bonding
(1) If you install rivets in the fuselage, or in the center tank, apply
PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-001) on
them.
(2) If you install rivets in the wings or wing tanks, apply SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-001) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-014). You can also
use SEALANTS (Material No. 09-020) but not in the tank.
(3) Make sure that the product fully covers the bare metal areas and the
fasteners.
(4) Install the components.
(5) Make sure that the resistance (ohmic) is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
869-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-050
A. Close-up
items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 205
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-28-00-912-802
Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive Screws and Bolts and Bonding
Straps

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
bond a component.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific grade 320 abrasive paper

No specific special wire brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-001
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE RPLD BY 07001B/D/F
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 206
Apr 01/07

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-002 Fig. 202
20-28-00-991-003 Fig. 203
20-28-00-991-004 Fig. 204
20-28-00-991-005 Fig. 205
20-28-00-991-006 Fig. 206
20-28-00-991-007 Fig. 207
20-28-00-991-008 Fig. 208
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-052
A. Removal of Grease or Oil from Contact Areas
R (1) Remove all signs of grease or oil with a lintfree cloth made moist
R with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-051
(1) Remove the surface protection from the contact areas with grade 320
R abrasive paper and a special wire brush. Be careful not to make
R scratches in the metal; the diameter or width of the area you thus
R clean to bare metal must be larger than the diameter or width of the
R fastener or terminal by 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).

____
protection. When the item you must bond has a bonding tab or
rivet, it is not necessary to remove the surface protection.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 207
Jul 01/05

MSR
Subtask 20-28-00-110-053
C. Cleaning of Contact Areas
R (1) Remove all contamination from the contact areas with a lintfree cloth
R made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) .
Subtask 20-28-00-916-050
D. Protection of the Bare Metal Areas
R (1) If you cannot do the bonding in less than 4 hours, apply a thin layer
R of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the bare metal areas.
R (2) Remove this material with a lintfree cloth made moist with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) before you do the bonding.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-051
A. Bonding of items that are not removable or not frequently removed in the
fuselage (this includes the center tank).
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 20-28-00-991-002, 203/TASK 20-28-00-991-003)
(1) Assemble the fasteners (nuts, bolt, conductive bolts or screws,

bonding lead, washer) and the components. Make sure that bonding
leads are as short and straight as possible but cause no strain.
R (2) Carefully remove all unwanted petrolatum with a lintfree cloth made
R moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (3) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
R 001) to the fasteners and bare metal areas and make sure that the
R material covers them fully.
869-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 208
Jul 01/05

MSR
Bonding of Items not Removable or not Frequently Removed in the Fuselage
Figure 202/TASK 20-28-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 209
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Items not Removable or not Frequently Removed in the Fuselage
Figure 203/TASK 20-28-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 210
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 20-28-00-912-052
B. Bonding of Removable Items in the Fuselage (this includes the center

tank)
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 20-28-00-991-004)
(1) Assemble the fasteners (nut, bolt, conductive screw or bolt, bonding
lead, washer and the components; make sure that bonding leads are as
short and straight as possible but cause no strain.
R (2) Carefully remove all unwanted petrolatum with a lintfree cloth made
R moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
869-801).
Subtask 20-28-00-912-053
R C. Bonding of items that are not removable or not frequently removed in the
R wings
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 20-28-00-991-005, 206/TASK 20-28-00-991-006)
R (1) Carefully remove all petrolatum from bare metal areas with a lintfree
R (2) Assemble the fasteners (nuts, bolts, conductive bolts or screws,

R bonding lead, washer) and the components. Make sure that bonding
leads are as short and straight as possible but cause no strain.
869-801).
R (4) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) to the fasteners and bare metal
R areas and make sure that the material covers them fully.
Subtask 20-28-00-912-054
D. Bonding of Removable Items in the Wings

(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 20-28-00-991-007, 208/TASK 20-28-00-991-008)
R (1) Carefully remove all petrolatum from bare metal areas with a lintfree

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 211
Jul 01/05

MSR
Bonding of Removable Items in the Fuselage
Figure 204/TASK 20-28-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 212
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Items not Removable or not Frequently Removed in the Wings
Figure 205/TASK 20-28-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 213
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Items not Removable or not Frequently Removed in the Wings
Figure 206/TASK 20-28-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 214
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Removable Items in the Wings
Figure 207/TASK 20-28-00-991-007

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 215
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Removable Items in the Wings
Figure 208/TASK 20-28-00-991-008

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 216
Jan 01/04

MSR
R (2) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) on the
R surface without protection.
R (3) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-014) to the bottom of the component
R before you install it.
R (4) Assemble the fasteners (nuts, bolt, conductive bolts or screws,

bonding lead, washer) and the components.
(a) For static parts:

Make sure that bonding leads are as short and straight as
possible without twists
(b) For moving parts:

R Make sure that bonding leads have the appropriate length and
R cause no strain when the parts move. You must install them
R without twists.
R i.e Install the two ends loosely before you tighten the clamp.
R (5) Make sure that the resistance (ohmic) is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
869-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-051

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 217
Jul 01/05

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-912-803
Electrical Bonding of Pipes

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
bond pipes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific grade 320 abrasive paper

No specific special wire brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-001
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-007 USA MIL-S-4383
BRUSHABLE FUEL RESISTANT COATING (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 218
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-009 Fig. 209
20-28-00-991-013 Fig. 210
20-28-00-991-014 Fig. 211
20-28-00-991-015 Fig. 212
20-28-00-991-016 Fig. 213
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-054
A. Removal of Oil or Grease from Contact Areas
R (1) Remove all signs of grease or oil with a lint-free cloth made moist
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
Subtask 20-28-00-120-052
(1) Remove the surface protection from the contact areas with grade 320
abrasive paper and a special wire brush. Be careful not to make
scratches in the metal; the diameter or width of the area you thus
clean to bare metal must be larger than the diameter or width of the
fastener or terminal by 2 mm (0.0787 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.).

____
cadmium-plated steel, titanium without protection and
cadmium-plated steel or conductive metals, it is not necessary
to remove the surface protection.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 219
Jul 01/08

MSR
Subtask 20-28-00-110-055
R (1) Remove all contamination from the contact areas with a lint-free
R cloth made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) .
Subtask 20-28-00-916-051
R D. Temporary Protection of the Bare Metal Areas
R (2) Remove this material with a lint-free cloth made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) before you do the bonding.
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-055
A. Bonding of Light-alloy and Corrosion-resistant Steel Fuel Pipes with a

Diameter Larger than 3/4 in., in the Fuselage (also in the Center Tank)
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 20-28-00-991-009)
(1) Connect one end of the bonding lead (1) to the clamp (2).
(2) Attach the other end of the bonding lead (1) to a bonding lug (3)
welded on a different pipe or to a clamp (4) connected to the
structure.
(3) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) to the bare metal areas and the fasteners, but not if the clamp
and pipe are made of corrosion-resistant steel. Make sure that the
material covers the bare metal areas and the fasteners fully.
869-801).
Subtask 20-28-00-912-056
B. Bonding of Light-alloy and Corrosion-resistant Steel Fuel Pipes with a

Diameter of Less Than 3/4 in., in the Fuselage
(1) Connect one end of the bonding lead (1) to the clamp (2).
(2) Attach the other end of the bonding lead (1) to a clamp (3) and
connect this clamp (3) to the structure.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 220
Jul 01/08

MSR
Bonding of Light-Alloy and Corrosion-Resistant-Steel Fuel Pipes with a Diameter
Larger than 3/4 In., in the Fuselage
Figure 209/TASK 20-28-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL

20-28-00 Page 221
Jan 01/04

MSR
001) to the bare metal areas and the fasteners, but not if the clamps
and pipes are made of corrosion-resistant steel. Make sure that the
product covers the bare metal areas and the fasteners fully.
869-801)
Subtask 20-28-00-912-059
C. Pipe-to-pipe Bonding with Bonding Clamps in the Wings

(Ref. Fig. 210/TASK 20-28-00-991-013)
NOTE : The material of the clamps is the same as that of the pipes.
____
(1) Install 2 clamps (3) on the pipes (2).
(2) Connect the 2 clamps (3) with a bonding lead (1).
869-801).
(4) Protect fasteners
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-007) to the fasteners and the
bare metal areas if you do not disassemble the pipes frequently.
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) or SEALANTS (Material No.

09-007) to the bare metal areas and SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
014) to the fasteners if you disassemble the pipes frequently.
(c) Make sure that the product covers the bare metal areas and the
fasteners fully.
Subtask 20-28-00-912-060
D. Pipe-to-pipe Bonding with Bonding Lugs in the Wings

(Ref. Fig. 211/TASK 20-28-00-991-014)
(1) Connect the bonding lugs (1) with the 2 bonding leads (2).
869-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 222
Jan 01/04

MSR
Pipe-to-Pipe Bonding with Bonding Clamps in the Wings
Figure 210/TASK 20-28-00-991-013

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 223
Jan 01/04

MSR
Pipe-to-Pipe Bonding with Bonding Lugs in the Wings
Figure 211/TASK 20-28-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 224
Jan 01/04

MSR
(3) Protect fasteners
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) or SEALANTS (Material No.

09-007) to the fasteners if you do not disassemble the pipes
frequently.
(b) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-014) to the fasteners if you

disassemble the pipes frequently.
(c) Make sure that the products cover the bare metal areas and the
fasteners fully.
Subtask 20-28-00-912-061
E. Pipe-to-pipe Bonding with Fixed or Floating Clamp Block in the Wings

(Ref. Fig. 212/TASK 20-28-00-991-015)
(1) Install a bonding strip (1) 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) thick and 12.7 mm
(0.5000 in.) wide in the fixed clamp block (2) or the floating clamp
block (3).
(2) If a floating clamp block (3)
(a) Assemble the bonding lead (4) connected to the structure, the
floating clamp block (3), the pipes (7). Attach them with the
fastener (6). Make sure that you do not twist the bonding lead.
(3) If a fixed clamp block (2)
(a) Assemble the fixed clamp block (2), the pipes (7). Attach them to
the structure with the fasteners (5).
869-801).
Subtask 20-28-00-912-062
F. Bonding of Steel Pipes on Aluminum Structure in the Wings

(Ref. Fig. 213/TASK 20-28-00-991-016)
(1) Put the clamp (1) in position on the pipe (3). Attach it to the
aluminum structure (4) with the fastener (2).
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-014) to the fastener (2). Make sure
that the product covers the bare metal areas and the fastener fully.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 225
Jan 01/04

MSR
Pipe-to-Pipe Bonding with Fixed or Floating Clamp Blocks in the Wings
Figure 212/TASK 20-28-00-991-015

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 226
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Steel Pipes on Aluminum Structure in the Wings
Figure 213/TASK 20-28-00-991-016

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 227
Jan 01/04

MSR
869-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 228
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-912-804
Electrical Bonding of Antennas with Conductive Bolts

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the bonding principles applicable to antennas.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific milliohmmeter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-005 USA MIL-S-81733 CLASS C

CORROSION INHIBITIVE INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 229
Oct 01/06

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-991-024 Fig. 214
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-057
A. Cleaning of Contact Areas
(1) Remove any contamination of grease or oil with a lintfree cloth moist
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-062
A. Installation of the antenna

(Ref. Fig. 214/TASK 20-28-00-991-024)
NOTE : These antennas are delivered with specific seals which cover the
____
whole flange that will replace sealant. The seals are used as a
shim to match the fuselage profile.
(1) Check the continuity between the captive nut and the adjacent
structure.
(2) Put the antenna in position.
(3) Install three screws (1) and tighten them equally until the antenna
is against the fuselage.
(4) Measure the bonding resistance between the countersunk hole of the
R antenna and the adjacent structure with a milliohmmeter. Make sure
that the bonding resistance value is not more than 5 milliohms.
(5) Install the fourth screw (1).
R (6) Torque the four screws (1) diagonally to the same value to prevent
R any crack on the antenna base plate.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 230
Oct 01/06

MSR
Bonding of ADF Antennas
Figure 214/TASK 20-28-00-991-024

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 231
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 20-28-00-914-050
B. Seal
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to fill the cavity between the
screw heads and the top of the flange.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) on the screw heads to improve
the protection of screws.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-053

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 232
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-912-805
Electrical Bonding of Electrical Connectors

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the bonding principles applicable to electrical

connectors.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 07-001
(Ref. 20-31-00)
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 233
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-018 Fig. 215
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-058
R (1) Remove any sign of grease or oil with a lint-free cloth moist with
Subtask 20-28-00-120-054
(1) Remove the surface protection from the contact area; the surface you
thus clean to bare metal must be larger than the contact area of the
connector by 3 mm (0.1181 in.) to 5 mm (0.1968 in.).

____
protection.
Subtask 20-28-00-110-059
R (1) Remove any contamination with a lint-free cloth moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
Subtask 20-28-00-916-052
R D. Temporary Protection of the Bare Metal Areas
R (2) Remove this product with a lint-free cloth made moist with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) before you do the bonding.
____

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 234
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-912-064
A. Bonding of Electrical Connectors in the Fuselage
(1) Install the connector with its fasteners on the structure or

equipment.
001) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) on the bare metal areas.
Make sure that the product covers the bare metal areas fully.
869-801).
Subtask 20-28-00-912-065
B. Bonding of Electrical Connectors in the Wings

(Ref. Fig. 215/TASK 20-28-00-991-018)
(1) Install the connector with its fasteners on the structure or

equipment.
869-801).
(3) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-014) on the bare metal areas and the
fasteners.
Make sure that the product covers the bare metal areas fully.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-054

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 235
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
Bonding of Electrical Connectors
Figure 215/TASK 20-28-00-991-018

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 236
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-912-806
Electrical Bonding of Composites

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The purpose of the bonding of composites is to make a path for electrostatic

charges to metal surfaces.
This procedure gives bonding principles and examples.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 237
Jan 01/04

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-019 Fig. 216
20-28-00-991-020 Fig. 217
20-28-00-991-021 Fig. 218
20-28-00-991-022 Fig. 219
20-28-00-991-023 Fig. 220
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-110-060
(1) Remove any sign of grease or oil with a lintfree cloth moist with
4. Procedure
_________

20-28-00-991-021, 219/TASK 20-28-00-991-022, 220/TASK 20-28-00-991-023)
Subtask 20-28-00-912-066
A. Antistatic Protection of the Surface of Non-conductive Components (Kevlar

or Glass Cloth)
(1) Non-conductive components protected with antistatic paint
(a) Get the electrical continuity of the external surface:

- directly with the antistatic paint under the fastener when this
fastener is installed at the edge of the panel
- with a bonding lead connected to the structure when the
fastener is not installed at the edge of the panel.
In all cases, put a conductive insert or washer between the
antistatic paint and the fastener.
(2) make sure that the resistance (ohmic) is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
869-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 238
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding Principle of Non-Conductive Composite Components
Figure 216/TASK 20-28-00-991-019

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 239
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Removable Non-Conductive Composite-Components
Figure 217/TASK 20-28-00-991-020

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 240
Jan 01/04

MSR
Edge Bonding of Non-conductive Composite Panels
Figure 218/TASK 20-28-00-991-021

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 241
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding of Non-Conductive Composite Panels
Figure 219/TASK 20-28-00-991-022

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 242
Jan 01/04

MSR
Bonding Principle of Conductive Composite Components
Figure 220/TASK 20-28-00-991-023

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 243
Jan 01/04

MSR
Subtask 20-28-00-912-067
B. Antistatic Protection of the Surface of Conductive Components
(1) The fastener makes a path for the electrical continuity directly from
the external surface to the structure.
869-801).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-055

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 244
Jan 01/04

MSR
ELECTRICAL BONDING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________
TASK 20-28-00-869-801
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-805 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different

Components (but not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite Materials)
20-28-00-720-806 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Fluid Systems
20-28-00-720-808 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components Installed on Composite Materials
20-28-00-720-810 Check of the Electrical Bonding of External Composite
Panels with a CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
Panels (without Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with a
Megohmmeter
20-28-00-720-811 Measurement of the Surface Electrical Resistance of
External Composite Panels with a CORAS
External Composite Panels (without Non-Conductive
Finish Paint) with Electrical Conductive Tape
Finish Paint) with Probes
20-28-00-720-812 Check of the Aircraft Electrical Grounding
R SRM 57561102
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-010-050
A. Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 501
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-050
A. Table of Maximum Resistance Values
(1) Primary structure

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805)
(a) The values given are for measurement between the primary metal
structure of Frame 1 and a metal part of the points that follow:
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| POINT LOCATION | TASK | MAX. PERMITTED |
| | REFERENCE | RESISTANCE VALUE|
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - end of the wing | 20-28-00-720-805 | 2 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
R
| - end of the rear fuselage | 20-28-00-720-805 | 2 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - end of the THS | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - lower part of the vertical | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
R | - stabilizer | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - engine structure | 20-28-00-720-805 | 2 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - APU structure | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 502
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) External metal surfaces/parts (hinged or fixed)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805), (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-808)
(a) The values given are for measurement between the adjacent primary
metal structure and a metal part of the points that follow:
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - doors and access doors/panels | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - lights | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - vent holes and drain masts | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - external linkages | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - engine air intakes | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - nacelle doors and panels | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - engine and APU drains | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - landing gear legs | 20-28-00-720-805 | 100 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - trailing edge of all control | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
| surfaces | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - shroud box and tracks | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - spoiler, flap and aileron mobile | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
| hinges | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - slat mobile hinges | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - slat lightning-arrestor strips | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - belly fairing framework | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - end (fuselage side) of each radome| 20-28-00-720-805 | 2 milliohms |
| lightning-arrestor strip | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - vertical stabilizer tip lightning | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
| conductor along the top of the tip| | |
| (between the lightning conductor | | |
| and the THS bonding leads) | | |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 503
Jul 01/08

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - pitot probes, angle of attack | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
| sensors and temperature probes | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - ice detector probes | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - radio and navigation antennas | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
R | ------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - HF coupler (make sure that the | 20-28-00-720-805 | 20 milliohms |
| connectors are disconnected) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - lightning-arrestor strips at the | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
| periphery of the landing gear | | |
| doors | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - MLG leg doors (metal) | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - NLG leg doors (metal) | 20-28-00-720-805 | 200 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - landing-gear uplock | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - landing-gear door actuators | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - tachometers or carriers | 20-28-00-720-805 | 20 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - servocontrols | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - pylon rear structure | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - fixed part of fan cowl attachment | 20-28-00-720-805 | 100 milliohms |
| (cowl closed) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - fan cowl hinges | 20-28-00-720-805 | 100 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - carbon struts: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . strut/clamp junction | 20-28-00-720-808 | 20 Kohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . clamp/structure junction | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 504
Jul 01/08

MSR
(3) Fluid systems
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-806)
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| Fuel system and systems in fuel | | |
| vapor zones | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - electrical components (inside or | 20-28-00-720-806 | 10 milliohms |
| outside fuel tanks) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - non-electrical components outside | 20-28-00-720-806 | 50 milliohms |
| fuel tanks | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - non-electrical components inside | 20-28-00-720-806 | 10 milliohms |
| fuel tanks | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - stainless steel pipes | 20-28-00-720-806 | 100 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - light alloy pipes | 20-28-00-720-806 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| Hydraulic system | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - electrical components | 20-28-00-720-806 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - non-electrical components, length | 20-28-00-720-806 | 500 milliohms |
| more than 200 mm (7.87 in.) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - pipes (all materials), length more| 20-28-00-720-806 | 500 milliohms |
| than 1 m (3.28 ft.), but not the | | |
| pipes below external composite | | |
| panels in THS and fin area | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - pipes below external composite | 20-28-00-720-806 | 10 milliohms |
| panels in THS and fin area | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| Air system | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| more than 200 mm (7.87 in.) | | |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 505
Jul 01/08

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| than 2 m (6.56 ft.) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| Oxygen system | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - stainless steel components | 20-28-00-720-806 | 100 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - light alloy components | 20-28-00-720-806 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| Other fluid systems | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| more than 200 mm (7.87 in.) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| than 2 m (6.56 ft.) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - engine fire-extinguisher bottles | 20-28-00-720-806 | 10 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Electrical components

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805)
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - electrical components not | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
| installed on rack and with bonding| | |
| through the fasteners | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - electrical components with bonding| | |
| through pin and cable: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . static inverters | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . transformer/rectifiers | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 506
Jul 01/08

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . data loader (MDDU) | 20-28-00-720-805 | 70 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . speedbrake control lever | 20-28-00-720-805 | 100 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . all others | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) Racks and electrical equipment supports

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805)
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - main structure of racks | 20-28-00-720-805 | 1 milliohm |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - secondary structure of racks | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - aluminum grounding modules | 20-28-00-720-805 | 1 milliohm |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - stainless steel or titanium | 20-28-00-720-805 | 3 milliohms |
| grounding modules | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - carbon shelves | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . metal support | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . center of the shelves | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 507
Jul 01/08

MSR
(6) Shielding conduits
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805)
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - end of shielding conduits: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| DIA. between 9 and 12 mm (0.35 and| | |
| 0.47 in.): | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . length less than or equal to | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
| 1 m (3.28 ft.) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . length more than 1 m (3.28 ft.) | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| DIA. between 14 and 20 mm (0.55 | | |
| and 0.78 in.): | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| 1.5 m (4.92 ft.) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . length more than 1.5 m(4.92 ft.)| 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| DIA. between 24 and 32 mm | | |
| (0.94 in. and 1.26 in.): | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| 2 m (6.56 ft.) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . length more than 2 m (6.56 ft.) | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - boxes and support plates | 20-28-00-720-805 | 5 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - metal raceways | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 508
Jul 01/08

MSR
(7) Flight compartment components and equipment
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805)
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - main instrument panel, consoles, | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
| glareshield, center pedestal, | | |
| overhead panel | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - VU panels | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - electrical equipment casing | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - protective covers and metal | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
| components (non electrical) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - metal control components (pedals, | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
| handles, etc) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - side sticks | 20-28-00-720-805 | 150 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - CAPT and F/O seats | 20-28-00-720-805 | 150 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - Third Occupant seat | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 509
Jul 01/08

MSR
(8) Cabin components and equipment
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - seat tracks | 20-28-00-720-805 | 10 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - electrical equipment casing | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - electrical equipment | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - protective covers and metal | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
| components (non electrical) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - ballast unit holders | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - hatracks | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - toilet bowls | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - washbasins | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - water faucets | 20-28-00-720-805 | 500 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - structure of galleys | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(9) Static dischargers
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805), (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-808), (Ref.
R SRM 57561102).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 510
Jul 01/08

MSR
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - THS bonding leads: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . for the static dischargers | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
| installed on the THS, elevators,| | |
| fin and rudder | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - the grounding points of the main | | |
| landing gear: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . for the static dischargers | 20-28-00-720-805 | 50 milliohms |
| installed on the wing but not | | |
| those attached on flap track | | |
| fairings 2, 3, 4 and 5 | | |
| (zones 531(631), 532(632) | | |
| 533,(633) and 534(634)) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . for the static dischargers | 20-28-00-720-808 | 500 Kohms |
| installed on the wing on flap | | |
| track fairings 2, 3, 4 and 5 | | |
| (zones 531(631), 532(632), | | |
| 533(633) and 534(634)) | | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) If you cannot get the resistance values on the static dischargers
installed on the flap track fairings:
1
_ Do a check of the surface electrical resistance of the
antistatic coating of the related flap-track fairing:
- if the surface resistance value is not correct:
Refer to SRM 57-56-11, P. Block 201 for repair of antistatic
coating.
- if the surface resistance value is correct:
Do a check of the electrical bonding of the related flap-track
fairing panel.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 511
Jul 01/08

MSR
(10) Aircraft grounding
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-812)
(a) The value given is for measurement between the metal plate below
the wheel tires and the metal part that follows:
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - landing gear leg | 20-28-00-720-812 | 10 Megohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(11) External composite panels

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-810) or (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-810)
metal structure and the parts that follow:
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - fairings (carbon composite or with| 20-28-00-720-810 | 100 Kohms |
| antistatic coating) but not | | |
| antenna fairings and radome | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - antenna fairings and radome | 20-28-00-720-810 | 200 Megohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(12) Surface resistance of antistatic paint on external composite panels

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-811) or (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-811) or
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-811)
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - fairings (but not antenna fairings| 20-28-00-720-811 | 50 Kohms |
| and radome) | |square resistance|
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - antenna fairings and radome | 20-28-00-720-811 | between |
| | |5 and 100 Megohms|
| | |square resistance|
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 512
Jul 01/08

MSR
(13) Main grounding points and current return
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805)
(a) Main grounding points
1
_ The values given are for measurement between the adjacent
metal structure of the grounding point and the upper end of
the grounding lead of the equipment items that follow:
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - main batteries | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.05 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - transformer/rectifiers (for the | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.05 milliohms |
| APU transformer/rectifier, make | | |
| sure that the positive connection | | |
| and the connectors are | | |
| disconnected) | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - AC generators | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.05 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - ground power receptacle | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.05 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - APU generator | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.05 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - static inverter | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.05 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - emergency generator | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.05 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Secondary grounding points

(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-805)
1
_ The values given are for measurement between the adjacent
metal structure of the grounding point and the upper end of
the grounding lead:

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 513
Jul 01/08

MSR
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| For cables with a gauge of not more | | |
| than 22: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - with a test current of 10 amperes:| | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . steel, stainless steel and | 20-28-00-720-805 | 1 milliohm |
| titanium material | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . other materials | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.1 milliohms |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| For cables with a gauge of more | | |
| than 22: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| - with a test current of 1 ampere: | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . steel, stainless steel and | 20-28-00-720-805 | 1 milliohm |
| titanium material | | |
R |-------------------------------------|---------------------|-----------------|
| . other materials | 20-28-00-720-805 | 0.1 milliohms |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(14) THS components
NOTE : This table gives the maximum resistance values of the

____
different THS components when you measure the electrical
continuity in service, after a repair.
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CATEGORY | POINT LOCATION | TASK | MAX. PERMITTED |
| | | REFERENCE | RESISTANCE VALUE|
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Aluminum |Between the ends of each of |20-28-00-720-805| 5 milliohms |
|strips along|the four aluminum strips | | |
|the spars |along the spars | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Tip |Between the tip and the |20-28-00-720-805| 8 milliohms |
| |aluminum center tank | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Leading edge|Between the center tank and |20-28-00-720-805| 10 milliohms |
| |the metal D nose of each | | |
| |section of the leading edge | | |
| |(only for metal leading edge)| | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 514
Jul 01/08

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|THS trailing|Between each of the aluminum |20-28-00-720-805| 2 milliohms |
|edge |interconnecting strips from | | |
| |the elevator hinges | | |
| |(stabilizer part) and the top| | |
| |aluminum strip on the rear | | |
| |spar | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Actuators |Between each actuator hinge |20-28-00-720-805| 1 milliohm |
|hinges |in the stabilizer rear spar | | |
| |and the nearest point of the | | |
| |aluminum strip in the top | | |
| |skin along the rear spar | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Bonding |Between the aluminum center |20-28-00-720-805| 1 milliohm |
|braids to |tank and each bonding braid | | |
|the fuselage|that connects the stabilizer | | |
| |to the fuselage | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Elevator |- Between each end of the |20-28-00-720-805| 5 milliohms |
| | aluminum trailing edge | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between the most outboard |20-28-00-720-805| 2 milliohms |
| | edge of each different | | |
| | section of the aluminum | | |
| | trailing edge at its | | |
| | connection to the | | |
| | stabilizer | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between the aluminum center|20-28-00-720-805| 10 milliohms |
| | tank and the elevator | | |
| | aluminum trailing edge | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Electrical |- Between the aluminum center|20-28-00-720-805| 10 milliohms |
|Installation| box and each | | |
| | interconnecting box | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between any interconnecting|20-28-00-720-805| 1 milliohm |
| | box and each connector | | |
| | attached to it | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between each connector and |20-28-00-720-805| 1 milliohm |
| | its braided conduit | | |
R |------------------------------------------|----------------|-----------------|

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 515
Jul 01/08

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Hydraulic |- Between the aluminum center|20-28-00-720-806| 50 milliohms |
|system | box and the body of each | | |
| | actuator | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- At all hydraulic |20-28-00-720-806| 10 milliohms |
| | connections, between the | | |
| | two pipe sections and | | |
| | between the pipe and an | | |
| | item of the equipment | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between the aluminum center|20-28-00-720-806| 500 milliohms |
| | tank and each hydraulic | | |
| | pipe section | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------------------------|
|Fuel system |- Between the aluminum center|20-28-00-720-806| 20 milliohms |
| | box and the most outboard | | |
| | edge of each vent pipe in | | |
| | the CFRP fuel tank | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between a section of each |20-28-00-720-806| 5 milliohms |
| | of the vent pipes in the | | |
| | CFRP fuel tank | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- In the aluminum center |20-28-00-720-806| 10 milliohms |
| | tank, between a metal part | | |
| | of electrical equipment in | | |
| | and out of the tank (fuel | | |
| | pumps, valves, etc) and the| | |
| | aluminum center tank | | |
| | structure | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between the center tank |20-28-00-720-806| 10 milliohms |
| | structure and the transfer | | |
| | fuel pipes at the aluminum | | |
| | center tank structure | | |
R |------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
|Equipment |- Between the logo light |20-28-00-720-805| 10 milliohms |
|installed | housing and the nearest | | |
|externally | point of the aluminum strip| | |
| | in the top skin along the | | |
| | rear spar | | |
R | |-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| |- Between each static |20-28-00-720-805| 50 milliohms |

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 516
Jul 01/08

MSR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|------------|-----------------------------|----------------|-----------------|
| | discharger mounting base | | |
| | and the aluminum center | | |
| | tank | | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 517
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-801
Low-Current Test Method
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-051
A. Equipment
(1) Variable Power Supply Unit (PSU), continuous output test current of
10 amperes (24 volts nominal).
NOTE : The ratings of the wires that connect the PSU to the
____
components on which you do the test must be :
- at least 25% higher than the maximum current used in the
test
- for the low-current test, the wire rating = 13 amperes.
(2) Ammeter - FSD 10 amperes.
(3) Millivoltmeter - multirange
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RANGE | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|---------|-------------|--------------|-------------|-------------|----------|
| FSD | 2mV | 20mV | 200mV | 2V | 20V |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 518
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-050
A. Measurement of the Electrical Resistance
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT OR THE
_______
STRUCTURE WHEN YOU USE SHARP-POINT PRODS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEST EQUIPMENT IS CORRECTLY INSTALLED BEFORE
_______
YOU MEASURE THE BONDING VALUES.
(1) Connect the PSU.
NOTE : Make all the connections as near as possible to the bonding or

____
grounding point.
NOTE : Make sure that the connections are clean and have no grease.
____
(2) Adjust the PSU to get a test current of 10 amperes on the ammeter.
NOTE : Start with the PSU at its low setting.

____
(3) Put one prod of the millivoltmeter on the structure adjacent to the
bonding point and the other prod on the component (put them adjacent
to the bonding points and make sure that there is a good contact).
NOTE : Start the test with the millivoltmeter in the 20V range. Go
____
down in sequence through the ranges to get the highest
movement of the needle on the scale.
(4) Measure and write the values.
(5) Remove the prods, de-energize the power supply and disconnect the
test circuit.
(6) Calculate the resistance in milliohms:

- divide the voltage in millivolts by the current in amperes.
(7) Make sure that the measured values are not higher than the maximum
permitted values. (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-801)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-056

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 519
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-805
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components (but not the Fluid
Systems and the Components Installed on Composite Materials)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Milliohmmeter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-801 Low-Current Test Method

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-058
A. General
(1) This is the recommended procedure for the check of the electrical
bonding of the different components (but not the fluid systems and
the components installed on composite materials).
(2) As an alternative method, for test with an output test current of 10

amperes, you can use the low-current test method (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
720-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 520
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-059
_______
_______
(1) Equipment
(a) Milliohmmeter, multirange, with the related leads and prods:
1
_ Range and output test current:
- 500 milliohms with an output test current of 1 ampere (for a
max. resistance value of more than 200 milliohms),
- 200 milliohms with an output test current of 10 amperes (for
a max. resistance value of not more than 200 milliohms).
2
_ Accuracy:
- better than plus or minus 10 % of the measured value.
3
_ For example: Milliohmmeter GUERPILLON type DIGITHOM 1998
(2) Connect the test equipment at the applicable locations (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-869-801).
(3) Measure the electrical resistance.
permitted values (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-801).
(5) Remove the test equipment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-060

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 521
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-806
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Fluid Systems
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Milliohmmeter (not for test in the fuel tanks)

R 97F92003500000 1 MILLIOHMETER-EXPL ATM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28-00-00-610-801 Fuel Safety Procedures
28-10-00-910-801 Safety Procedures When You Do Work in a Fuel Tank
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-060
A. Preparation
(1) For test of fluid system components (not in the fuel tanks)
(a) Equipment
1
_ Milliohmmeter (not for test in the fuel tanks) , with the
related leads and prods:
- output test current: 0.1 amperes maximum
- range: 500 milliohms minimum
- accuracy: better than plus or minus 10 % of the measured
value.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 522
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) For test of fluid system components in the fuel tanks
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK IN A FUEL TANK, MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY
_______
ALL THE SAFETY PROCEDURES. THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : FOR TESTS IN THE FUEL TANKS, MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE AN
_______
INTRINSIC SAFETY MILLIOHMMETER WHICH:
- AGREES WITH THE LOCAL STANDARDS FOR INTRINSIC SAFETY,
AND,
- HAS AN OUTPUT TEST CURRENT OF NOT MORE THAN 0.1 AMPERE.
TEST CURRENTS HIGHER THAN 0.1 AMPERE CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(a) Safety precautions
1
_ Obey the safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-10-00-910-801) and
(Ref. TASK 28-00-00-610-801) when you do work in a fuel tank.
(b) Equipment
R 1
_ Use a MILLIOHMETER-EXPL ATM .
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-061
_______
_______
28-00-869-801).
(2) Measure the resistance value.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 523
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-061

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 524
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-808
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components Installed on

Composite Materials
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Ohmmeter - 500 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-064
A. Equipment
(1) Ohmmeter - 500 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with the related
leads and prods.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-065
A. Measurement of the Electrical Resistance.
_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 525
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
28-00-869-801).
(2) Measure the resistance value.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-063

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 526
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-810
Check of the Electrical Bonding of External Composite Panels with a CORAS

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R QB31B 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY

R QB31B1 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY
R 5301-79-99ZZZ 1 TEST SET,RESISTIVITYT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Panels (without Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with a
Megohmmeter
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-068
A. General
(1) This is the recommended procedure for the check of the electrical
bonding of an external composite panel with or without non-conductive
finish paint on the antistatic paint.
R (2) As an alternative method, and only if there is not a finish paint,

R you can do the check with a megohmmeter (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-810).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 527
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-069
A. Check of the Electrical Continuity
(1) Equipment
R (a) The TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY (QB31B), TEST SET-RESISTIVITY

R CONTINUITY (QB31B1) or TEST SET,RESISTIVITYT (5301-79-99ZZZ)
directly does a check of the electrical continuity between the
antistatic paint on composite panels and the aircraft metal
structure.
NOTE : You can do this check on panels with or without

____
non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint.
NOTE : Make sure that you obey the equipment manufacturer

____
R instructions when you use the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY
R CONTINUITY.
R (2) Set the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY to mode C1.
R (3) Connect the ground lead between the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY
and the adjacent primary metal structure.
R (4) Connect the lead of probe C1 to the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY.
(5) Apply probe C1 to the panel.
(6) Do the check:
(a) If the green indicator light comes on:

- there is electrical continuity with the structure and the
resistance value is not more than 100 Kohms.
(b) If the orange indicator light comes on:

- there is electrical continuity with the structure and the
resistance value is more than 100 Kohms and less than or equal
to 200 Megohms.
(c) If the red indicator light comes on:

- there is no electrical continuity (or it is not sufficient) and
the resistance value is more than 200 Megohms.
(7) Remove the test set.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-065

R

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 528
Jul 01/08

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-810- 01
Check of the Electrical Bonding of External Composite Panels (without

Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with a Megohmmeter
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Megohmmeter 200 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)

No specific Ohmmeter 100 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Panels with a CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-077
A. General
(1) The recommended method for the check of the electrical bonding of the
external composite panels with or without non-conductive finish paint
on the antistatic paint, uses a resistivity-continuity test set
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-810).
(2) This procedure gives an alternative method for the check of the
electrical bonding of an external composite panel, only if there is
no non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 529
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-078
(1) Equipment
(a) For fairings (but not the antenna fairings and the radome):
- Ohmmeter 100 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2
rounded-point prods, diameter 4 mm (0.1574 in.).
(b) For antenna fairings and radome:

- Megohmmeter 200 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2
(2) Apply one prod on the composite panel:

- a minimum of 50 mm (1.9685 in.) (Typical 100 mm (3.9370 in.)) from
the edge of the panel and from the bonding point.
(3) Apply the other prod to the adjacent primary metal structure near the
panel.
(4) Measure the resistance value:

- make sure that the measured values are not higher than the maximum
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-070

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 530
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-811
Measurement of the Surface Electrical Resistance of External Composite Panels

with a CORAS Resistivity-Continuity Test Set
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R QB31B 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY

R QB31B1 1 TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Finish Paint) with Electrical Conductive Tape
Finish Paint) with Probes
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-070
A. General
(1) This is the recommended procedure for the measurement of the surface
electrical resistance of an external composite panel with or without

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 531
Jul 01/08

MSR
(2) As an alternative method, and only if the antistatic paint is not
covered with a non-conductive finish paint, you can measure the
resistance with an ohmmeter/megohmmeter (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-811)
or with conductive electrical tape (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-811).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-420-060
A. Measurement of the Surface Electrical Resistance
(1) Equipment
R (a) The TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY (QB31B) or TEST SET-

R RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY (QB31B1) does a direct measurement of the
surface electrical resistance of the antistatic paint on
composite panels.
NOTE : You can do the measurement on panels with or without

____
NOTE : Make sure that you obey the equipment manufacturer

____
R instructions when you use the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY
R CONTINUITY.
R (2) Set the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY to mode R1.
R (3) Connect the lead of probe R1 to the TEST SET-RESISTIVITY CONTINUITY.
(4) Apply probe R1 to the panel.
(5) Measure the resistance:

- make sure that the measured values are not higher than the maximum
NOTE : If the red dielectric indicator light comes on:

____
- the surface electrical resistance is more than 200 Megohms.
(6) Do the above steps again several times at different areas of the
surface.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 532
Jul 01/08

MSR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-066

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 533
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-811- 01

(without Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with Electrical Conductive Tape
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 volts - 1 mA (max.)
No specific 3M Conductive Electrical Tape (X-1181-Copper or
X-1170-Aluminum)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-027 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-079
A. General
(1) The recommended method for the measurement of the surface electrical
resistance of an external composite panel with or without
non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint, uses a
resistivity-continuity test set (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-811).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 534
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) This procedure gives an alternative method for the measurement of the
surface electrical resistance of an external composite panel, only if
there is no non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-080
(1) Equipment
(a) For fairings (but not antenna fairings and radome):

- Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2

(c) 3M Conductive Electrical Tape (X-1181-Copper or X-1170-Aluminum)
(2) On the surface, apply two parallel strips (100 mm (3.9370 in.)
length) of 3M conductive electrical tape, 100 mm (3.9370 in.) apart,
to make a square.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 20-28-00-991-027)
(3) Apply a prod of the ohmmeter/megohmmeter on each strip, and read the
Square Resistance value.
NOTE : Do the steps (2) to (4) again several times at different areas
____
of the surface.
(6) Remove the electrical conductive tape strips.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-071

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 535
Jan 01/04

MSR
Conductive Electrical Tape Installation
Figure 501/TASK 20-28-00-991-027

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 536
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-811- 02

(without Non-Conductive Finish Paint) with Probes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
No specific Probe per DIN65181
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-991-026 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-869-081
A. General
(1) The recommended method, for the measurement of the surface electrical
resistance of an external composite panels with or without
non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic paint, uses a
resistivity-continuity test set (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-811).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 537
Jan 01/04

MSR
(2) This procedure gives an alternative method, for the measurement of
the surface electrical resistance of an external composite panel,
only if there is no non-conductive finish paint on the antistatic
paint.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-082
(1) Equipment
(a) For fairings (but not antenna fairings and radome):

- Ohmmeter 50 Kohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with 2

(c) Probe per DIN65181
NOTE : You can use 2 rounded-point prods, diameter 4 mm (0.1574

____
in.) as an alternative to the DIN 65181 probe.
(2) Connect the probe to the ohmmeter/megohmmeter.
(3) Apply the prod on the surface covered with the antistatic paint.
- the distance between the edge of the surface and the probe must be
at least 50 mm (1.9685 in.) (Typical 100 mm (3.9370 in.)).
NOTE : The pressure applied on the probe must be sufficient to

____
prevent the oscillations of the ohmmeter/megohmmeter display.
(4) Measure the square resistance value.
NOTE : For probes that have electrodes 100 mm (3.9370 in.) apart, you
____
must multiply the measured value by 0.5 to get the Square
Resistance value.
NOTE : Do the steps (2) to (5) again several times at different areas
____
of the surface.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 538
Jan 01/04

MSR
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 20-28-00-991-026)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-072

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 539
Jan 01/04

MSR
Measurement Points on Different Panels
Figure 502/TASK 20-28-00-991-026

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 540
Jan 01/04

MSR
TASK 20-28-00-720-812
Check of the Aircraft Electrical Grounding
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific metal plate

No specific Megohmmeter - 10 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-28-00-420-061
A. Equipment
(1) Megohmmeter - 10 Megohms - 500 Volts - 1 mA (max.), with the related

leads and prods.
(2) A metal plate.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 541
Jan 01/04

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-28-00-869-072
A. Measurement of the Resistance Value
(1) Put the metal plate between the tires of the nose landing gear and
the ground.
(2) Measure the resistance between the plate and the nose gear leg with
the megohmmeter.
NOTE : This procedure is easier if you make the tire/plate contact

____
moist.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 20-28-00-942-067

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 542
Jan 01/04

MSR
R TASK 20-28-00-720-814
R Loop Impedance Test
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 TEST SET-LOOP RESISTANCE(INDUCING CURRENT

R 1000MA,1KHZ)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-28-00-869-801 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

R 20-28-00-991-028 Fig. 503
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 20-28-00-869-084
R A. Equipment
R (1) Equipment TEST SET-LOOP RESISTANCE(INDUCING CURRENT 1000MA,1KHZ)

R Each loop resistance tester contains:
R - current injection source
R - battery charging unit
R - clip-on transformer (current monitoring)
R - clip-on transformer (current induction)
R - multimeter (with test leads).

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 543
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Subtask 20-28-00-420-066
R B. Installation of the Test Equipment

R (Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 20-28-00-991-028)
R (1) Connect the test equipment (refer to the instructions of the

R supplier) at the applicable locations.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 20-28-00-869-085
R A. Measurement of the Loop Impedance
R (1) Measure the applicable values.
R Subtask 20-28-00-210-063
R B. Check of the Loop Impedance
R (1) Make sure that the measured values are not higher than the maximum
R permitted values (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-801).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 20-28-00-020-064
R A. Removal of the Test Equipment
R (1) Disconnect the test equipment (refer to the instructions of the

R supplier).
R Subtask 20-28-00-942-073
R B. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 544
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Loop Resistance Test
R Figure 503/TASK 20-28-00-991-028

EFF :

ALL 20-28-00

Page 545
Jul 01/08

MSR
O-RING INSTALLATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
TASK 20-29-00-911-801
Removal/Installation of O-rings on Straight Plug-in Union (or Manifold Plug)

and Installation of Straight Plug-in Unions (or Manifold Plugs)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is applicable only for the installation of an O-ring on a

plug-in union or a manifold plug of hydraulic systems.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 98A29103000000 1 ASSEMBLY TOOL-HYDRAULIC SEALS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

unions)
20-29-00-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 20-29-00-869-051
A. Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 201
Jul 01/08

MSR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 20-29-00-911-050
A. Equipment
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 20-29-00-991-001)
R ASSEMBLY TOOL-HYDRAULIC SEALS (98A29103000000)
Subtask 20-29-00-911-051
B. Removal of the O-ring.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POINTED, SHARP OR METAL TOOLS TO REMOVE THE O-RING.
_______
SHARP EDGES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNION/PLUG (GROOVES OR SEAL
CONTACT SURFACES).
(1) Use spoon-type removal tools or a wedge-type removal tool with a hook
to remove the O-ring.
(2) Discard the O-ring.
Subtask 20-29-00-911-052
C. Installation of the O-ring.
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL THE REMOVED O-RING AGAIN. YOU MUST ALWAYS
_______
INSTALL A NEW O-RING BEFORE YOU INSTALL A REMOVED UNION/ PLUG
AGAIN.
A COMPRESSED SEAL WILL NOT GO BACK TO ITS INITIAL CONDITION.
(1) Safety precautions
(a) Before the installation, make sure that the P/N of the O-ring is
correct:
R - O-ring: NAS1602-XX or NAS1611-XX or NAS1612-XX.
(b) Make sure that the parts you install are clean and not damaged.
(c) Before you install the O-ring, make sure that the union/plug is
not damaged:
- discard the union/plug when it has scratches or when the groove
of the O-ring is damaged.
(2) Installation on unions/plugs
(a) Get the O-ring installation tool applicable to the diameter of

the union/plug

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 202
Jul 01/08

MSR
R Installation of the O-ring Seal
Figure 201/TASK 20-29-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 203
Jul 01/08

MSR
(b) Install the union/plug on the tool
- move the union/plug on the sleeve (1).
(c) Lubrication
CAUTION : ONLY USE HYDRAULIC FLUID MATERIAL NO. 02-003 TO

_______
LUBRICATE THE O-RING AND THE THREAD (O-RING SIDE) ON
PLUG-IN FITTINGS. OTHER LUBRICANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE O-RING.
1
_ Put the O-ring fully into into HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
02-003) for a minimum of a quarter of an hour before you
install it on the union/plug.
2
_ Lightly apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the
conical end of the sleeve (1).
(d) Move the O-ring on the sleeve (1) until it touches the conical
end of the sleeve.
(e) Move the pusher (2) on the sleeve (1) until it touches the
O-ring.
(f) Push the pusher until the O-ring is in the correct position in
the groove of the union/plug.
(g) Make sure that the O-ring is in the correct position without any
torsion or damage.
Subtask 20-29-00-911-053
D. Installation of the Union/Plug on the Equipment
(1) Lightly apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) on the threaded
part of the union/plug.
(2) Install the union/plug on the equipment and tighten manually.
NOTE : The union/plug must turn freely in the equipment or manifold

____
port.
(3) TORQUE the union/plug to the applicable value (Ref. TASK 20-21-12-
911-801).

EFF :

ALL 20-29-00

Page 204
Jan 01/04

MSR
_______________________________________________________________
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR AIRCRAFT SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
CAUTION: WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, OBEY THESE
PRECAUTIONS:
- IF POSSIBLE, USE ONLY GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION TYPE
(IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT BRANDS IF THE SPECIFICATION
TYPE IS THE SAME).
WE SPECIALLY RECOMMEND THAT YOU DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT HAVE CLAY
THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. SUCH A
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE.
- IF YOU CANNOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS AND YOU USE GREASES OF
DIFFERENT SPECIFICATION TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY
THICKENERS AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICING
INTERVALS (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE
PLANNING DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR
SERVICES (REFER TO YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF
SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO YOUR AIRCRAFT).
WARNING: BEFORE YOU USE A MATERIAL REFERRED TO IN THIS PUBLICATION, YOU MUST
KNOW ALL OF THE APPLICABLE PRECAUTIONS.
THESE PRECAUTIONS TELL YOU HOW TO:
- USE THE MATERIAL SAFELY
- KEEP THE MATERIAL SAFELY
- DISCARD THE MATERIAL SAFELY.
READ THE SAFETY DATA SHEETS FROM THE MANUFACTURER OR THE SUPPLIER OF
THE MATERIAL TO LEARN THE RECOMMENDED PRECAUTIONS.
WARNING: WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES A GREASE GUN, OBEY THE
MANUFACTURERS SAFETY AND HEALTH RECOMMENDATIONS.
GREASE GUNS USE HIGH PRESSURE IN OPERATION. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO
PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS ARE USED IN ALL AREAS OF THE AIRCRAFT.

SOME OF THESE MATERIALS ARE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK WITH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
OBEY THE APPLICABLE PROCEDURES, PRECAUTIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS, WARNINGS
AND CAUTIONS:
- WHEN YOU USE OR DO WORK WITH THESE MATERIALS,
- FOR THE STORAGE OF THESE MATERIALS,
- WHEN YOU DISCARD THESE MATERIALS.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CAN CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF YOU DO NOT USE THEM
CORRECTLY.

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 1
Jul 01/06

MSR
This topic groups all materials used for aircraft operation, servicing,
maintenance, repair and overhaul. They are classified according to their
type: fuels, hydraulic fluids, oils, etc... Each category is covered by a
specific paragraph: 1, 2, 3, etc. The following information is given for
each material:
- Item Number
- Designation
- F, D, GB, USA Specifications are included, when applicable
- Specific or standard usage
- Nato or USA code or suppliers (COD. SPLR), Name and address of the
suppliers can be found in the Consumable Materials List (CML).
The materials are called out in the following paragraphs :
- Fuels Item No Starting from 01-001
- Hydraulic Fluids Item No Starting from 02-001
- Oils Item No Starting from 03-001
- Common Greases Item No Starting from 04-001
- Special Materials Item No Starting from 05-001
- Lubricants Item No Starting from 06-001
- Lacquers Item No Starting from 07-001
- Bonding and Adhesive Item No Starting from 08-001
Compounds
- Sealants Item No Starting from 09-001
- Anti-icing and De-icing Item No Starting from 10-001
Materials
- Cleaning Agents Item No Starting from 11-001
- Strippers Item No Starting from 12-001
- Pretreatment for Item No Starting from 13-001
Painting
- Disinfectants Item No Starting from 14-001
- Storage Preservation Item No Starting from 15-001
- Structure Paints Item No Starting from 16-001
- Microbiological Item No Starting from 17-001
Contamination Protection
Materials
- Extinguishing Agents Item No Starting from 18-001
- Miscellaneous Item No Starting from 19-001
NOTE : Approved oil brand names for APU.

____
The list of approved oil brand names for APU servicing and
maintenance is given in AMM 20-33-00.
NOTE : Approved oil brand names for IDG.

____
The list of approved oil brand names for IDG servicing and
maintenance is given in AMM 20-34-00.
NOTE : Materials specific to the engines are listed in topic 70-00-00

____

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 2
Jul 01/06
R
MSR
NOTE : The initials T.B.A. (To Be Added) indicate that information on the
____
associated item will be added when available.
NOTE : If there are several manufacturer references corresponding to a same

____
specification, these ones will be replaced by the specification
number followed by the term OPEN
Example: Greases (Elf aviation 22, Esso aviation 322, Mobil 28, Nyco
22, Aeroshell 22, ...etc) are covered by specification MIL-G-81322
The manufacturer references will be replaced by MIL-G-81322 OPEN
NOTE : The item number assigned to the material is given in the ITEM
____
column.
Equivalent materials will be quoted, when available, under the same
item number as the original material but identified by a suffix A, B,
C etc.....
Any of the equivalent suffixed item number may be used in lieu of the
basic item number.
But when a maintenance procedure calls up a material by item number
with suffix, then only that material may be used
2. ____________________
Alphanumerical Index
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MANUFACTURERS REFERENCE ITEM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R A-A-3097 TYPE I CLASS 3 08-033A
A-A-59173 04-017
A-A-59318 05-025C
AERFILM LHR-HA211 OR AERFILM LHR-PS-LHR 05-074
AERODUR CLEARCOAT U.V.R 07-018
AERODUR FINISH C21/100 HARDENER:S66/ 07-017
22R THINNER:C25/90S 07-017
AERODUR FINISH C21/100+HARD S66/22R+THIN C25/90S 16-016
AERODUR HS37092 +HARDENER 92217 16-006D
AERODUR NON SLIP 890.5654 +HARD S66/22R +THIN C25/90S 07-007
AERODUR PRIMER S-15/90+HARD S66/22R + THIN C25/90S 16-001B
AEROSHELL GREASE 33 04-037
AEROSHELL LGF 02-006
AEROSHELL SSF 02-004A
AEROSHELL 01 05-019E
R AEROSPEC PROTECT SPRAY 05-140
AEROSPEC 200 04-037A
AF444 SPEED FILL 08-115B
AIR 4215 OPEN 04-019
AIR-3660 OPEN 11-010
AIR-4206 OPEN 04-002
AIRVOLT LAMINATE 1C-120B OR 1C-180B 05-109

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 3
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AKRO FIREGUARD 300-P 08-075
ALEXIT FST FILLER 414-12, HARDENER 402, THINNER 62 16-046
ALEXIT FST 343-55+HARDENER ALEXIT HARTER 345-15 16-046A
ALEXIT FST 346-55+HARDENER ALEXIT-HARTER 345-55 16-047A
ALEXIT FST 404-12 16-047
ALEXIT FST 495-14 + HARD 491-14 16-053
ALEXIT 406-22 ALEXIT 400 07-020A
ALEXIT 495 14 ALEXIT 49114 08-115C
ALGLAS VISIAL 11-020
ALODINE 1200 OR ALOCROM 1200 13-002
ALODINE 1200 2K (ALODINE 1200A PLUS ALODINE 1200 B) 13-002B
ALODINE 1200S OR ALOCROM 1200 S 13-002A
ALTUGLAS POLISH N⁰1 11-015
AMS 1424 OPEN 10-001
AMS 1428 OPEN 10-003
AMS 1428 OPEN 10-004
AMS 1450 OPEN 14-010B
AMS 1452 OPEN 14-006B
AMS 1475 OPEN 14-001
AMS 1476 OPEN 14-001A
AMS 1526, 1527 OPEN 11-001Q
AMS 1535 OPEN 11-019
AMS 1550 OPEN 11-017
AMS 1630 OPEN 11-018
AMS 3002 OPEN 11-006A
ARALDITE AV138M +HV998 08-010
ARALDITE AW106 + HARD HV953U OR ARALDITE 2011 08-001
ARALDITE AW134 +HY994 OR HV997 08-010A
ARALDITE LY5082 + HARD. HY5083 OR HY5084 08-001D
ARALDITE 252 AB 08-022C
ARDROX AV 30 15-008
ARDROX AV 8 15-006
ARDROX AV100D 15-008A
ARDROX AV15 15-009A
ARDROX AV30 15-009B
ARDROX AV980 11-032
ARDROX LEEDER 140-B 11-001L
ARDROX 1218 05-042A
ARDROX 2104 12-005K
ARDROX 3140 05-019G
ARDROX 3209 15-007A
ARDROX 3210 15-005B

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 4
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARDROX 3302 05-005D
ARDROX 3313 15-008C
ARDROX 3402 15-006C
ARDROX 3403 15-008F
ARDROX 396/1 05-027A
ARDROX 3966 15-004A
ARDROX 6412 11-001K
ARDROX 6412 11-001M
ARDROX 9D-1 05-038B
ARMNA G4789 04-024
ASEPTIC SPRAY OPEN 14-002
ASNA3572 OPEN 08-073
AUTOMATE BLUE SF 05-046
AUTOMATE RED BSF 05-046A
AUTOMATE YELLOW 8 05-046B
BALTANE 11-004A
BASE 463-12-8, HARDENER CA116, THINNER C25/90S 16-055
BASE:AVIOX CLEARCOAT UVR; HARDENER:90150; ACTIVATOR:99321 07-018B
OR 99330 OR 99341 07-018B
BASE:N-53621 HARDENER:N-39/1 327 THINNER:N-39/ 07-007B
3091 OR N-39/32 59 07-007B
BF-1005(A) WHITE 08-005D
BIOBOR JF 17-003
R
BJO-0930 05-057
BLATTANEX 6741 OR BAYGON 14-004
BLATTANEX 6764 SPRAY OR BAYGON SPRAY 14-004A
BOESHIELD T-9 05-027D
BOLIT 707 11-023
BOSTIK 1787 08-006C
BOSTIK 2402 + PRIMER 9252 08-018B
BRAYCOTE 248 05-077
BRULIN FORMULA 815 GD 11-024A
BSB-DUROFIX (FIXATIF UW +FIXATIF UW SPECIAL) 05-029
CAF4+PRIMER PM820 08-004
CALCIUM- HYPOCHLORITE 14-003E
CAPRAN 512 H 05-068
CARECLEAN AS1 OR TECHNICLEAN AS58 11-026A
CASTROLAERO 35 02-004
CASTROLAERO 40 02-006B
CHLOROTHENE NU 11-004B
CITRA SAFE VERSION WITHOUT ODOR 11-016
R
CLAY POWDER 05-038C

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 5
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COHRLASTIC SNS 512 AF-WITE 08-005A
COMORCAP B1/1 12-005
COMORCAP B10 12-005G
COMORCAP B2 12-005F
COMORCAP B7 NC 12-005B
CORBAN 35 15-009C
COSMOLINE 1060 15-010
CV 121; ACTIVATOR ACT34 ;THINNER T74 16-042A
CV116 AND ACTIVATOR ACT 34 16-021B
CV117 07-001F
C02 GAS 14-009
C21/100 +HARDENER S66/22R +THINNER 16-002C
C25/90S 16-002C
R C21/100 RED S66/22R HARDENER C25/90S THINNER 07-020
C21/100 UVR HARDENER S66/22R THINNE C25/90S 16-018F
OR 96184 16-018F
D-PHENOTHRIN 14-010
D-70 05-038
DAPCO 2100 09-012F
DAPCO 2100 09-023A
DAPCO 2200 TYPE 1 09-023B
DAPCO 72,PRIMER DAPCO 1200 09-053
DC-200 06-012
DC-730 + PRIMER DC-1200 09-026
DC4 05-001
DESOTHANE HS CA 8000 BASE / HARDENER CA 8000B / ACCE 16-018E
LERATOR C OR C1 OR C2 OR C3 16-018E
DESOTHANE HS CL EAR BASE:CA8001 B0900C HARDENER:CA8000 07-018A
B THINNER: CA8000C 07-018A
DILUENT DIESTONE DLS 11-026D
DINITROL AV5 05-027F
DOD-L-25681 OPEN 06-006
DP 110 08-017D
EC-1099 08-006B
EC-1236 08-006
EC-1300L 08-018
EC-1375 07-007A
EC-1675-G-B NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-016A
EC-1675-GA NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-013A
EC-1838 B/A 08-001A
EC-2141 (EX : EC-711) 08-018A
EC-2216-B/A 08-017A
EC-3524 B/A 08-022
EC-3532 B/A 08-025

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 6
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EC-3533-B/A 08-017B
EC-3536 08-025A
EC-776 OR SCOTCH GRIP 776 09-007A
EC-847 08-006A
ELASTOSIL E 43 OR SWS 951 08-026
R ELDORADO AC-182 05-042B
EPIKOTE 828 + VERSAMID 125 08-059
EPOCAST 1633 A/B 08-115
EVO-STIK 5007/3 08-006D
R EVO-STIK 528 08-121
F-580-2010 +HARD-273/5076 +THIN-850/805 NO LONGER 16-006
AVAILABLE 16-006
F-580-2080 +HARD-F275-160 16-527
F-580-2080 +HARD-F275-160 (PR215) 16-006B
FAKOPOL N⁰ 9303 05-008
FEL-PRO C5-A 04-014
FINALIN 943 +HARD. 5 08-008
FINITION NC-4+ THIN CL11-1591 NO LONGER 16-007A
AVAILABLE 16-007A
FLOORSIL 2 09-054
FLOORSIL 87 09-036
FLUGENE 113 FORANE 113 11-005A
FLUOROGLIDE 05-043A
FL4300 +HARD-FL-4206 +THIN-FL-4207 NO LONGER 16-001A
AVAILABLE 16-001A
FL4307 OR FL7420:OPTIONAL +HARD FL4206 +THIN FL4207 16-002B
FOAMEGA HT-606 08-005C
FORALKYL 2050 11-029
FR 1/55, (BASE+HARDENER) 16-046B
FR 2/55, (BASE+HARDENER) 16-047B
FREON T-F 11-005
FRS 30 (BASE+ HARDENER+ THINNER FRSL) 16-046C
FRS 40 (BASE+ HARDENER+ THINNER FRSL) 16-047C
F407-0729 +HARD F210-0731 +THIN F851-808 NO LONGER 16-002
AVAILABLE 16-002
F427-2900 SERIE +HARD F210-731 +THIN 851-808 NO LONGER 16-042
AVAILABLE,USE ITEM 16-018 16-042
R
G-392 OPEN 04-011
GENKLENE 11-004
GILLPATCH III 08-114A
GILLPATCH 1367 P 08-113A
GTL COMPRESSOR CLEAN (GTE CC) 11-013
H BIO T50 50% H202 14-003J

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 7
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HELMITIN 35050 08-102
HERLISIL 50% H202 14-003H
HF-407 +HARD-S-66/8RE +THIN C-25/90S NO LONGER 16-018A
AVAILABLE 16-018A
HF-77264 16-018D
HONEY BEE 60 11-028
HS-8171 05-068A
HT 606 A 08-005B
HYDRAUNYCOIL FH 6 AW 02-004C
HYJET IV NO LONGER AVAILABLE 02-003
HYJET IV-A NO LONGER AVAILABLE 02-003C
HYJET IV-A PLUS 02-003D
HYJET V 02-003E
HYSOL EA9309. 3NA 08-017
HYSOL EA9321 08-010D
HYSOL EA9330/1 08-017C
HYSOL EA934 NA 08-051
HYSOL EA9394 PART A AND B 08-078
ISOPAR H 11-026B
R
JC11 CELLOSEEL QH 09-020
R
JENOLITE RRPL 05-006A
JET A 01-001A
JET A-1 01-001
JET B OR JP4 01-002
JET POLISH K0601 05-025A
JFM 1675 GB 09-016C
JP5 01-003
JP8 01-006
KATHON FP1.5 17-003A
KB 29 08-104
KB 33 08-107
KI-OSE NO 320 11-007C
KILBLAT N0 250 14-004D
KLINGERFLON 05-043
KRYTOX 240AC 05-003B
KR1 11-021
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH 19-003
LIQUI- MOLY GRADE NV 06-510
LIQUID SOAP (VISCOSITY < 30 MPA/S) 11-031
LN 9368 +HARD-KN5217 NO LONGER 07-007C
AVAILABLE 07-007C
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL 0.6 MM DIA 19-018

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 8
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL 1.25MM DIA 19-017
LOCKWIRE 0.5MM (0.020IN) (AMS 5687) 19-009
LOCKWIRE 0.8MM (0.032IN) 19-010
LOCKWIRE,0.041 IN 19-026
LOCKWIRE,1.6MM 19-025
LOCQUIC T 08-009
LOCTITE 221 08-013
R LOCTITE 221 08-048A
LOCTITE 222 08-013B
LOCTITE 241 08-007
LOCTITE 242 08-007B
LOCTITE 259 08-013A
LOCTITE 270 08-002
R LOCTITE 271 08-002B
LOCTITE 273 08-002A
LOCTITE 274 08-007A
LOCTITE 307 08-024
LOCTITE 415 (EX : IS 150) 08-033
R LOCTITE 601 08-029A
LOCTITE 641 08-034A
LOCTITE 672 08-034
LOCTITE 7471 08-009C
LOCTITE 7649 08-009D
LOCTITE 932 08-048
LOTOXANE 11-026
LPS B1007 15-008D
LPS PRESOLVE 11-026C
LPS 3 15-005A
LUBRIBOND 220 06-001B
LYSOL LIQUID OR LYSOL SPRAY 14-501
LYSOL PLUS (NO LONGER AVALAIBLE) 14-008
MAGNUS 149X AERO 11-001P
MASKING TAPE 08-074
MASTINOX D40 05-047
MASTINOX D40 05-533
MASTINOX 3998 05-002A
MASTINOX 6856K 05-002
MC 238 A2 09-001E
MC 238 B2 09-002E
MC 238 C12 09-043A
MCS-352 04-015
MCS-352 B 04-015A
MC238C 09-005F
MEK 11-003

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 9
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MELINEX FOIL 05-023
METAFLEX FCR 16-020A
METALIX NPS 08-008B
MIL PRF 680 OPEN 11-002
R
MIL-C-9084 TYPE III OPEN 05-033A
MIL-G-21164 OPEN 04-027
MIL-G-3545 OPEN 04-001
MIL-H-5606 OPEN 02-001
MIL-H-6083D OPEN 02-001A
MIL-I-631 OPEN 05-023A
MIL-L-23398 OPEN 06-001C
MIL-L-25567 OPEN 05-004B
MIL-L-6081 OPEN 03-008
MIL-PRF-23699 OPEN 03-002
MIL-PRF-23827 OPEN (FORMERLY MIL-G-23827) 04-004
MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE II 04-004B
MIL-PRF-32033 03-001A
MIL-PRF-7870 03-001
MIL-S-8660 OPEN 05-001B
MIL-T-27730 OPEN 08-063B
MIL-T-60394 TYPE I CLASS I OPEN 08-065A
MIL-T-713 OPEN 19-002
MOLYCOTE 33 M 04-017A
MOLYKOTE G 06-002
MOLYKOTE G RAPID PLUS PASTE 06-008
MOLYKOTE Z 06-016
MOLYKOTE 106 06-011
MOLYKOTE 3402 06-001
MOLYKOTE 3402 C 06-001A
N 53624 +HARD-N39/1327 +THIN-N39/3259 OR N39/3460 16-018
NO LONGER AVAILABLE 16-018
N-53631/5/062 +HARD-N39/1327 +THIN-N39/3460 NO LONGER 16-001
AVAILABLE 16-001
N-59300 +HARD-N-59567 +THIN-N-39400 08-008A
NAPHTHA AND HEXANE 11-012
NEODOL 91-6E OR NEODOL 91-6 11-009
NETAL A202 11-001G
NETAL SL-8 11-001H
NEVER SEEZ REGULAR GRADE ANTI SEIZE COMPOUND 04-014A
NEVERSEEZ NSB- 16 04-034
NEXTEL 3101-B- 2,6018-8061 NO LONGER 16-007

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 10
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVAILABLE 16-007
NIMBUS K75 GREASE 04-024C
NITROGEN 19-014
NOVASIL 1217 08-057
NSN-165, NSBT-16N, NSN-16A 05-063
NYCO GREASE GN 144 04-024B
NYCOTE 7-11 07-001B
NYCOTE 7-11 16-003
OM-232-GR-A OPEN 11-006
OPTIMOL AEROPLEX ZF1 NO LONGER AVAILABLE 04-025A
OPTIMOLY PASTE WHITE T 04-018
ORAPI FREINAGE FAIBLE 15 08-013C
ORAPI FREINAGE MOYEN 15 08-007C
ORAPI 3140 08-009B
ORCOTAPE OT-40 08-079
OS-124 OR OS-138 (MCS-210 NO LON 06-009
GER AVAILABLE) 06-009
OYLTITE 09-008C
P-621 08-053A
P-99 (7641/3600) +HARD-0841/9000 +THIN-0434/9000 16-020
P/S 870B 09-016F
PAC 33 NV 16-001D
PAC-33 (4355/3600) +HARD-0701/9000 +THIN-0433/9000 16-001C
PAINTEX 2000 12-005H
PERMACEL P 55 08-112
PERMACEL P-11 OR PERMACEL P-11L 08-052A
PERMACEL P12L 08-061
PERMACEL 621 08-060
PERMAGLASS 400 08-113
PERMETHRIN ,216 ,217,236 14-010A
PERMETHRIN EC10 14-004E
PP-560 OPEN 05-009
PR 1770 C 09-043B
PR-1005-CH 09-014
PR-1005-L 09-007
PR-1196 09-032
PR-1221-A OBSOLETE CONTAINS LEAD 09-008A
PR-1301 09-024
PR-1321-A 09-003
PR-1403-G-B1/2 OR PR-1403-G-B2 09-518
PR-1403-GB OR PR-1403-GB(NA) 09-019
PR-1403GA-NA OR PR-1403GA 09-018
PR-1422-A 09-001
PR-1422-A(NA) 09-001B

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 11
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PR-1422-B 09-002
PR-1422-B(NA) 09-002B
PR-1425B OR PR- 1425B(NA) (2PARTS) 09-045
PR-143/C4334+ ACT.143/C4334+ THIN.T17 OR T187 16-006C
PR-1431 TYPE I, II (NO LONGER AVALAIBLE) 09-043
PR-1431-G 09-005
PR-1435-G NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-021
PR-1436-G SPRAY 09-025
PR-1436-GA 09-013
PR-1436-GB 09-016
PR-1436GA(NA) 09-013B
PR-1436GB-NA 09-016B
PR-1440-A 09-001C
PR-1440-B 09-002C
PR-1770 09-510A
PR-1770-C 09-005D
PR-1773-A 09-018A
PR-1773-A2 09-018B
PR-1773-B 09-019A
PR-1773-B2 09-019B
PR-1776-B 09-002D
PR-1776A AS 09-001D
PR-1826-B + PRIMER PR 1826 09-008E
PR-1828B + PRIMER PR 186 09-008F
PR-1910 + (PRIMER 1903M NO LONGER AVAILABLE) 09-012
PR-1910 +JFP7010 09-012G
PR-2001 B 09-002F
PR-2001 B 09-008G
PR-340 09-004
PR-340 09-510
PR-5401-K NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-008
PR-7422 09-017
PR-812 09-023
PRF 91 05-024
PRIMER-7-E-747 +HARD-7-E-749 +THIN-7-E-750 07-001
PROPHOT 11-020A
PROTEX GM-2 05-005E
PROTEX PE 641 15-004B
PROTEX PE 645 15-006B
PROTEX PE 647 15-007C
PROTEX PE 649 15-008E
PROTEX R-09 05-027E
PROTEX 1619 05-019C
PR1422A (NA) 09-013C

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 12
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PR1422A (NA) 09-017B
PR1422B-NA 09-016E
PR1428A 09-018C
PR1428B 09-019C
PR1440A 09-013D
PR1440B 09-016D
PR1784B1/2 09-045A
PR1827R1/6 09-005B
PR1828B 09-005C
PR205 BASE/HARDENER 16-006E
PS-707-BT NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-008B
PS-860B 09-008D
PS-870-C 09-005E
PS-890-A 09-001A
PS-890/B 09-002A
PS890 B 09-016G
PS890A2 09-013E
PS892C 09-005A
PS892C 09-043C
PU-66 5440/XXXX OR PU-66 5447/X XXX+HARD-0730/ 9000+THIN-04916-018C
9000 16-018C
PU-66 5441/XXXX +HARD-0730/9000 +THIN-0491/9000 16-016B
PURE CLEANER DISINFECTANT 14-008A
QUARTASEPT 14-006A
QZ-11B 05-013
QZ-5111 05-013A
REDUX 408 08-001B
REDUX 408 B/A 08-010B
RELINK2318; VERSION B 08-118
RENLAM LY560 +HARD HY 560 OR RENLAM LY560 + HARD ARADUR 08-001C
560 08-001C
RHODORSIL B431 05-001A
ROCOL AEROSPEC 100 04-025B
ROHACELL 71WF 05-075
ROYCO C-201 04-563
ROYCO LGF 02-006A
ROYCO SSF 02-004B
ROYCO 825 (EX HF-825) 04-008
RT 01-004A
RTU CLEANER DISINFECTANT 14-008B
RTV-188 NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-012C
RTV-732 OR 731 OR 738 + PRIMER 1200 OR 4040 08-004A
RTV-88 + CATALYST 9910 09-012E
RTV108 + PRIMER SS4179 08-004B

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 13
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RUST BAN 395 05-005A
RUST BAN 397 05-019D
SAE AMS 2518 04-003
SAE AMS1428 OPEN 10-005
SAGROMED 2007 SPRAY (NO LONGER 14-006
AVAILABLE) 14-006
SAN 10-1 11-007
SAN 10-2 (OBSOLETE) 11-007A
SAN 50 11-007B
SANOSIL 14-003L
SANTOVAC 5 06-009A
SCALPEX G5 12-005J
SCOTCH BRITE 19-011
SCOTCH CHROM FOIL-530 NO LONGER AVAILABLE 08-019
SCOTCH MOUNT 4016 08-065
SCOTCH Y-950 EU 08-082
R
SCOTCH 361 08-060A
R
SCOTCH 850 08-084
SCOTCH 8671 05-065
SCOTCH 8681-HS COLOR 36320 05-096
SCOTCH-WELD 3549 B/A 08-025B
SCOTCH-WELD 3549 B/A 08-051A
SEE 11-017 OR 11-018 OR 11-019 OR 11-020 05-010
SHERLOCK 5 05-004A
SIKKENS 82522 12-005D
SILCOSET 101 NO LONGER AVAILABLE 09-012D
SKYDROL LD4 02-003B
SKYDROL 500B-4 02-003A
SKYFLEX GSC21- 950XX-010 08-109
SM 5144 (SERIES 5100) 05-069
SOCOPAC 25 H 15-006A
SOCOPAC 25S 15-005
SOCOPAC 50H 15-008B
SOCOPAC 50S 15-007
SOCOPAC 65H 15-009
SOCOSOLV A3582 11-032A
SODIUM ALGINATE + ETHYL GLYCOL + WATER (HOT) 05-064
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE OPEN 14-003F
SOLUTION GC1/2 05-004
SPCA 7098A 12-005C
R SPEEDPATCH AF 800 SERIES 08-114
SPRAY TEFLON TYPE 2000 OR TYPE 6044/6040 05-043B

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 14
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STEELGARD OR PARCOFILM 303 05-027G
SYNCLAIR 11-001C
TC-100 11-013A
TECTYL 502-C 05-005
TECTYL 506 05-019
TECTYL 846 05-019A
TEDLAR T GY 20 BE 19-015
TEDLAR,PF-GLASS LAMINATE, HOT MELT ADHESIVE 08-083
TEEPOL 610 11-001
TEROSTAT 81 09-030
TESA MOLL 4700 OR 4702 08-005
TESABAND 4541 08-038
TESAMETAL 4500 08-061A
THERMOWELDABLE C-303 15-002
TITANINE FE 50/6 HV +HARD. NO. 34 +THIN. TH-188 16-021
OR T127 16-021
TITANINE JC5A 05-002C
TL-1120 L 08-085
TORQUE SEAL F925 07-020B
TS1 01-004
TURCO AIR TEC 23 11-001A
TURCO 1495 05-025
TURCO 4215 NC - LT 11-024
TURCO 4377B 12-005L
TURCO 5351 12-005I
TURCO 5873NC 12-005E
TURCOAT 3286 05-042
TURMOGREASE LI AZR 04-025C
T100/OS-80 05-045A
VERMICULITE 05-038D
R VHB 9473 PC 08-066
VILEDON P15/350 S 19-028
VV-P-236 OPEN 04-012
WADIS 24 15-004
WD-40 05-027
WELDING CORD CR40 05-128
XA FRT 3000 05-082
XYLENE FLUID 11-022
Y436 08-061B
ZFB-831 04-025
ZINC POWDER PURE GRADE GRAIN 100-200 05-054
12001 (OBSOLETE ) 11-008
121 08-063
16/2/38 SWG 19-001

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 15
Jul 01/08

MSR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3M 361 08-053
R 3M 425 OR 3M 427 08-052
3NX1R20 SUPERFLEXIT 05-061A
3V1R20 NO LONGER 05-061
AVAILABLE 05-061
3524 A/B FST 08-115A
37035A BASE HARDENER 92140 THINNER 98064 OR C25/90S 16-006F
4080 SEMI GLOSS 16-007B
4125/2047 + HARDENER 0613/ 9000 + THINNER 0580/ 16-021A
9000 16-021A
4125/6407BLAU 07-001D
421 08-063A
527B/15 05-137
5440 GS (GREY) OR 5440 BC (WHI TE) OR A11110138205 05-052
5600R 05-025B
7D1586 07-001C
7D1586-2080 +HARD 7D1586 +THIN 3108 NO LONGER 16-002A
AVAILABLE 16-002A
7840/3 19-008
83-182 11-031A
8500/5200 11-008A
9050 +HARD-9051 NO LONGER 16-016A
AVAILABLE 16-016A
91111 05-033
9123 +HARD-007867 +THIN-9124 NO LONGER 16-018B
AVAILABLE 16-018B
92110 05-056
3. ______________
Materials List

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 16
Jul 01/08

MSR
A. FUELS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | SPECIFICATIONS | USAGE |COD.SPLR|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-001 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|JET A-1 |KEROZENE TYPE |LOCAL |
| | |F |AIR-3405 |JET FUEL |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|ASTM-D-1655-93 |FREEZING POINT: | |
| | | |(JET A-1) |-47 DEG C | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN | | |
| | | |91-91 | | |
| | |NAT|F35 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|01-001A|FUEL,TURBO |REF|JET A |KEROZINE TYPE | |
| | |USA|ASTM-D-1655-93 |JET FUEL | |
| | | |(JET A) |FREEZING POINT: | |
| | | | |-40 DEG C | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-002 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|JET B OR JP4 |WIDE CUT TYPE JET |LOCAL |
| | |F |AIR-3407 |FUEL |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-5624 | | |
| | | |GRADE JP4 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-88 | | |
| | |NAT|F40 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-003 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|JP5 |HIGH FLASHPOINT |LOCAL |
| | |F |AIR-3404 |JET FUEL |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-T-5624 | | |
| | | |GRADE JP5 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-86 | | |
| | |NAT|F44 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-004 |FUEL, TURBO |REF|TS1 |KEROSENE TYPE |RUSSIA |
| | |RUS|GOST 10227/86 |JET FUEL |PETROL |
| | | | |FREEZING POINT: |COMPANY |
| | | | |-60 DEG C | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|01-004A| |REF|RT |KEROSENE TYPE | |
| | |RUS|GOST 10227/86 |JET FUEL | |
| | | | |FREEZING POINT: | |
| | | | |- 60 DEG C | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 17
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|01-006 |FUEL TURBO |REF|JP8 |JET FUEL |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-T-83133 | |PURCHASE|
| | |GB |DERD 2498 | | |
| | |F |AIR-3405 | | |
| | |NAT|F43 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 18
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
B. HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-001 |OIL, HYDRAULIC |REF|MIL-H-5606 |LANDING GEAR SHOCK |LOCAL |
| |PETROLEUM FLUID | |OPEN |ABSORBERS FLAP |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-H-5606 |& SLAT TRANSMISSION|F1858 |
| | |GB |DF.ST-91-48 |SYSTEMS |F3528 |
| | | | | |F4101 |
| | | | | |07950 |
| | | | | |59595 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-001A| |REF|MIL-H-6083D |FLAP & SLAT |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-H-6083D |TRANSMISSION SYSTEM|PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-20.202 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-5540 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-003 |HYDRAULIC FLUID |REF|HYJET IV |HYDRAULIC POWER | |
| |(PHOSPHATE ESTER | |NO LONGER | | |
| |BASE) | |AVAILABLE | | |
| | |F |NSA 307110 | | |
| | | |TYPE 4 | | |
| | |C |Z-20.208 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|02-003A| |REF|SKYDROL 500B-4 | |MONSANTO|
| | |F |NSA 307110 | |PARIS |
| | | |TYPE 4 | |DEFENSE |
| | |C |Z-20.209 | |FRANCE |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|02-003B| |REF|SKYDROL LD4 | | |
| | |F |NSA 307-110 | | |
| | | |TYPE 4 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|02-003C| |REF|HYJET IV-A | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
| | | |AVAILABLE | | |
| | |F |NSA 307-110 | | |
| | | |TYPE IV | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|02-003D| |REF|HYJET IV-A PLUS| |F2429 |
| | |F |NSA 307-110 | |F3528 |
| | | |TYPE IV | |29700 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
02-003E => HYDRAULIC FLUID =>

HY JET V (NSA 307-110)

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 19
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-003E|HYDRAULIC FLUID |REF|HYJET V |LOWER DENSITY |F3528 |
| | |F |NSA 307-110 |HYDRAULIC FLUID |F3980 |
| | | | | |ZS996 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-004 |SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID|REF|CASTROLAERO 35 |SHOCK ABSORBER |LOCAL |
| | | | |DAMPER/LUBRICANT |PURCHASE|
| | | | |FLUID |0BHX9 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|02-004A| |REF|AEROSHELL SSF | |LOCAL |
| | | | | |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |F1858 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|02-004B| |REF|ROYCO SSF | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-004C| |REF|HYDRAUNYCOIL FH| |F4101 |
| | | | 6 AW | | |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 TYPE 1| | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|02-006 |SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID|REF|AEROSHELL LGF |ALTERNATIVE TO CML |F1858 |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 |02-001 FOR LANDING |07950 |
| | | |TYPE II |GEAR SHOCK ABSORBER| |
| | | | |FLUID | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|02-006A| |REF|ROYCO LGF | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 | |PURCHASE|
| | | |TYPE II | |0BHX9 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|02-006B| |REF|CASTROLAERO 40 | | |
| | |USA|BMS 3-32 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 20
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
C. OILS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-001 |MINERAL OIL |REF|MIL-PRF-7870 |GENERAL PURPOSE, |LOCAL |
| |(LOW TEMP) |USA|MIL-PRF-7870 |LOW TEMPERATURES |PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-21.118 | |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-47 | |92895 |
| | |NAT|0-142 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-001A| |REF|MIL-PRF-32033 |GENERAL PURPOSE, |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-32033 |LOW TEMPERATURE |PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-21.119 | | |
| | |GB |CS 3118 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-002 |LUBRICATING OIL |REF|MIL-PRF-23699 |AC GENERATION LIST |LOCAL |
| |TURBINE ENGINE | |OPEN |OF IDG APPROVED OIL|PURCHASE|
| |SYNT BASE |GB |DEF-STAN 91-101| IS IN AMM 20-34-00|F3528 |
| | |C |Z-21.101 |AND APU APPROVED |F3980 |
| | |NAT|0-156 |OIL,IN AMM 20-33-00|F4101 |
| | | | | |19135 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-003 |LUBRICATING OIL |REF|MIL-PRF-7808 |FLAPS & SLATS. |F3528 |
| |TURBINE SYNTHETIC | |OPEN |CONTROL UNIT GRBXS |F4101 |
| |BASE |USA|MIL-PRF-7808 |& TRIMMABLE HORIZON|29700 |
| | |C |Z-21.102 |STABILIZER (THS) | |
| | |NAT|0-148 |SCREW JACK GEARBOX | |
| | | | |APU &
| RAT |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|03-008 |OIL (FUEL CONTROL |REF|MIL-L-6081 |PRESERVATION-FUEL |LOCAL |
| |PRESERVATION) | |OPEN |SYSTEM OF APU |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-3516 | |F4101 |
| | |USA|MIL-L-6081 | |98308 |
| | | |GRADE 1010 | | |
| | | |OR GRADE 1005 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.113 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 21
Jan 01/07
R
MSR
D. COMMON GREASE
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-001 |WHEEL BEARING |REF|MIL-G-3545 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |LOCAL |
| |MINERAL GREASE | |OPEN |GREASE FOR BUSHES, |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4205 |BALL BEARINGS | |
| | |NAT|G-359 |& ROLLER BEARINGS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-002 |GRAPHITED |REF|AIR-4206 |GENERAL PURPOSE. |LOCAL |
| |MINERAL GREASE | |OPEN |GREASE CONTAINING |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4206 |5% GRAPHITE | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-54 | | |
| | |NAT|G-355 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-002A|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 04027 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-002B|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 04028 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-003 |GRAPHITED PETROLATUM|REF|SAE AMS 2518 |ANTI-SEIZE GREASE |LOCAL |
| |THREAD COMPOUND |F |AIR-4247 |FOR THREADS,FTGS |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|SAE AMS 2518 |& NUTS 50% MINERAL |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 80-80 |JELLY + 50% |84180 |
| | |C |Z-21.216 |GRAPHITE | |
| | |NAT|S-720 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-004 |SYNTH.ESTER BASED |REF|MIL-PRF-23827 |ALTERNATIVE MATERI-|LOCAL |
| |GREASE HIGH PRESSURE| |OPEN |AL FOR USE BETWEEN |PURCHASE|
| | | |(FORMERLY |-54 TO 121 DEG C | |
| | | |MIL-G-23827) |(-65 TO 250 DEG F)-| |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-23827 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |F |AIR-4210 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN | | |
| | | |91-53/1 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.201 | | |
| | |NAT|G-354 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|04-004A|INFORMATION | | | | |
| |TRANSFERRED TO | | | | |
| |04-022 | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|04-004B|SYNTHETIC ESTER |REF|MIL-PRF-23827 | |LOCAL |
| |BASED HIGH PRESSURE | |TYPE II | |PURCHASE|
| |GREASE | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 22
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-007 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 06016 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008 |LUBRICANT, O-RING |REF|ROYCO 825 |O-RING LUBRICANT |07950 |
| | | |(EX HF-825) | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008A|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 04008 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008B|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 04008 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-008C|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 04008 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-011 |SILICONE GREASE |REF|G-392 OPEN |RUBBER TO METAL |LOCAL |
| |PNEUMATIC SYST |USA|MIL-G-4343 |LUBRICATION |PURCHASE|
| |AND SEALS |NAT|G-392 | |F3102 |
| | |C |Z-21.214 | |F4101 |
| | | | | |K7750 |
| | | | | |94499 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-012 |PURE MINERAL |REF|VV-P-236 |SYNTHETIC |LOCAL |
| |VASELINE OR PETRO- | |OPEN |RUBBER SEALS, |PURCHASE|
| |LATUM |USA|VV-P-236 |BONDING SURFACES |F4101 |
| | |F |AIR-3565 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-38 | | |
| | |NAT|S-743 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.901 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
|04-014 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |REF|FEL-PRO C5-A |HIGH TEMPERATURE |LOCAL |
| |COMPOUND |USA|MIL-PRF-907 |COMPOUND |PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-21.902 | |F0438 |
| | | | | |73165 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-014A| |REF|NEVER SEEZ | |LOCAL |
| | | |REGULAR GRADE | |PURCHASE|
| | | |ANTI SEIZE | |F6712 |
| | | |COMPOUND | |15145 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-907 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 23
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-015 |GREASE |REF|MCS-352 |THS ACTUATOR |F4101 |
| | |USA|BAC 5001 |HYDRAULIC TUBE |76541 |
| | | |DACO-5073 |INSTALLATION. | |
| | |C |Z-21.117 |SEALS,BACK UP RINGS| |
| | | | |HYDRAULIC ASSEMBLY | |
| | | | |LUBE | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-015A| |REF|MCS-352 B | |F4101 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-017 |SILICONE GREASE |REF|A-A-59173 |LUBRICATION OF SLAT|LOCAL |
| | |USA|A-A-59173 |TRACK SHUTTER |PURCHASE|
| | | | |ROLLERS & SPRINGS |F3102 |
| | | | | |K7750 |
| | | | | |94499 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-017A| |REF|MOLYCOTE 33 M | |LOCAL |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-018 |GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|OPTIMOLY PASTE |FLAP/SLAT TRANSMI- |OPTIMOL |
| |ASSEMBLY PASTE | |WHITE T |SSION SHAFT SPLINES|57607 |
| | | | |AND FLAP DOWN DRIVE|FORBACH |
| | | | |SHAFT PRIMARY AND |FRANCE |
| | | | |SECONDARY SPLINES |PETRO- |
| | | | | |LEUM EQU|
| | | | | |SURREY |
| | | | | |ENGLAND |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-019 |MINERAL GREASE |REF|AIR 4215 |GENERAL USE |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN |NORMAL TEMPERATURE |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR 4215 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-12 | | |
| | |NAT|G-382 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-022 |SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON |REF|MIL-PRF-81322 |WING LEADING EDGE |LOCAL |
| |GREASE HIGH PRESSURE| |OPEN |AREA LUBRICATION- |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4222 |LANDING GEAR |F4101 |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-52 |LUBRICATION | |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81322 | | |
| | |NAT|G-395 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.202 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-024 |SYNTHETIC GREASE |REF|ARMNA G4789 |FLAP AND SLAT |ET342 |
| |FOR FLAP & SLAT |AIB|AIMS 09-06-001 |SYSTEM LUBRICATION |U1757 |
| |MECHANISM | | | |06PS1 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 24
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|04-024B|SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR|REF|NYCO GREASE GN | |F4101 |
| | FLAP AND SLAT | |144 | | |
| |MECHANISM |AIB|AIMS 09-06-001 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|04-024C|AIRCRAFT GREASE |REF|NIMBUS K75 | |K8071 |
| | | |GREASE | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-06-001 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-025 |LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID|REF|ZFB-831 |LUBRICANT,SEMIFLUID|K0648 |
| | | | |FOR ROTARY ACTUATOR| |
| | | | |LUBRICATION | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-025A| |REF|OPTIMOL | |D5740 |
| | | |AEROPLEX ZF1 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|04-025B| |REF|ROCOL AEROSPEC | |C5543 |
| | | |100 | |K0567 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-025C|LUBRICANT,SEMIFLUID |REF|TURMOGREASE LI |LUBRICATION OF FLAP|C5543 |
| | | |AZR |ROTARY ACTUATOR |DD471 |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-027 |DIESTER BASED GREASE|REF|MIL-G-21164 |GENERAL PURPOSE |LOCAL |
| |WITH MOLYBDENUM DI- | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| |SULFIDE |USA|MIL-G-21164 | | |
| | |NAT|G-353 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.209 | | |
| | |F |AIR-4217 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 91-57 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-034 |ANTI-SEIZE LUBRICANT|REF|NEVERSEEZ NSB- | |F7527 |
| |,REGULAR GRADE | |16 | |U2215 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-907 | |5W425 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-037 |GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|AEROSHELL |MULTIPURPOSE |F1858 |
| |LITHIUM GREASE | |GREASE 33 |AIRFRAME GREASE | |
| | |USA|AMS 3052 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-06-002 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 25
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-037A| |REF|AEROSPEC 200 |FOR EQUIPMENTS AND |K0567 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 09-06-002 |STRUCTURAL COMPONEN| |
| | | | |TS REGULARLY LUBRIC| |
| | | | |ATED WITH GENERAL | |
| | | | |PURPOSE GREASES:E.| |
| | | | |G. AILERON,RUDDER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|04-563 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |REF|ROYCO C-201 | |07950 |
| |FLUOROSILICONE | | | | |
| |GREASE | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 26
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
E. SPECIAL MATERIALS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-001 |INSULATING AND |REF|DC4 |METAL/METAL |F3102 |
| |SEALING GREASE |USA|SAE-AS8660 |SEALING AGAINST |K7750 |
| |SILICONE |GB |DEF-STAN 59-10 |HUMIDITY |94499 |
| | |C |Z-16.315 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-001A| |REF|RHODORSIL B431 | |F0107 |
| | |USA|SAE-AS8660 | | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN 50-10 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-001B| |REF|MIL-S-8660 | |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|SAE-AS8660 | |01139 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-002 |PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE|REF|MASTINOX 6856K |ANTI-CORROSION |K5635 |
R | |GENERAL PURPOSE |USA|MIL-PRF-8116 |COMPOUND | |
| | |C |Z-11.903 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-002A|PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE|REF|MASTINOX 3998 | |K5635 |
| |(OBSOLETE) |USA|MIL-P-8116 | |72556 |
| | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-002C| |REF|TITANINE JC5A | |K5635 |
| | |GB |DTD-5604 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |05-003B|OXYGEN SYSTEM |REF|KRYTOX 240AC |THREAD LUBRICATION |S3299 |
R | |LUBRICANT |USA|MIL-PRF-27617 |ON OXYGEN SYSTEM |73925 |
| | |C |Z-21.204 |COMPONENTS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-004 |OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR|REF|SOLUTION GC1/2 |DETECTION OF |F0553 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-25567 |OXYGEN LEAKS |23316 |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|05-004A| |REF|SHERLOCK 5 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-L-25567 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-004B| |REF|MIL-L-25567 | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-L-25567 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 27
Jan 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-005 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|TECTYL 502-C |CORROSION |F5205 |
| | |F |AIR-8132 |PREVENTIVE LACQUER |86024 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
| | | |GRADE II | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-005A|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|RUST BAN 395 | |F3528 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
| |15-007) | |GRADE II | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-005D|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX 3302 |CORROSION |C1308 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |USA|MIL-C-16173 |PREVENTIVE LACQUER |F3082 |
| |15-007) | |GRADE II | |59003 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-005E|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|PROTEX GM-2 |CORROSION |F2756 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |USA|MIL-C-16173 |PREVENTIVE | |
| |15-007) | |GRADE II | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
|05-006A|CORROSION REMOVER |REF|JENOLITE RRPL |CORROSION REMOVER |C5543 |
| | | | |ON STEEL NOTE DO |K2F42 |
| | | | |NOT USE ON STEEL |SF188 |
| | | | |ABOVE 1450 MPA |09XN1 |
| | | | |EXCEPT BS-S162 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-008 |PLASTIC POLISHING |REF|FAKOPOL N⁰ 9303|PASTE FOR POLISHING|C3910 |
| |COMPOUND (COARSE | | |PLEXIGLAS (COARSE | |
| |GRADE) | | |GRADE) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-009 |PLASTIC POLISHING |REF|PP-560 |PASTE FOR POLISHING|LOCAL |
| |COMPOUND (FINE | |OPEN |PLEXIGLAS |PURCHASE|
| |GRADE) |USA|PP-560 TYPE 1 |(FINE GRADE) |C3910 |
| | |C |Z-24.195 | |71361 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-010 |PLASTIC CLEANER |REF|SEE 11-017 |GENERAL USE SEE |LOCAL |
| | | |OR 11-018 |11-017,CARPET SEE |PURCHASE|
| | | |OR 11-019 |11-018,CABIN | |
| | | |OR 11-020 |WINDOW SEE 11-019, | |
| | | | |SCREEN SEE 11-020 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 28
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-013 |RELEASE AGENT |REF|QZ-11B |RELEASE AGENT |F4364 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |D |TV-53-3507/73 |(FOR PANEL REMOVAL)|S3798 |
| |05-013A) |C |Z-24.223 | |02684 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|05-013A|RELEASE AGENT |REF|QZ-5111 | | |
| | |C |Z-24.223 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-019 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|TECTYL 506 |FOR SEAT TRACKS |F5205 |
| |(OBSOLETE USE |USA|MIL-C-16173 | |86459 |
| |15-008) | |GRADE IV | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|05-019A| |REF|TECTYL 846 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
| | | |GRADE IV | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-019C| |REF|PROTEX 1619 |CORROSION |F2756 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 |PROTECTIVE | |
| | | | |TREATMENT | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-019D| |REF|RUST BAN 397 | |F3528 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
| | | |GRADE IV | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-019E| |REF|AEROSHELL 01 | |F1858 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
| | | |GRADE IV | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-019G| |REF|ARDROX 3140 |CORROSION |C1308 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 |PREVENTIVE |F3082 |
| | | |GRADE IV | |17209 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-023 |POLYTEREPTHALATE |REF|MELINEX FOIL |DOOR-SEAL REPAIR |F0276 |
| | |USA|MIL-I-631 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-023A| |REF|MIL-I-631 |DOOR SEAL REPAIR |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-I-631 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-024 |FABRIC |REF|PRF 91 |DOOR-SEAL REPAIR |F0276 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 29
Oct 01/07
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-025 |POLISH METAL |REF|TURCO 1495 |ABRASIVE POLISH FOR|D8908 |
| |ALUMINUM |USA|A-A-59318 |SCRATCHES IN |F3172 |
| | | | |ALUMINIUM |61102 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-025A| |REF|JET POLISH | |F5380 |
| | | |K0601 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-025B|ALUMINIUM OXIDE |REF|5600R | |51686 |
| | |USA|A-A-59318 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-025C|ALUMINIUM OXIDE |REF|A-A-59318 | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|A-A-59318 | |PURCHASE|
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027 |RUST INHIBITOR |REF|WD-40 |CORROSION PREVENTI-|C8011 |
| |(FOR CORROSION USE | | |VE,MOISTURE REMOVER|U8600 |
| |15-004) | | |LUBRICANT |Z6T99 |
| | | | | |09137 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-027A| |REF|ARDROX 396/1 | |C1308 |
| | |USA|MIL-L-81309 | |F3082 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027B|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 15005A |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027C|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 15004 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027D|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|BOESHIELD T-9 |CORROSION PREVENTI-|SUREFILM|
| |(FOR CORROSION USE |USA|MIL-L-81309 |VE,MOISTURE REMOVER|LUBRIC. |
| |15-004) | | |LUBRICANT |SEOUL |
| | | | | |KOREA |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-027E|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|PROTEX R-09 | |F2756 |
| |(FOR CORROSION USE |USA|MIL-L-81309 | | |
| |15-005) | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|05-027F|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|DINITROL AV5 | |C7223 |
| |FOR CORROSION USE |D |80-T-35-9799 | |S5611 |
| |15-005) |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 30
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-027G|RUST INHIBITOR |REF|STEELGARD OR | |PER 4M |
| |(FOR CORROSION USE | |PARCOFILM 303 | |LTD |
| |15-005) |USA|MIL-C-81309 | |GOUDA |
| | |F |AIR-3634 | |HOLLAND |
| | | | | |F1705 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-029 |FIXATIVE FOR PLACARD|REF|BSB-DUROFIX |IMMERSION OF BSB |F8808 |
| |INSTALLATION | |(FIXATIF UW |LABEL | |
| | | |+FIXATIF UW | | |
| | | |SPECIAL) | | |
| | |F |IPDA 28-05 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-033 |GLASSCLOTH |REF|91111 |REPAIR OF ABSKYN |D2436 |
| | |USA|MIL-C-9084/ |COMPONENTS | |
| | | |TYPE III | | |
| | |C |Z-17.201 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|05-033A| |REF|MIL-C-9084 | | |
| | | |TYPE III OPEN | | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-9084 | | |
| | | |TYPE III | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-038 |POWDER (REMOVAL OF |REF|D-70 |REMOVAL OF SKYDROL |C7058 |
| |HYDRAULIC FLUID | | |SPILLAGE | |
| |SPILLAGE) | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-038B| |REF|ARDROX 9D-1 | |C1308 |
R | | | | | |F1705 |
| | | | | |17209 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-038C| |REF|CLAY POWDER |ABSORPTION OF |LOCAL |
| | | | |SPILLAGE |PURCHASE|
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|05-038D| |REF|VERMICULITE | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-042 |PHOSPHATIC LIQUID |REF|TURCOAT 3286 |MATERIAL FOR |D8908 |
R | |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |USA|MIL-C-10578 |PHOSPHATISATION | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-042A| |REF|ARDROX 1218 | |C1308 |
R | | |USA|MIL-C-10578 | |F1705 |
| | | |TYPE III | |17209 |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 31
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |05-042B|ACID CLEANER / PHOSP|REF|ELDORADO AC-182|CLEANING AND CORROS|C7884 |
R | |HORIC ACID BASE |USA|MIL-C-10578 |ION REMOVAL OF LOW |QA987 |
R | | | |TYPE II |ALLOYED, CARBON |0G1Z3 |
R | | | | |STEEL AND | |
R | | | | |AL-ALLOYS ACC. | |
R | | | | |MIL-C-10578 | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-043 |VARNISH P.T.F.E |REF|KLINGERFLON |TO SPRAY THREADS OF|K0076 |
| |SPRAY | | |BALLEND DURING | |
| | | | |ASSEMBLY | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-043A| |REF|FLUOROGLIDE | |FLUORO- |
| | | | | |PLAST |
| | | | | |95103 |
| | | | | |ARGEN- |
| | | | | |TEUIL |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-043B|DRY LUBRICANT |REF|SPRAY TEFLON |DRY FILM LUBRICANT |F6372 |
| | | |TYPE 2000 OR | | |
| | | |TYPE 6044/6040 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-045A|FLUORESCENT DYE |REF|T100/OS-80 |VACUUM/DYE |83328 |
| |PIGMENT :BLUISH | | |LEAK CHECKS | |
| |WHITE DYE | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-046 |BLUE DYE (NO LONGER |REF|AUTOMATE BLUE |VACUUM/DYE LEAK |MORTON |
| |AVAILABLE) | |SF |CHECK PROCEDURES |CHIMIE |
| | | | | |75014 |
| | | | | |PARIS |
| | | | | |K7996 |
| | | | | |32063 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|05-046A|RED DYE (NO LONGER |REF|AUTOMATE RED | | |
| |AVAILABLE) | |BSF | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-046B|YELLOW DYE |REF|AUTOMATE YELLOW|VACUUM/DYE LEAK |ROHM & |
| | | |8 |CHECK PROCEDURE |HAAS |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |FA1C0 |
| | | | | |K0F88 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 32
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-047 |ANTI COR. COMPOUND |REF|MASTINOX D40 |ANTI-CORROSION |F1419 |
| |(HIGH TEMP.SILICONE |C |Z-11.904 |COMPOUND |K2232 |
| |SEALANT) | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-052 |SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS|REF|5440 GS (GREY) |BLANKING OF |F7828 |
| |FOR HOISTING POINT | |OR 5440 BC (WHI|HOISTING POINTS | |
| |BLANKING | |TE) | | |
| | | |OR A11110138205| | |
| | |F |ASNA 2879 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-054 |ZINC POWDER |REF|ZINC POWDER |ENSURING ELECTRICAL|C6604 |
| |(USE WITH 05-002) | |PURE GRADE |CONTINUITY BETWEEN |D9964 |
| | | |GRAIN 100-200 |PCU COMPONENTS(WHEN| |
| | | | |MIXED 42% ZINC | |
| | | | |POWDER/58% MASTINOX| |
| | | | |6856K) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-056 |GLASSCLOTH |REF|92110 |STRUCTURAL REPAIR |D2436 |
| | |D |WLB-8-4548.60 |OF COMPOSITE | |
| | | | |COMPONENT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-057 |MICROBALLOONS |REF|BJO-0930 |NON STRUCTURAL |2D097 |
| | |C |Z-18.903 |REPAIR OF COMPOSITE| |
| | | | |COMPONENTS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-061 |GLASSCLOTH (VAPOR |REF|3V1R20 |COATED GLASSCLOTH |F0582 |
| |SEAL REPAIR) | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|05-061A|GLASSCLOTH |REF|3NX1R20 | | |
| |(VAPOR SEAL REPAIR) | |SUPERFLEXIT | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-063 |NEVERSEEZ NICKEL |REF|NSN-165, |LUBRICANT |U2215 |
| |SPECIAL GRADE | |NSBT-16N, | |5W425 |
| | | |NSN-16A | | |
| | |GB |AFS 1836 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-A-907 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 33
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-064 |RELEASE AGENT |REF|SODIUM ALGINATE|IN BORES FOR THE |ISP |
| | | |+ ETHYL GLYCOL |BEARING-HOUSINGS. |USA |
| | | |+ WATER (HOT) |PROPOR. BY WEIGHT: |96822 |
| | |GB |ABP1-4053 |PROPOR. BY WEIGHT: |96822 |
| | | | |SOD.ALGI.:4GR,ETHY | |
| | | | |GLY.:2GR,WATER:94GR| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-065 |EROSION PROTECTIVE |REF|SCOTCH 8671 |EROSION PROTECTION |04963 |
| |TAPE |C |Z-24.380 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-066 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 08005C |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-068 |VACUUM FOIL |REF|CAPRAN 512 H |VACUUM BAG.MAX USE |ALLIED |
| | |D |80-T-31-2910 |TEMP.200 DEG C |FIBERS |
| | | | |(392 DEG F). |MORRIS- |
| | | | |MIN TEMP USE |TOWN.N J|
| | | | |-61 DEG C | |
| | | | |(-78 DEG F) | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|05-068A| |REF|HS-8171 | |RICH- |
| | |D |80-T-31-2910 | |MOND |
| | | | | |REDLANDS|
| | | | | |CALIFOR.|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-069 |TACKY TAPE |REF|SM 5144 |VACUUM BAG SEALANT |2Y445 |
| | | |(SERIES 5100) | |53309 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-074 |DECORFOIL |REF|AERFILM |INTERIOR TRIM |21213 |
| | | |LHR-HA211 | | |
| | | |OR AERFILM | | |
| | | |LHR-PS-LHR | | |
| | |D |DAN 1274 | | |
| | | |(PART 1) | | |
| | |C |Z-22.915 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-075 |POLYMETHACRYLIMID |REF|ROHACELL 71WF |PAX COMPARTMENTS |C7210 |
R | |RIGID FOAM |D |LN 29898 |REPAIR | |
| | | |DAN1215 | | |
| | |C |Z-14.602 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 34
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-077 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|BRAYCOTE 248 |O-RING LUBRICATION |0BHX9 |
| |COMPOUND |USA|MIL-C-11796 | | |
| | | |CLASS 3 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.114 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-082 |POLYETHYLENE FOAM |REF|XA FRT 3000 |REPAIR OF DADO |C3753 |
| |SELF-ADHESIVE |D |DAN 381 K08 |PANELS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-096 |POLYURETHANE |REF|SCOTCH 8681-HS |EROSION PROTECTION |52152 |
| |ADHESIVE TAPE | |COLOR 36320 |FOR HTP LEADING | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-12-001 |EDGE | |
| | |C |Z-24.283 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-109 |LAMINATE, A/C |REF|AIRVOLT |REPLACEMENT CARGO |SE992 |
| |INTERIOR | |LAMINATE |LININGS |53370 |
| | | |1C-120B OR | | |
| | | |1C-180B | | |
| | |D |DAN 493 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-128 |PVC |REF|WELDING CORD | |F5251 |
| | | |CR40 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-137 |FIXATIVE FOR DECAL |REF|527B/15 |TO BE USED WITH |F0027 |
| | | F |ASNB-70820-SP |DISA LABEL | |
| | | | |DUROFIX TRANSFER | |
| | | | |ACCORDING TO MANUFA| |
| | | | |CTURER INSTRUCTIONS| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |05-140 |CORROSION PROTECTION|REF|AEROSPEC |HEAVY DUTY WAXY |VOSS |
R | |SPRAY | |PROTECT SPRAY |FILM FOR LONG TERM |200803 |
R | | | | |CORROSION |SINGAPOR|
R | | | | |PROTECTION ON MLG |K0567 |
R | | | | |AXIES |U5F65 |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|05-533 |ANTI CORROSION |REF|MASTINOX D40 | |F1419 |
| |COMPOUND | | | |K2232 |
| | | | | |72556 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 35
Jul 01/08

MSR
F. LUBRICANTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |06-001 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 06001A |
R | | | | | | |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |06-001A|SOLID FILM LUBRICANT|REF|MOLYKOTE 3402 C|DRY LUBRICATION |D8367 |
R | |AIR DRYING |USA|MIL-L-23398 | |F7286 |
R | | |C |Z-21.305 | |K7750 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|06-001B|SOLID FILM LUBRICANT|REF|LUBRIBOND 220 | |85932 |
| |AIR DRYING |USA|MIL-L-23398 | | |
| | |C |Z-21.305 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|06-001C|SOLID FILM LUBRICANT|REF|MIL-L-23398 | |LOCAL |
| |AIR DRYING | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-L-23398 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-002 |LUBRICANT (OBSOLETE |REF|MOLYKOTE G |FUEL TANK BOLT |F3102 |
| |USE 06-011) |USA|MIL-L-8937 |LUBRICANT (FOR |F4281 |
| | | | |STRUCTURE STEEL |K7750 |
| | | | |OR TITANIUM |94499 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-006 |ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND |REF|DOD-L-25681 |TO PREVENT LOCKING |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN |OF SCREWS SECURING |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|DOD-L-25681 |THE IDG QUICK | |
| | |C |Z-21.116 |ATTACH/DETACH (QAD)| |
| | |NAT|S-1735 |RING | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-008 |LUBRICANT |REF|MOLYKOTE G |SOLID LUBRICANT |DOW |
| | | |RAPID PLUS |WITH A VERY LOW |CORNING |
| | | |PASTE |FRICTION CONSTANT |GMBH |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10006 |USED AS AN ASSEMBLY|D8367 |
| | | | |LUBRICANT |F3102 |
| | | | | |K7750 |
| | | | | |94499 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-009 |LUBRICANT |REF|OS-124 OR |GENERALLY USED AS |37VA4 |
| | | |OS-138 |ASSEMBLY AIDS |76541 |
| | | |(MCS-210 NO LON| | |
| | | |GER AVAILABLE) | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|06-009A| |REF|SANTOVAC 5 | |88559 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 36
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |06-011 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 06001 |
R | | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-012 |LUBRICANT |REF|DC-200 | |F3102 |
| | | | | |05AJ8 |
| | | | | |71984 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-016 |MOLYBDENUM |REF|MOLYKOTE Z |APPLIED BY RUBBING |LOCAL |
| |DISULFIDE POWDER |USA|AMS-M-7866 | |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-4223 | |F3102 |
| | |GB |DEF STAN 68-2 | |F4101 |
| | |C |Z-21.306 | |94499 |
| | |NAT|S-740 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|06-510 |LUBRICATING COMPOUND|REF|LIQUI- MOLY | |98113 |
| | | |GRADE NV | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 37
Jul 01/08

MSR
G. PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL)
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-001 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|PRIMER-7-E-747 |ELECTRICAL BONDING |FA4T1 |
| |RPLD BY 07001B/D/F | |+HARD-7-E-749 |LACQUER |F0351 |
| | | |+THIN-7-E-750 | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
| | | | | |98502 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|07-001B|ELECTRICAL BONDING |REF|NYCOTE 7-11 | |05803 |
| |COATING (BLUE COLOR)| | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|07-001C| |REF|7D1586 | |FA4T1 |
| | | | | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|07-001D|ELECTRICAL BONDING |REF|4125/6407BLAU | |F1419 |
| |COATING (BLUE COLOR)|D |75-T-2-5721-3-1| | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-001F|FUEL RESISTANT |REF|CV117 | |PRC |
| |COATING (BLUE BASE | | | |DESOTO |
| |COAT) | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-007 |NON SLIP COATING |REF|AERODUR NON |NON SLIP LACQUER |F0351 |
| |(POLYURETHANE) | |SLIP 890.5654 | |H0951 |
| | | |+HARD S66/22R | |Z0123 |
| | | |+THIN C25/90S | |0S4B8 |
| | |C |Z-12.512 | |98502 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|07-007A|POLYURETHANE |REF|EC-1375 | |F0347 |
| |NON SLIP COATING | | | |K8767 |
| | | | | |26066 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|07-007B| |REF|BASE:N-53621 | |K5635 |
| | | |HARDENER:N-39/1| |Z0853 |
| | | |327 | |83574 |
| | | |THINNER:N-39/ | | |
| | | |3091 OR N-39/32| | |
| | | |59 | | |
| | |D |DA4-653-86 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 38
Jul 01/07
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-007C| |REF|LN 9368 | | |
| | | |+HARD-KN5217 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-017 |INTERNAL POLYURETHAN|REF|AERODUR FINISH |LACQUER TRANSPARENT|FA4T1 |
| |E | |C21/100 |(FOR LANDING GEAR |F0351 |
| |VARNISH | |HARDENER:S66/ | |Z0123 |
| | | |22R | |0S4B8 |
| | | |THINNER:C25/90S| |98502 |
| | | | | |98502 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-018 |VARNISH |REF|AERODUR | |F0351 |
| | | |CLEARCOAT U.V.R| |0S4B8 |
| | |USA|BMS 10-72 | | |
| | | |TYPE V | | |
| | |C |Z-12.412 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-018A|LOW VOC UVR VARNISH |REF|DESOTHANE HS CL|UV RESISTANT |F1419 |
| | | |EAR BASE:CA8001|VARNISH |1LFF4 |
| | | |B0900C | | |
| | | |HARDENER:CA8000| | |
| | | |B THINNER: | | |
| | | |CA8000C | | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-023 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-018B|LOW VOC UVR VARNISH |REF|BASE:AVIOX |LOW VOC UV |F0351 |
| | | |CLEARCOAT UVR; |RESISTANT,HIGH |H0951 |
| | | |HARDENER:90150;|GLOSS FOR |Z0123 |
| | | |ACTIVATOR:99321|APPLICATION ON |98502 |
| | | |OR 99330 OR |EXTERNAL DECORATION| |
| | | |99341 |PAINT | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-023 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-020 |IDENTIFICATION PAINT|REF|C21/100 RED |IDENTIFICATION OF |H0951 |
R | | | | | | |
R | | | |S66/22R |TORQUE-LIGHTENED | |
R | | | |HARDENER |SCREWED CONNECTIONS| |
R | | | |C25/90S THINNER| | |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10012 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 39
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-020A| |REF|ALEXIT 406-22 | |D2603 |
| | | |ALEXIT 400 | | |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10012 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|07-020B| |REF|TORQUE SEAL |AN INSPECTION |01195 |
| | | |F925 |LACQUER USED IN |3BYE7 |
| | |F |PQ 10050-182-02|AREA WHERE AIRCRAFT| |
| | | | |HYDRAULIC FLUID | |
| | | | |MIGHT COME IN | |
| | | | |CONTACT WTH SEAL | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 40
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
H. BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-001 |GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|ARALDITE AW106 |ONLY HONEYCOMB |F4364 |
| |ADHESIVE HONEYCOMB | |+ HARD HV953U |FILLER & LAMINATING|S3798 |
| |FILLER | |OR ARALDITE |OR FOR INSERT |02684 |
| | | |2011 | | |
| | |USA|DOD-A-82720 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1284-01 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.209 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-001A| |REF|EC-1838 B/A | |D2607 |
| | |C |Z-15.229 | |26066 |
| | |USA|MIL-A-52194 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-001B|ADHESIVE (OBSOLETE, |REF|REDUX 408 | | |
| |USE 08-086) | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-001C|LAMINATION RESIN AND|REF|RENLAM LY560 |60 METALLIC |F4364 |
| |HARDENER | |+HARD HY 560 |HONEYCOMB REPAIRS |4D163 |
| | | |OR RENLAM LY560| | |
| | | |+ HARD ARADUR | | |
| | | |560 | | |
| | |C |Z-18.165 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1193-01 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-001D|LAMINATION RESIN |REF|ARALDITE |LAMINATION RESIN | |
| |(OBSOLET,USE 08-001C| |LY5082 + HARD. | | |
| |) | |HY5083 OR | | |
| | | |HY5084 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-002 |GENERAL PURPOSE |REF|LOCTITE 270 |PERMANENT THREAD |LOCAL |
| |DIMETHACRYLATE GREEN|USA|MIL-R-46082 |LOCKING COMPOUND |PURCHASE|
| | | |TYPE I | |D2617 |
| | |C |Z-15.503 | |F6033 |
| | | | | |K6405 |
| | | | | |05972 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-002A| |REF|LOCTITE 273 | | |
R |OR | |---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 41
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-002B| |REF|LOCTITE 271 | |LOCAL |
R | | | US|ASTM-D-5363 | |PURCHASE|
R | | | |GP02 CL2 GRD1 | |D2617 |
R | | | ES|Z-15.503 | |F6033 |
R | | | | | |K6405 |
R | | | | | |U0406 |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-004 |ADHESIVE SEALANT |REF|CAF4+PRIMER |SILICONE ELASTOMER |F0107 |
| | | |PM820 |CEMENT |94499 |
| | |AIB|AIMS-04-05-003 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-004A| |REF|RTV-732 OR 731 |SEALANT-LAVATORIES |LOCAL |
| | | |OR 738 |& GALLEY |PURCHASE|
| | | |+ PRIMER 1200 | |F3102 |
| | | |OR 4040 | |K7750 |
| | |USA|MIL-A-46106 | |01139 |
| | | |TYPE I | |71984 |
| | |C |Z-16.306 | | |
| | |D |DA4-653-3S2 | | |
| | |C |I+D-N-200 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-004B| |REF|RTV108 + PRIMER| |01139 |
| | | | SS4179 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-A-25457 | | |
| | | |46106 GROUP I, | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |F |ASNA 4290 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-005 |SEALING TAPE |REF|TESA MOLL 4700 |ADHESIVE TAPE |F2209 |
| |OBSOLETE-USE 08-005A| |OR 4702 | |26066 |
| |,B,C, |USA|L-T-100 TYPE I | |99742 |
| | |D |TV53/3511/73 | | |
| | |F |ASNA3540 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-005A|SEALING TAPE |REF|COHRLASTIC SNS | |B1348 |
| | | |512 AF-WITE | | |
| | |F |ABS 5006 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-005B|SEALING TAPE |REF|HT 606 A | |K5416 |
| | |F |ABS 5006 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 42
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-005C|SEALING TAPE |REF|FOAMEGA HT-606 | | |
| | |F |ABS 5006 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-005D|SEALING TAPE |REF|BF-1005(A) | |096L9 |
| | | |WHITE | | |
| | |F |ABS 5006 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-006 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|EC-1236 |BUNA CONTACT |F0347 |
R | | | | |ADHESIVE |K8767 |
| | | | | |26066 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-006A|ADHESIVE GENERAL |REF|EC-847 | | |
| |PURPOSE |C |Z-15.104 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-006B|ADHESIVE GENERAL |REF|EC-1099 | | |
| |PURPOSE |USA|MMA-189 | | |
| | | |CLASS 2 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-006C|ADHESIVE GENERAL |REF|BOSTIK 1787 | |D9518 |
| |PURPOSE |GB |S26-4013 | |F2857 |
| | | | | |U2215 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-006D|ADHESIVE GENERAL |REF|EVO-STIK 5007/3| |K2147 |
| |PURPOSE |GB |S26-4013 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-007 |SEALANT, HIGH TEMP. |REF|LOCTITE 241 |THREAD LOCKING |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 |COMPOUND |F6033 |
| | | |TYPE II |(OCCASIONAL |K6405 |
| | | | |REMOVAL) |05972 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-007A| |REF|LOCTITE 274 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-007B| |REF|LOCTITE 242 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.502 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-007C|SEALANT,HIGH |REF|ORAPI FREINAGE |SEE NOTE REF |F6899 |
R | |TEMPERATURE | |MOYEN 15 |4150496/96 N⁰2 | |
| | |AS |10053-053-03 |A/BTE/SY/ENAT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 43
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-008 |POLYESTER FILLER |REF|FINALIN 943 |PLASTIC FILLER |D2603 |
| | | |+HARD. 5 | | |
| | |D |DA4-653-83 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-008A| |REF|N-59300 | |D8357 |
| | | |+HARD-N-59567 | | |
| | | |+THIN-N-39400 | | |
| | |D |DA4-653-83 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-008B|FIBERGLASS, FILLER, |REF|METALIX NPS | |C1438 |
| |SURFACER EPOXY |D |TV-53-3533/77 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-009 |PRIMER, ACTIVATOR |REF|LOCQUIC T |ACTIVATOR |D2617 |
| |FOR ANAEROBIC |USA|MIL-R-46082 | |F6033 |
| | |S |Z-15.920 | |K6405 |
| | | | | |05972 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-009A|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 08009D |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-009B|ACTIVATOR SPRAY |REF|ORAPI 3140 |SEE NOTE REF |F6899 |
R | | |AS |PQ 10053-064-04|4150496/96 N⁰2 | |
| | | | |A/BTE/SY/ENAT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-009C|PRIMER,ACTIVATOR FOR|REF|LOCTITE 7471 | |D2617 |
| |ANAEROBIC | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-009D|PRIMER,ACTIVATOR FOR|REF|LOCTITE 7649 | | |
| |ANAEROBIC | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-010 |TWO COMPONENT EPOXY |REF|ARALDITE AV138M|ADHESIVE FOR |D3123 |
| |ADHESIVE | |+HV998 |PTFE-CLOTH |F4364 |
| | |D |DA-4-653-3E4 | |02684 |
| | |C |Z-15.205 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-010A|EPOXY RESIN AND |REF|ARALDITE AW134 | |D3123 |
| |HARDENER ADHESIVE | |+HY994 OR HV997| |F4364 |
| | |D |DAN 1199-01 | |S3798 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 44
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-010B|EPOXY RESIN |REF|REDUX 408 B/A | | |
| |(OBSOLETE,USE | | | | |
| |08-086) | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-010D|EPOXY RESIN AND |REF|HYSOL EA9321 |BONDING CFRP/CFRP |S3837 |
| |HARDENER ADHESIVE |F |ASNB73411 | |04347 |
| | |C |Z-15.240 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-013 |SEALANT, ANAEROBIC |REF|LOCTITE 221 |THREAD LOCKING |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 |COMPOUND |F6033 |
| | | |TYPE I | |K6405 |
| | | |MIL-S-22473 | |05972 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-013A| |REF|LOCTITE 259 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-013B| |REF|LOCTITE 222 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.501 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-013C|THREAD LOCK |REF|ORAPI FREINAGE | |F6899 |
| | | |FAIBLE 15 | |50987 |
| | |F |ASNA 4028 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-017 |BONDING METAL/METAL |REF|HYSOL EA9309. |FOR BONDING |04347 |
| | | |3NA |METAL TO METAL | |
| | |GB |S27-8006 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.242 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-017A|ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL |REF|EC-2216-B/A | |F0347 |
| |FLEXIBLE |USA|DOD-A-82720 | |26066 |
| | |C |Z-15.201 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|08-017B| |REF|EC-3533-B/A |FOR BONDING | |
| | | | |METAL TO METAL | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-017C| |REF|HYSOL EA9330/1 | |04347 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-017D| |REF|DP 110 | |D2607 |
| | |F |ASNB73504 | |F0347 |
| | |F |ASNA4036 | |K8767 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 45
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-018 |SOLVENT-BASED |REF|EC-1300L |BONDING OF VIEWING |D2607 |
| |SYNTHETIC RUBBER |USA|MMM-A-121 |WINDOW IN FWD CARGO|F0347 |
| |ADHESIVE |C |Z-15.101 |COMPT LINING |K8767 |
| | |F |TN.A.007.10010 | |26066 |
| | | |021-00 | | |
| | |F |TN.A.007.10054 | | |
| | | |031-00 | | |
| | |G |DA4-653-3N1 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|08-018A|PLASTIC BONDING |REF|EC-2141 | | |
| | | |(EX : EC-711) | | |
| | |F |TN.A.007.10010 | | |
| | | |021-00 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|08-018B|PLASTIC BONDING |REF|BOSTIK 2402 | |D9518 |
| | | |+ PRIMER 9252 | |F2857 |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4679 | |U2215 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-019 |FOIL, PRESSURE |REF|SCOTCH CHROM |ALUMINIUM TAPE |D2607 |
| |SENSITIVE (USE | |FOIL-530 | |F0347 |
| |08-108) | |NO LONGER | |K8767 |
| | | |AVAILABLE | |26066 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-022 |COMPOUND,VOID FILLER|REF|EC-3524 B/A |HONEYCOMB FILLER |D2607 |
| |LOW DENSITY |F |ASNB81251 | |F0347 |
| | |D |DA-4-653-81 | |K8767 |
| | |GB |S26-4024 | |26066 |
| | |C |Z-18.144 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-022C| |REF|ARALDITE 252 AB| |S3798 |
| | |F |ASNB81251 | |02684 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-024 |ADHESIVE COMPOUND |REF|LOCTITE 307 |LINE REPAIR USING |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 |HARRISON UNIONS |F6033 |
| | | |TYPE III | |05972 |
| | |C |Z-15.517 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-025 |TWO COMPONENT |REF|EC-3532 B/A |BONDING OF |D2607 |
| |POLYURETHANE |D |DA-4-653-3-E6 |POLYCARBONATE |F0347 |
| |ADHESIVE |D |DA-4-653-3P2 | |K8767 |
| | | | | |26066 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 46
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-025A|NO LONGER PRODUCED |REF|EC-3536 | | |
| |REPLACED BY 08-025 | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-025B|TWO COMPONENT |REF|SCOTCH-WELD | |04963 |
| |POLYURETHANE | | 3549 B/A | | |
| |ADHESIVES |D |DA-4-653-3P2 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-026 |ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE|REF|ELASTOSIL E 43 |FOR SILICONE RUBBER|D2650 |
| |PART,RTV SILICONE | |OR SWS 951 |BONDING FOR HIGH |0DF77 |
| |RUBBER | | |TEMPERATURE SEALANT| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-029A|ADHESIVE |REF|LOCTITE 601 |ADHESIVE FOR NON- |D2617 |
R | | |USA|MIL-R-46082 |REMOVABLE ASSEMBLY |F6033 |
R | | | |TYPE I | |05972 |
R | | |C |Z-15.509 | | |
R | | |D |80-T-34-9020 | | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-033 |CYANO - ACRYLATE |REF|LOCTITE 415 |BONDING OF CAP ON |D2617 |
| |ADHESIVE | |(EX : IS 150) |MLG DOOR SEQUENCE |F6033 |
| | |D |TH-5-932/1 |VALVE (INCORPORATED|K6405 |
| | |USA|MIL-A-46050 |IN MLG UPLOCK) |05972 |
| | | |TYPE I CLASS 3 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-033A|CYANO ACRYLATE |REF|A-A-3097 TYPE I| |LOCAL |
R | |ADHESIVE | |CLASS 3 | |PURCHASE|
R | | | | | | |
R | | |USA|A-A-3097 TYPE I| | |
R | | | |CLASS 3 | | |
R | | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-034 |ADHESIVE |REF|LOCTITE 672 |REMOVABLE ASSEMBLY |D2617 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 | |F6033 |
| | | | | |05972 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-034A| |REF|LOCTITE 641 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-R-46082 | | |
| | |C |Z-15.515 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 47
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-038 |FABRIC TAPE |REF|TESABAND 4541 |ADHESIVE TAPE |BEIERS- |
| |PRESSURE SENSITIVE | | |MULTIPLE USE |DORF |
| | | | | |USA |
| | | | | |D2571 |
| | | | | |F2209 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-048 |LOW STRENGTH |REF|LOCTITE 932 |APPLIED TO |D2617 |
R | |THREADLOCKER |D |DA-2-657-4 |BACKSHELLS OF |F6033 |
| | |GB |DTD-5629 |ELECTRICAL |K0548 |
| | | | |CONNECTORS |05972 |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
R |08-048A|LOW STRENGTH THREAD |REF|LOCTITE 221 | |D2617 |
R | |LOCKER |USA|MIL-R-46082 | |F6033 |
R | | | |TYPE I | |K6405 |
R | | | |MIL-S-22473 | |05972 |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-051 |EPOXY RESIN |REF|HYSOL EA934 NA |BONDING OF |K0400 |
| | |D |DA-4-653-3-E8 |ALUMINIUM SHEETS |12405 |
| | |USA|MMM-A-132 | |33564 |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |C |Z-15.237 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-051A|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 08025B |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
R |08-052 |SELF ADHESIVE |REF|3M 425 OR |TEMPORARY |D2607 |
R | |ALUMINIUM TAPE | |3M 427 |PROTECTIVE COVER |F0347 |
| | |D |DAN 328AN | |K8767 |
| | | |OR DAN 328AP | |26066 |
| | |USA|AMS-T-23397 | | |
| | | |AND/OR L-T-80B | | |
| | |C |Z-24.351 | | |
| | |AIB|ABS5604A OR | | |
| | | |ABS5604AL | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 48
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-052A|SELF ADHESIVE ALUMIN|REF|PERMACEL P-11 | |F0226 |
| |UM TAPE | |OR PERMACEL | |99742 |
| | | |P-11L | | |
| | |D |DAN 328AN OR | | |
| | | |DAN 328AP | | |
| | |C |Z-24.351 | | |
| | |AIB|ABS5604A OR | | |
| | | |ABS5604AL | | |
| | |USA|L-T-80B | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-053 |GLASS FIBER TAPE |REF|3M 361 |TEMPORARY REPAIR OF|D2607 |
R | | |D |DAN 328-H |CARGO PANELS |F0347 |
R | | |C |Z-24.341 | |K8767 |
R | | | | | |26066 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-053A|SINGLE SIDE GLASS- |REF|P-621 | |C3590 |
| |CLOTH SELF ADHESIVE |D |DAN 328H | |99742 |
| |TAPE |F |NSA 5375H | | |
| | |USA|MIL-T-4053 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-057 |PRIMER |REF|NOVASIL 1217 |PRETREATING SEALED |OTTO |
| | | | |JOINTS OF NTF,FOR |CHEMIE |
| | | | |SEALANT FLOORSIL 87|FRIDOL- |
| | | | |(09-036) |FING |
| | | | | |GERMANY |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-059 |FAST RESIN SYSTEM |REF|EPIKOTE 828 |FAST RESIN FOR |SCHELL |
| |FOR TEMPORARY REPAIR| |+ VERSAMID 125 |TEMPORARY REPAIR OF|CHIMIE |
| | | | |BULK CARGO |ESCHBORN|
| | | | |COMPARTMENT FLOOR |GERMANY |
| | | | |PANEL-COLD CURING |F5152 |
| | | | |ADHESIVE |54527 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-060 |TAPE, PRESSURE |REF|PERMACEL 621 |GLASSCLOTH ADHESIVE|F0226 |
| |SENSITIVE,GLASSCLOTH|USA|MIL-T-4053 |TAPE (THERMAL |80769 |
| | |D |DAN 328H |INSULATION) |99742 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-060A| |REF|SCOTCH 361 |THERMAL INSULATION |D2607 |
| | |D |DAN 328H | |F0347 |
| | |USA|MIL-T-4053 | |K8767 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 49
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-061 |TAPE SOUND DAMPENING|REF|PERMACEL P12L |ALUMINIUM-BACKED |F0226 |
| |ALUMINIUM FOIL |D |DAN 328AS |COTTON TAPE. |99742 |
| | |AIB|ABS5604B |(THERMAL & SOUND | |
| | | | |INSULATION) | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-061B|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 08061 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-063 |TAPE,ANTISEIZE, |REF|121 |FOR USE ON LIQUID &|C0064 |
| |POLYTETRAFLUORO- |USA|MIL-T-27730 |GASEOUS OXYGEN |07512 |
| |ETHYLENE | |SIZE 2 |SYSTEMS. |26066 |
| | |C |Z-22.193 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|08-063A| |REF|421 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-T-27730 | | |
| | | |SIZE 2 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-063B| |REF|MIL-T-27730 | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-T-27730 | | |
| | | |SIZE 2 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-065 |DOUBLE SIDED |REF|SCOTCH MOUNT |SECURING |F0347 |
| |ADHESIVE TAPE | |4016 |DECOMPRESSION PANEL|26066 |
| | |USA|MIL-T-60394 |(WIDTH AS REQUIRED)| |
| | | |TYPE I CLASS I | | |
| | |C |Z-24.362 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-065A| |REF|MIL-T-60394 |SECURING |LOCAL |
| | | |TYPE I CLASS I |DECOMPRESSION PANEL|PURCHASE|
| | | |OPEN | | |
| | |USA|MIL-T-60394 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-066 |ACRYLIC PRESSURE |REF|VHB 9473 PC |APPLICATION |D2607 |
R | |SENSITIVE TAPE |D |DAN 319, |TO RUBBING STRIP | |
R | | | |DAN 1202 |TO FIT ON FLAP | |
| | | | |COMPONENT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-073 |ADHESIVE TAPE |REF|ASNA3572 OPEN |INSULATION BLANKET |F2538 |
| |(INSULATION BLANKET |F |ASNA3572 |REPAIR ADHESIVE | |
| |REPAIR) | | |TAPE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 50
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-074 |MASKING TAPE |REF|MASKING TAPE |MASKING OFF REPAIR |LOCAL |
| | | | |AREA |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-075 |QUICK SETTING EPOXY |REF|AKRO FIREGUARD |QUICK REPAIR OF |0RHU7 |
| |ADHESIVE KIT | |300-P |CARGO COMPARTMENT | |
| | |D |WA-10016 |LINERS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
| | |D |WA-10016 |LINERS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
| | |D |WA-10016 |LINERS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-078 |TWO PART PASTE |REF|HYSOL EA9394 |BONDING OF |S3837 |
| |ADHESIVE | |PART A AND B |STRUCTURE |04347 |
| | |D |DAN 1196 |SEMI-SHELL PARTS |33564 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-079 |DOUBLE-SIDED |REF|ORCOTAPE OT-40 |INSTALLATION OF |C2977 |
| |PRESSURE SENSITIVE |D |DAN 382, |ADHESIVE TAPE |60815 |
| |ADHESIVE | |DAN 1297-01 |FOR CARPETS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-082 |ACRYLIC PRESSURE |REF|SCOTCH Y-950 EU|ADHESIVE TAPE |D2607 |
| |SENSITIVE ADHESIVE |D |DAN 319 |FOR NTF |F0347 |
| |FILM |D |DAN 1211-01 | |26066 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-083 |RAPID HOT-MELT PATCH|REF|TEDLAR,PF-GLASS|TEMPORARY REPAIR OF|SE992 |
| | | |LAMINATE, HOT | CARGO PANELS | |
| | | |MELT ADHESIVE | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-084 |POLYESTER FILM TAPE |REF|SCOTCH 850 |TAPE USED FOR |D2607 |
| |(TRANSPARENT) |D |DAN 490B |COVERING SEALED | |
| | |AIB|ABS5053A |CFRP FLOOR PANEL | |
| | | | |GAPS AND FOR | |
| | | | |PROTECTING FLOOR | |
| | | | |PANEL EDGE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-085 |ADHESIVE TAPE, |REF|TL-1120 L |INSTALL THE TAPE TO|D1692 |
| |PTFE |D |DAN 269A25 |A SENSOR CLAMP | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 51
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-102 |DISPERSION-ADHESIVE |REF|HELMITIN 35050 | |D0293 |
| |FOR TEXTILE FLOOR |F |AIMS 10-04-005 | | |
| |COVERING | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-104 |MOISTURE BARRIER |REF|KB 29 | |F2538 |
R | |FOIL,SELF ADHESIVE |F |ABS5093B485 | |QB284 |
| | | | | |09XN1 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-107 |ADHESIVE TAPE FOR PE|REF|KB 33 | |F2538 |
| |FOAM INSULATION |D |DAN 382-H | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-109 |TAPE,SELF-ADHESIVE |REF|SKYFLEX GSC21- | |GORE |
| | | |950XX-010 | |CANTER |
| | |F |ABS 5631 A | |ELKTON |
| | |F |AIMS 10-05-006 | |USA |
| | | | | |GORE |
| | | | | |SERVICES|
| | | | | |MONGKOK |
| | | | | |HONGKONG|
| | | | | |GORE |
| | | | | |SERVICES|
| | | | | |85640 |
| | | | | |D |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-112 |TAPE COTTON FABRIC |REF|PERMACEL P 55 |TAPE FOR CARPET |C3590 |
| |DOUBLE SIDED SELF |D |DAN 328 |INSTALLATION |99742 |
| |ADHESIVE | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-113 |REPAIR PATCH |REF|PERMAGLASS 400 |CORE FILLER FOR THE|K1789 |
| |SELF ADHESIVE |AIB|AIMS 08-07-002 |REPAIR OF CARGO COM| |
| | | | |PARTMENT LININGS | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-113A| |REF|GILLPATCH |CORE FILLER FOR THE|1KN26 |
| | | |1367 P | REPAIR OF CARGO | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-07-002 |COMPARTMENT LININGS| |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-114 |REPAIR PATCH |REF|SPEEDPATCH |CORE FILLER FOR THE|0RHU7 |
R | |INTURNESCENT SELF | |AF 800 SERIES | REPAIR OF CARGO | |
R | |ADHESIVE |AIB|AIMS 08-07-001 |COMPARTMENT LININGS| |
R |OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
R |08-114A| |REF|GILLPATCH III | |1KN26 |
R | | |AIB|AIMS 08-07-001 | | |
R | | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 52
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-115 |CORE FILLER AMBIENT |REF|EPOCAST 1633 |CORE FILLER FOR THE|ST205 |
| |TEMPERATURE CURING | |A/B | REPAIR OF CARGO |99384 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-08-001 |COMPARTMENT LININGS| |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-115A| |REF|3524 A/B FST | |F0347 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-08-001 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-115B| |REF|AF444 SPEED | |0RHU7 |
| | | |FILL | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 08-08-001 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|08-115C| |REF|ALEXIT 495 14 | |D2603 |
| | | |ALEXIT 49114 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1282 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|08-118 |CARPET TAPE |REF|RELINK2318; |UNPROTECTED SIDE |D3951 |
| | | |VERSION B |OF TAPE FACING THE | |
| | | | |FLOOR PANEL | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |08-121 |CONTACT ADHESIVE,POL|REF|EVO-STIK 528 |BONDING OF SEALS |K2147 |
R | |YCHLOROPRENE BASED, | | | | |
R | |ONE | | | | |
R |-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 53
Jul 01/08

MSR
J. SEALANTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001 |FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1422-A |FUEL TANK |K5635 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |USA|MIL-S-8802 |& PRESSURIZED |Z0853 |
| | | |TYPE I |CABIN SEALANT |83574 |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4590 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|09-001A| |REF|PS-890-A | |COUR- |
| | |C |Z-16.134 | |TAULDS |
| | |USA|MIL-S-8802F | |AUSTRA- |
| | | |TYPE II | |LIA |
| | | |CLASSE A | |PRC |
| | | | | |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001B| |REF|PR-1422-A(NA) | |F0229 |
| | |F |ASNA4163 | |K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-8802 | |Z0853 |
| | | |TYPE I | |83574 |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001C| |REF|PR-1440-A |SEALANT OF FUEL |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-8802 |TANKS AND PRESSURE |K5635 |
| | | |CLASS A |CABINS |83574 |
| | |C |Z-16.134 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001D| |REF|PR-1776A AS | |F0229 |
| | |F |ASNA 4157 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-001E| |REF|MC 238 A2 |TO BE USED WITH |D1940 |
| | |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |ADHESION PROMOTER | |
| | | | |(SEE ITEM 09-028D | |
| | | | |OR 09-028E) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002 |FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1422-B |FUEL TANK |K5635 |
| |POLYSULFID(NO LONGER|USA|MIL-S-8802 |& PRESSURIZED |Z0853 |
| |AVAILABLE | |TYPE I |CABIN SEALANT |83574 |
| | | |CLASS B | | |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4868 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 54
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002A|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PS-890/B | |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |C |Z-16.135 | |K5635 |
| | |USA|AMS-S-8802 | |Z0853 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002B|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1422-B(NA) | |COUR- |
| |POLYSULFIDE |F |ASNA 0163 | |TAULDS |
| | |C |Z-16.107 | |AUSTRA- |
| | | | | |LIA |
| | | | | |PRC |
| | | | | |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |F0229 |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-002C|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-1440-B |SEALANT OF FUEL | |
| |POLYSULFIDE |USA|AMS-S-8802 |TANKS AND PRESSURE | |
| | |C |Z-16.135 |CABINS | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002D|LOW DENSITY FUEL |REF|PR-1776-B |SEALANT PERMAPOL P5|F0229 |
| |TANK SEALANT. |AIB|AIMS 04-05-012 | FOR FUEL TANK. |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3281 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002E|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|MC 238 B2 |TO BE USED WITH |D1940 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |ADHESION PROMOTER | |
| | | | |(SEE ITEM 09-028D | |
| | | | |OR 09-028E) | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-002F|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-2001 B |ADD NOTE USE WITH |83574 |
| | |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |PR 187 ADHESION | |
| | | | |PROMOTER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-003 |SEALANT,POLYSULFIDE |REF|PR-1321-A |ACCESS DOOR SEALANT| |
| |(USE 09-018) |C |Z-16.115 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-004 |SEALANT, AERODYNAMIC|REF|PR-340 |SURFACE SEALANT | |
| |SMOOTHING-OBSOLETE |D |DA-2-657-4 | | |
| |USE 09016 |GB |S26-3003 AND | | |
| | | |AFS 1344 | | |
| | |C |Z-16.121 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 55
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-005 |CORROSION INHIBITIVE|REF|PR-1431-G |BRUSHING SEALANT |F0229 |
| |INTERFAY SEALANT |USA|MIL-S-81733 | |K5635 |
| | | |CLASS C | |Z0853 |
| | |C |Z-16.101 | |83574 |
| | |F |ASNA4172 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-005A|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PS892C | |F0229 |
| | |D |DAN1184 | |K5635 |
| | |F |AIMS 04-05-002 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-005B|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PR1827R1/6 | | |
| | |D |DAN1218-05 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-005C|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PR1828B | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-005D|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PR-1770-C |INTERFAY |F0229 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-001 |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT|83574 |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-005E|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PS-870-C | | |
| | |USA|MIL S 81733 | | |
| | |C |Z-16.101 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-005F|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|MC238C | |D1940 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-002 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-007 |BRUSHABLE FUEL |REF|PR-1005-L |SEALANT |F0229 |
| |RESISTANT COATING |USA|MIL-S-4383 | |K5635 |
| | |C |Z-16.201 | |83574 |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4493 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-007A|BONDING ACRYLO- |REF|EC-776 OR |BONDING ACRYLO- |D2607 |
| |NITRILE RUBBER | |SCOTCH GRIP 776|NITRILE RUBBERS IN |F0347 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-4383 |A FUEL SOAK |K8767 |
| | | | |ENVIRONMENT |26066 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 56
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008 |EARLY QUICK REPAIR |REF|PR-5401-K |BRUSHING SEALANT | |
| |FUEL TANK SEALANT | |NO LONGER |(TEMPORARY REPAIR | |
| | | |AVAILABLE |ONLY) | |
| | |USA|MIL-S-8802 | | |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-008A| |REF|PR-1221-A | | |
| | | |OBSOLETE | | |
| | | |CONTAINS LEAD | | |
| | |USA|MIL-S-7502 | | |
| | | |CLASS A | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-008B| |REF|PS-707-BT | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008C| |REF|OYLTITE |TOPCOAT SEALANT IN |08854 |
| | | | |FUEL TANKS APPLIED | |
| | | | |OVER PR 1422 | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008D| |REF|PS-860B |SEALANT OF FUEL |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-83318A |TANK LEAKS |K5635 |
| | | | | |Z0853 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008E| |REF|PR-1826-B |FUEL TANK |COUR- |
| | | |+ PRIMER PR |& PRESSURIZED |TAULDS |
| | | |1826 |CABIN SEALANT |AUSTRA- |
| | |USA|AMS 3277 | |LIA |
| | | | | |PRC |
| | | | | |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |F0229 |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-008F| |REF|PR-1828B + |TOP COAT SEALANT IN| |
| | | |PRIMER PR 186 |FUEL TANKS | |
| | |USA|MIL-S-83430 |APPLIED | |
| | | | |OVER PR 1422 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-008G|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|PR-2001 B |ADD NOTE USE WITH |83574 |
| |QUICK REPAIR |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |PR 187 ADHESION | |
| | | | |PROMOTER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 57
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-009 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 09008C |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-012 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |REF|PR-1910 |SEALANT UTILISATION|F0229 |
| |SILICONE SEALANT | |+ (PRIMER 1903M|UP TO 375 DEG C |K5635 |
| | | |NO LONGER |(707 DEG F) |Z0853 |
| | | |AVAILABLE) | |83574 |
| | |F |ASNA4180 & | | |
| | | |ASNA4181 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-012A|INCLUDED ITEM 09-012| | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|REF| | | |
|09-012B|INCLUDED ITEM 09-012| | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-012C| |REF|RTV-188 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-012D| |REF|SILCOSET 101 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4721 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-012E| |REF|RTV-88 + |SEALING COMPOUND |GENERAL |
| | | |CATALYST 9910 |HIGH TEMPERATURE |ELECTRIC|
| | |C |Z-16.301 |USE |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |GENERAL |
| | | | | |ELECTRIC|
| | | | | |AUSTRA- |
| | | | | |LIA |
| | | | | |FA1S4 |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-012F| |REF|DAPCO 2100 |APPLICATION IN HIGH|1XNT8 |
| | |USA|AMS 3374 | TEMPERATURE AREAS | |
| | | |TYPE 1 ET 3 |ON ENGINE PYLONS | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-05-003 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-012G| |REF|PR-1910 |SEALANT UTILISATION|F0229 |
| | | |+JFP7010 | | |
| | |F |ASNA4180 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 58
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-013 |CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|PR-1436-GA |FOR AREAS SUBJECTED|F0229 |
| | BRUSH CONSISTENCY |C |Z-16.127 |TO EXTENSIVE |K5635 |
| | | | |CORROSION |Z0853 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|09-013A| |REF|EC-1675-GA | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
| | |USA|MIL-S-81733 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|09-013B| |REF|PR-1436GA(NA) | |F0229 |
| | |F |ASNA4165 | |K5635 |
| | | | | |Z0853 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-013C|SEALANT-BRUSH |REF|PR1422A | |F0229 |
| |CONSISTENCY | |(NA) | |K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| |83574 |
| | | |I | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-013D|SEALANT-BRUSH |REF|PR1440A | | |
| |CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| | |
| | | |II CLASS A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-013E|SEALANT-BRUSH |REF|PS890A2 | | |
| |CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL S 8802 | | |
| | | |TYPE II | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-014 |CORROSION INHIBITIVE|REF|PR-1005-CH |CORROSION |F0229 |
| |COATING |GB |AFS 1344 |INHIBITING |K5635 |
| | | | |SYNTHETIC RUBBER |Z0853 |
| | | | |(CHROMATED) |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016 |CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|PR-1436-GB |FILLET SEALANT |K0113 |
| |FILLET CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL-PRF-81733D |ALONG EDGES OF WING|Z0853 |
| | | |TYPE II |SKIN STRINGERS |83574 |
| | | |CLASS B | | |
| | |C |Z-16.113 | | |
| | |GB |ABGN/44/83324 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|09-016A| |REF|EC-1675-G-B |FILLET SEALING | |
| | | |NO LONGER |ALONG EDGES OF WING| |
| | | |AVAILABLE |SKIN STRINGERS | |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733D | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 59
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016B| |REF|PR-1436GB-NA |FILLET SEALANT |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733D |ALONG EDGES OF WING|K0113 |
| | | |TYPE II |SKIN STRINGERS |Z0853 |
| | |F |ASNA4165 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-016C|CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|JFM 1675 GB | |F0229 |
| | FILLET CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 | | |
| | | |CLASS B 1/2 | | |
| | |D |WL-5-5962.1 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-016D|FILLET SEALANT |REF|PR1440B | |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| |K5635 |
| | | | II CLASS B | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|09-016E|FILLET SEALANT |REF|PR1422B-NA | | |
| | |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| | |
| | | |I CLASS B | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-016F|CORROSION INHIBITIVE|REF|P/S 870B | |K5635 |
| | SEALANT |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 | |92108 |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-016G|FILLET SEALANT |REF|PS890 B | |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL S 8802 | |K5635 |
| | | |TYPE II CLASS B| |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-017 |FUEL TANK BRUSH |REF|PR-7422 |INDIVIDUAL NUT |F0229 |
| |CONSISTENCY |GB |DTD-900/6137 |& BOLT SEALING |K5635 |
| | | | | |Z0853 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|09-017B|FUEL TANK SEALANT- |REF|PR1422A (NA) | |F0229 |
| |BRUSH CONSISTENCY |USA|MIL S 8802 TYPE| |K5635 |
| | | |I | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-018 |CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|PR-1403GA-NA OR|SEALING OF JOINTING|F0229 |
| |LOW ADHESION | |PR-1403GA |SURFACE |K5635 |
| |SEALANT |D |DAN 1269-03 | |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267/3 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 60
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-018B|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR-1773-A2 |LOW ADHESION |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |AIB|AIMS 04-05-006 |SEALANT |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-018C|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR1428A | |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |USA|WAS MIL S 8784 | |K5635 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-019 |LOW ADHESION |REF|PR-1403-GB OR |SEALING OF JOINTING|F0229 |
| |CORROSION INHIBITING| |PR-1403-GB(NA) |SURFACES |K5635 |
| |SEALANT |D |80-T-34-9000 | |Z0853 |
| | |D |DAN 1270-03 | |83574 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267/3 | | |
| | |D |DA-2-657-2-EDB | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-019B|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR-1773-B2 |LOW ADHESION |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |AIB|AIMS 04-05-006 |SEALANT NON |Z0853 |
| | |USA|AMS 3267 |CHROMATE |83574 |
| | | | |CORROSION | |
| | | | |INHIBITING | |
| | | | |SEALANT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-019C|LOW ADHESION |REF|PR1428B | |F0229 |
| |POLYSULFIDE SEALANT |USA|MIL-S-8784 | |K5635 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-020 |SINGLE PART |REF|JC11 |PROTECTION OF EDGES|F0229 |
| |CHROMATED JOINTED | |CELLOSEEL QH |& GAPS |K5635 |
| |COMPOUND |GB |DTD-900/4549 | |K6835 |
| | | | | |Z0853 |
| | | | | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-021 |QUICK REPAIR INHIBIT|REF|PR-1435-G |SEALING INTEGRAL | |
| |SEALANT OBSOLETE USE| |NO LONGER |FUEL TANKS | |
| |09-016 | |AVAILABLE | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-023 |FIRE WALL SEALANT |REF|PR-812 |SEALING DUCT TO |F0229 |
| | |USA|MIL-S-38249 |WING SKIN JOINT |K5635 |
| | | |TYPE I | |Z0853 |
| | |C |Z-16.206 | |83574 |
| | |F |ASNA4187 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 61
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-023A| |REF|DAPCO 2100 |APPLICATION IN HIGH|1XNT8 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-008 |TEMPERATURE AREAS | |
| | |USA|AMS 3374 | | |
| | | |TYPE 1 , 3 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-023B| |REF|DAPCO 2200 TYPE| |04622 |
| | | | 1 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 3374 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-024 |LOW ADHESIVE SEALANT|REF|PR-1301 |SEALING ATTACHMENT | |
| |OBSOLETE USE 09-018 |GB |DTD-900/4523 |PLATES | |
| |OR 09-019 | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-025 |CORROSION INHIBITING|REF|PR-1436-G |PROTECTION OF FLOOR|F0229 |
| |SEALANT SPRAYABLE | |SPRAY |STRUCTURE |K5635 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-81733 | |Z0853 |
| | |F |ASNA4156 | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-026 |FLUOROSILICONE |REF|DC-730 + PRIMER| |71984 |
| |SEALANT | |DC-1200 | | |
| | |C |Z-16.403 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
|09-030 |SEAL TAPE |REF|TEROSTAT 81 |VACUUM BAG SEALANT |D2147 |
| | |D |80-T-50-4005 | |F0339 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-032 |PROTECTIVE COATING |REF|PR-1196 |TRIM TANK SEALING |F0229 |
| |FOR FUEL VAPOR |USA|BMS 5-81 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-036 |SILICONE SEALANT |REF|FLOORSIL 87 |N.T.F JOINTING |D0919 |
| |(1 PART) | | |(AIRFLOOR) | |
| | | | |(USED WITH 08-057) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-039 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 09008E |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-043 |POLYSULPHIDE SEALANT|REF|PR-1431 TYPE I,|SEALING OF AERO- |F0229 |
| |FOR INTERFAY | |II |STRUCTURE |K5635 |
| | | |(NO LONGER | |Z0853 |
| | | |AVALAIBLE) | |83574 |
| | |GB |DTD-900/4611 | | |
| | |F |ASNA4171 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 62
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-043A|FUEL TANK SEALANT |REF|MC 238 C12 |TO BE USED WITH |D1940 |
| |POLYSULFIDE |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |ADHESION PROMOTER | |
| | | | |(SEE ITEM 09-028D | |
| | | | |OR 09-028E) | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-043B|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PR 1770 C | |F0229 |
| |FUEL TANK |AIB|AIMS 04-05-002 | |83574 |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-043C|INTERFAY SEALANT |REF|PS892C |INTERFAY |F0229 |
| |FUEL TANK |F |AIMS 04-05-002 |POLYSULFIDE | |
| | |D |DAN1184 |SEALANT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-045 |SEALANT POLYSULPHIDE|REF|PR-1425B OR PR-|WEATHER SEAL |F0229 |
| |FOR WINDSHIELD | |1425B(NA) |REPAIR |K5635 |
| | | |(2PARTS) | |Z0853 |
| | |GB |DTD-900/6021 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |09-045A|WINDSHIELD SEALANT |REF|PR1784B1/2 |SEALANT FOR |F0229 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-05-009 |WINDSHIELD |K5635 |
| | | | |USE PR186 ADHESION |85570 |
| | | | |PROMOTER ON GLASS | |
| | | | |AND ACRYLIC | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-053 |FAST-CURING SEALANT |REF|DAPCO 72,PRIMER|FAST-CURINGSILICONE|1XNT8 |
| |FOR WINDSCREENS | |DAPCO 1200 |SEALANT (BI-COMPONE| |
| | | | |NTS)FOR WINDSCREENS| |
| | | | |+ PRIMER DAPCO 1200| |
| | | | |(MONO-COMPONENT) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-054 |SILICONE SEALANT (1 |REF|FLOORSIL 2 |TOBE USED WITH |D0919 |
| |PART) FOR NTF |D |DA4-653-3 SF |PRIMER 1217 | |
| | | | |(08-057), BUT NOT | |
| | | | |WITH AIRFLOOR | |
| | | | |(METZELER) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-510 |SEALANT,AERODYNAMIC |REF|PR-340 | |F0229 |
| |SMOOTHING |D |DA-2-657-4 | |K0113 |
| | |GB |S26-3003 AND | |K5635 |
| | | |AFS 1344 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 63
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-510A|SEALANT |REF|PR-1770 | |K5635 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|09-518 |POLYSULPHIDE POLYMER|REF|PR-1403-G-B1/2 | |F0229 |
| |AND DICHROMATE | |OR | |K5635 |
| |CURING | |PR-1403-G-B2 | |Z0853 |
| | |D |DA-2-657-2-EDB | |83574 |
| | |D |DAN 1270-03 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 3267/3 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 64
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
K. ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-001 |DE-ICING FLUID |REF|AMS 1424 |DE-ICING (SHORT |LOCAL |
| |AEA/ISO TYPE I | |OPEN |HOLDOVER TIME) |PURCHASE|
| |ISO 11075 |USA|AMS 1424 | |HALSAN |
| | |ISO|ISO 11075 | |PAINT |
| | | | | |TAIWAN |
| | | | | |F1858 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
| | | | | |20638 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-003 |ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID |REF|AMS 1428 |AIRCRAFT ANTI |LOCAL |
| |AEA/ISO TYPE II | |OPEN |DE-ICING FLUID |PURCHASE|
| |ISO 11078 |USA|AMS 1428 |(LONGER HOLDOVER |D2200 |
| | |ISO|ISO 11078 |TIME) |F2756 |
| | | | | |K0522 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-004 |ANTI ICE/DE ICING |REF|AMS 1428 OPEN | |F2991 |
| |FLUID TYPE IV |USA|AMS 1428 | |F6892 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|10-005 |ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID |REF|SAE AMS1428 |DE ICING/ANTI ICING|LOCAL |
| |SAE TYPE III | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|SAE AMS1428 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 65
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
L. CLEANING AGENTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|TEEPOL 610 |STAIN REMOVER |F1858 |
| | |USA|MIL-D-16791 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|11-001A|EXT.AIRCRAFT CLEANER|REF|TURCO AIR TEC | |D8908 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE | |23 | |F3172 |
| |CLEANING |USA|MIL-C-87936 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |USA|AMS 1526 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001B|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001K |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001C|CLEANING AGENT FOR |REF|SYNCLAIR |STAIN REMOVER |F6892 |
| |AICRAFT SURFACE |USA|AMS 1526 | | |
| |AND PARTS | |OR AMS 1527 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001G|HEAVY DUTY CLEANER |REF|NETAL A202 |A/C EXTERIOR |PSA |
| |AIRCRAFT EXTERIOR |USA|AMS 1526 |CLEANER |33137 |
| |AND PARTS | | | |USA |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001H|DETERGENT, |REF|NETAL SL-8 |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |F2756 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE AND | | |CLEANING AGENT | |
| |A/C EXT. | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001I|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001G |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001J|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001G |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001K|EXT.CLEANING |REF|ARDROX 6412 |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |BRENT |
| |CONCENTRATE |USA|AMS 1526 |CLEANING AGENT |60044 |
| | | | |(LOW FOAM) |ILLINOIS|
| | | | | |C1308 |
R | | | | | |F1705 |
| | | | | |17209 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001L|DETERGENTS, |REF|ARDROX LEEDER |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |C1308 |
R | |GENERAL PURPOSE | |140-B |CLEANING AGENT |F1705 |
| | |USA|AMS 1526 | |17209 |
R |OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 66
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |11-001M|DETERGENTS, |REF|ARDROX 6412 |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |BRENT |
R | |GENERAL PURPOSE |USA|AMS 1526 |CLEANING AGENT |60044 |
R | | | | |(FOAM) |ILLINOIS|
R | | | | | |C1308 |
R | | | | | |F1705 |
R | | | | | |17209 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001N|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11001G |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001P|DETERGENT, |REF|MAGNUS 149X |EXTERIOR AIRCRAFT |H3259 |
| |GENERAL PURPOSE | |AERO |CLEANING AGENT |K0618 |
| | |USA|AMS 1526 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-001Q|CLEANER,EXTERIOR |REF|AMS 1526, 1527 | |LOCAL |
| |AIRCRAFT-GENERAL | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| |PURPOSE |USA|AMS 1526,1527 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-002 |DRY CLEANING SOLVENT|REF|MIL PRF 680 |CLEANING OF |LOCAL |
| |(VARSOL/WHITE | |OPEN |MECHANICAL PARTS |PURCHASE|
| |SPIRIT) |USA|MIL-PRF-680 | | |
| | |GB |BS 245:76 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |C |Z-23.138 | | |
| | |C |Z-23.139 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-002C|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11002 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-002D|OBSOLETE TO BE REPLACED BY ITEM N...... 11002 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-003 |METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE |REF|MEK |FOR GENERAL |LOCAL |
| | |USA|ASTM D 740 |APPLICATION YOU CAN|PURCHASE|
| | |C |Z-23.117 |USE 11-016 OR |F0107 |
| | | | |11-026 OR 11-027 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 67
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-004 |1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE|REF|GENKLENE |OZONE DEPLETING |LOCAL |
| |(METHYL CHLOROFORM) |USA|MIL-T-81533 |SUBSTANCE FOR |PURCHASE|
| | | | |GENERAL APPLICATION| |
| | | | |USE PREFERABLY | |
| | | | |11-016 OR 11-026 OR| |
| | | | |11-027 | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|11-004A| |REF|BALTANE | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|11-004B| |REF|CHLOROTHENE NU | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-005 |TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO |REF|FREON T-F |OZONE DEPLETING |LOCAL |
| |ETHANE | | |SUBSTANCE FOR |PURCHASE|
| | | | |GENERAL APPLICATION|32861 |
| | | | |USE PREFERABLY | |
| | | | |11-016 OR 11-026 OR| |
| | | | |11-027 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|11-005A|TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO- |REF|FLUGENE 113 | |F7860 |
| |ETHANE | |FORANE 113 | |K6413 |
| | | | | |1511B |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-006 |METHYL ALCOHOL |REF|OM-232-GR-A |SOLVENT |LOCAL |
| | |USA|OM-232-GR-A | | |
| | | |AMS-3004 | | |
| | |C |Z-23.123 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-006A|DENATURED |REF|AMS 3002 OPEN | |F2991 |
| |ETHYL ALCOHOL |USA|AMS 3002 | | |
| | |C |Z-23.112 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-007 |CLEANING, OXYGEN |REF|SAN 10-1 |CLEANING AGENT FOR |F0553 |
| |MASKS | | |CREW OXYGEN MASKS |F5341 |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|11-007A| |REF|SAN 10-2 | | |
| | | |(OBSOLETE) | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-007B|OXYGEN MASKS |REF|SAN 50 | |F0553 |
| |DISINFECTANT/ | | | |F5341 |
| |CLEANER | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 68
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-007C|OXYGEN MASKS |REF|KI-OSE NO 320 |DISINFECTING OXYGEN|PSA |
| |DISINFECTANT, | | | MASKS |77983 |
| |TOWELETTE | | | |FRANCE |
| | | | | |PSA |
| | | | | |33137 |
| | | | | |USA |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-008 | |REF|12001 (OBSOLETE|PRIMER CLEANING | |
| |(USE 11-008A) | |) | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|11-008A|SOLVENT,WHITE SPIRIT|REF|8500/5200 | |D8357 |
| |WITH ALCOHOL | | | |F2613 |
| | | | | |09XN1 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-009 |CLEANING FOR MICROBI|REF|NEODOL 91-6E OR|WASHING INSIDE |K5591 |
| |OLOGICAL DEBRIS | |NEODOL 91-6 |OF TANKS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-010 |ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL |REF|AIR-3660 |GENERAL USE |LOCAL |
| | | |OPEN |CLEANING |PURCHASE|
| | |F |AIR-3660 | |F1858 |
| | |USA|TT-I-735 | |F3528 |
| | | |GRADE A | |20638 |
| | |C |Z-23.113 | | |
| | |GB |BS 1595:84 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-012 |SOLVENT |REF|NAPHTHA | |LOCAL |
| | | |AND HEXANE | |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-013 |COMPRESSOR CLEANING |REF|GTL COMPRESSOR |COMPRESSOR CLEANING|0UTM6 |
| | | |CLEAN (GTE CC) | |75680 |
| | |USA|MIL-PRF-85704 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-013A|AQUEOUS CLEANING |REF|TC-100 |CLEANING OF APU |DB017 |
| |COMPOUND |USA|MIL-PRF-85704 |COMPRESSOR & APU |0UTM6 |
| | | |TYPE II |OIL COOLER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-015 |RAIN REPELLENT |REF|ALTUGLAS POLISH|CLEANING OF RAIN |F2615 |
| | CLEANING | |N⁰1 |REPELLENT | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 69
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-016 |CLEANING SOLVENT |REF|CITRA SAFE |SOLVENT CLEANING |Z5104 |
| | | |VERSION WITHOUT|AGENT |0K209 |
| | | |ODOR | | |
| | |USA|BOEING BAC 5000| | |
| | | |BAC 5504 | | |
| | | |BAC 5750 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-017 |INTERIOR GENERAL |REF|AMS 1550 OPEN |INTERIOR GENERAL |LOCAL |
| |PLASTIC CLEANER |USA|AMS 1550 |PLASTIC CLEANER |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |D8908 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
| | | | | |59003 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-018 |CARPET AND FABRIC |REF|AMS 1630 OPEN |CARPET AND FABRIC |LOCAL |
| |CLEANER |USA|AMS 1630 |CLEANER |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |D8908 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
| | | | | |59003 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-019 |CABIN WINDOW |REF|AMS 1535 OPEN |CABIN WINDOW |LOCAL |
| |CLEANER |USA|AMS 1535 |CLEANER |PURCHASE|
| | | | | |D8908 |
| | | | | |F2756 |
| | | | | |59003 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-020 |VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT |REF|ALGLAS VISIAL |ANTI-STATIC CLEANER|U9012 |
| |ANTI-STATIC CLEANER | | |FOR V.D.U IN THE | |
| | | | |COCKPIT | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-020A| |REF|PROPHOT |ANTI-STATIC CLEANER|BOLLORE |
| | | | | FOR V.D.U IN THE |66004 |
| | | | |COCKPIT |FRANCE |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-021 |ADHESIVE REMOVER |REF|KR1 |ADHESIVE REMOVAL |F8116 |
| |CARBON STRUCTURE | | |ON FLOOR CARBON | |
| | | | |STRUCTURE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-022 |CLEANING |REF|XYLENE FLUID |CLEANING OF FIRE |LOCAL |
| | |USA|ASTM-D95-46B |AND OVERHEAT |PURCHASE|
| | | | |DETECTION SENSING | |
| | | | |ELEMENT(RECOMMENDED| |
| | | | |FOR THIS USE BY | |
| | | | |FENWALL CMMV) | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 70
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-023 |HYDRO-CARBON-BASED |REF|BOLIT 707 |CLEANING OF THE |FA8N4 |
| |CLEANING AGENT | | |INSIDE OF THE PANE | |
| | | | |OF WINDSHIELDS | |
| | | | |FITTED WITH A | |
| | | | |SELF-HEALING LINER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-024 |CLEANING AGENT, |REF|TURCO 4215 NC -|CLEANING & DEGREA- |D8908 |
| |ALKALINE-WATERBASED.| |LT |SING AGENT-IMMERSE |61102 |
| | | | |PROCEDURE AT | |
| | | | |60-80 DEG C-ALKAL. | |
| | | | |CLEANING BEFORE | |
| | | | |CADMIUN PLATING | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-024A|CLEANING AGENT, |REF|BRULIN FORMULA |ALKALINE,CLEANING |N.D.L |
| |ALKALINE WATER BASED| |815 GD | |94058 |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-025 |INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 11013A |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026 |SOLVENT GENERAL |REF|LOTOXANE |GENERAL SOLVANT |U0698 |
| |PURPOSE |GB |ABR 9-0140 |CLEANING | |
| | |GB |DEF-STAN | | |
| | | |68-148/1 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026A| |REF|CARECLEAN AS1 |CLEANING OLD |F3591 |
| | | |OR TECHNICLEAN |GREASES AND DUST ON| |
| | | |AS58 |ENGINES MOUNTS, | |
| | |F |ASN42202 |BOLTS BEFORE USE | |
| | | | |NEVER-SEEZ STANDARD| |
| | | | |GREASE. | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026B| |REF|ISOPAR H |GENERAL CLEANER |29700 |
| | |F |ASN42202 |EXCEPT NON CURED | |
| | |F |AIMS 09-03-001 |SEALANT | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026C| |REF|LPS PRESOLVE | |F6952 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-026D|GENERAL CLEANING |REF|DILUENT |CLEANING OF PAINTED|C5543 |
| |AGENT - MULTI | |DIESTONE DLS |& UNPAINTED |F6892 |
| |PURPOSE |F |AIMS 09-03-001 |METALLIC PARTS, |KA739 |
| | |F |ASN 42202 |THERMOSET PARTS, |02ERO |
| | | | |THERMOPLASTIC PARTS|09XN1 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 71
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-028 |ACIDIC TOILET SYSTEM|REF|HONEY BEE 60 | |U5702 |
| |CLEANER | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-029 |CLEANING SOLVENT FOR|REF|FORALKYL 2050 | |DUPONT |
| | DEVICE USING A RAIN| | | |NEMOURS |
| |REPELLENT | | | |BELGIUM |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-031 |LIQUID SOAP |REF|LIQUID SOAP |LIQUID SOAP FOR |LOCAL |
| | | |(VISCOSITY < 30|LAVATORY SOAP |PURCHASE|
| | | |MPA/S) |DISPENSER | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-031A| |REF|83-182 |LIQUID SOAP |C5404 |
| | | | |DISPENSER | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|11-032 |WAX REMOVER |REF|ARDROX AV980 |USED TO REMOVE TPS |C1308 |
R | | | | |PRODUCTS |F1705 |
| | | | | |17209 |
| | | | | |59003 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|11-032A| |REF|SOCOSOLV A3582 | |F6892 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 72
Jul 01/08

MSR
M. STRIPPERS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005 |NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|COMORCAP B1/1 |STRIPPING OF |FA2X6 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-25134 |EXTERNAL PAINT |F6892 |
| | | | |SCHEME SEE 12-010 |02ERO |
| | | | |FOR BETTER | |
| | | | |EFFICIENCY | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005B|CHLORINATED,NON |REF|COMORCAP B7 NC | STRIPPING OF EXTER|FA2X6 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS |USA|MIL-R-25134 |NAL PAINT SCHEME |F6892 |
| | | | |SEE 12-010 FOR |02ERO |
| | | | |BETTER EFFICIENCY | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005C|NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|SPCA 7098A | |F2756 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005D|CHLORINATED,NON |REF|SIKKENS 82522 |STRIPPING OF EXTERN|F0351 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS |USA|MIL-R-25134 |AL PAINT SCHEME SEE| |
| | | | |12-010 FOR BETTER | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|12-005E|CHLORINATED,NON |REF|TURCO 5873NC | |H1540 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS |USA|MIL-R-25134 | |Q0706 |
| | |C |Z-12.704 | |1N6B3 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|12-005F|CLHORINATED, NON |REF|COMORCAP B2 | |FA2X6 |
| |PHENOLIC STRIPPERS | | | |F6892 |
| | | | | |02ERO |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005G|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 12010A |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|12-005H|STRIPPER |REF|PAINTEX 2000 | |F2756 |
| |(PHENOLIC) |USA|MIL-R-25134 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005I|STRIPPER (PHENOLIC) |REF|TURCO 5351 |STRIPPING OF EXTERN|H1540 |
| | |USA|MIL-R-25134 |AL PAINT SCHEME SEE|Q0706 |
| | |C |Z-12.708 |12-010 FOR BETTER |1N6B3 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 73
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005J|OBSOLETE |REF|SCALPEX G5 | |F3163 |
| |(SEE ATTACHMENT) | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|12-005K|NO LONGER AVAILABLE |REF|ARDROX 2104 | |D1940 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|12-005L|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 12010B |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 74
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
N. PRETREATMENT FOR PAINTING
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|13-002 |CHEMICAL CONVERSION |REF|ALODINE 1200 |PROTECTIVE |F6324 |
| |COATING YELLOW | |OR ALOCROM 1200|PRETREATMENT FOR |1607B |
| |ALUMINUM |USA|MIL-C-5541 |LIGHT ALLOYS |71410 |
| | | |MIL-C-81706 | | |
| | | |CLASS I/A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|13-002A|CHEMICAL CONVERSION |REF|ALODINE 1200S | | |
| |COATING | |S | | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-5541 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-81706 | | |
| | | |CLASS 1A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|13-002B|CHEMICAL CONVERSION |REF|ALODINE 1200 2K|MIX TO OBTAIN 10L | |
| |COATING ONLY FOR | |(ALODINE 1200A |OF SOLUTION:WATER, | |
| |BRUSH | |PLUS |0.27KG ALODINE | |
| | | |ALODINE 1200 B)|1200 A,017KG | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-5541 | | |
| | | |CLASS I/A OR | | |
| | | |MIL-C-81706 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 75
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
P. DISINFECTANTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-001 |DEODORANT AIRCRAFT |REF|AMS 1475 OPEN |DISINFECTANT | |
| |TOILET(SUPERSEDED BY|USA|AMS 1475 |& DEODORANT | |
| |14001A) | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|14-001A|DEODORANT AIRCRAFT |REF|AMS 1476 OPEN | |LOCAL |
R | | | | | | |
R | |TOILET NON FORMALDE-|USA|AMS 1476 | |PURCHASE|
R | |HYDE BASE | | | |FA2X6 |
R | | | | | |F3172 |
R | | | | | |K6858 |
R | | | | | |02984 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-002 |ASEPTIC SPRAY |REF|ASEPTIC SPRAY |FOR SMOKE MASKS, |LOCAL |
| |DEODORIZER | |OPEN |FIRST AID MASKS |PURCHASE|
| | | | |CREW OXYGEN MASKS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003E|DISINFECTANT |REF|CALCIUM- |DISINFECTANT FOR |LOCAL |
| |(POTABLE WATER | |HYPOCHLORITE |THE POTABLE WATER |PURCHASE|
| |SYSTEM) | | |SYSTEM |ROBERT |
| | | | | |TILGE |
| | | | | |HAMBURG |
| | | | | |GERMANY |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|14-003F| |REF|SODIUM | | |
| | | |OPEN | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003H|DISINFECTANT |REF|HERLISIL | |APCAN |
| | | |50% H202 | |10655 |
| | | | | |CALGARY |
| | | | | |ABT2W4Y |
| | | | | |THAI |
| | | | | |10330 |
| | | | | |BANGKOK |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003J|DISINFECTANT |REF|H BIO T50 |DISINFECTANT OF |FAM09 |
| |HYDROGEN PEROXIDE | | |POTABLE WATER | |
| | | | |SYSTEM | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-003L|DISINFECTANT FOR |REF|SANOSIL |DISINFECTION OF |SANOSIL |
| |POTABLE WATER |D |DIN EN 902 |POTABLE WATER |MUMBAY |
| |SYSTEM | | |SYSTEM |INDIA |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 76
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-004 |INSECTICIDE |REF|BLATTANEX 6741 |DISINFECTION OF |D2203 |
| | | |OR BAYGON |FLIGHT PASSENGER |F5546 |
| | | | |& CARGO COMPARTMENT| |
| | | | |(PEST CONTROL) | |
|OR | |---|---------------| | |
|14-004A| |REF|BLATTANEX 6764 | | |
| | | |SPRAY OR BAYGON| | |
| | | |SPRAY | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-004C|INFORMATION TRANSFERED TO ITEM N....... 14010B |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-004D|INSECTICIDE |REF|KILBLAT N0 250 |LONG TERM RESIDUAL |FA2X6 |
| |COCKROACHES KILLER | | |EFFECT ON COCKROACH| |
| | | | |ES AFTER USE | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|14-004E|INSECTICIDE CABIN |REF|PERMETHRIN EC10|FOR LONG TERM ANTI-| |
| |AND CARGO,LONG TERM | | |INSECT TREATMENT | |
| |TREATMENT | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-006 |DISINFECTANT (SPRAY)|REF|SAGROMED 2007 |DISINFECTION OF |D2215 |
| | | |SPRAY |PASSENGERS SEATS |F3458 |
| | | |(NO LONGER |COMPARTMENT | |
| | | |AVAILABLE) | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|14-006A|DISINFECTANT |REF|QUARTASEPT |DISINFECTANT | |
| |(LIQUID) | | |AIRCRAFT AGAINST | |
| | | | |FUNGUS & BACTERIA | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-006B|DISINFECTANT LIQUID |REF|AMS 1452 |DISINFECTANT |LOCAL |
| |AIRCRAFT GENERAL | |OPEN |AIRCRAFT GENERAL |PURCHASE|
| |PURPOSE |USA|AMS 1452 |PURPOSE | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-008 |CLEANER WITH |REF|LYSOL PLUS |CLEANING AGENT |D2215 |
| |DISINFECTANT EFFI- | |(NO LONGER |WITH DISINFECTANT | |
| |CIENTY | |AVALAIBLE) |EFFICIENCY | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-008A|CLEANING AGENT AND |REF|PURE CLEANER | |ZEP |
| |DISINFECTANT | |DISINFECTANT | |AVIATION|
| | |USA|AMS 1550 | |USA |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 77
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-008B|CLEANING AGENT AND |REF|RTU CLEANER | | |
| |DISINFECTANT |USA| AMS 1550 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-009 |C02 GAS |REF|C02 GAS |TO BE USED TO |LOCAL |
| | | | |FUMIGATE A/C I.E TO|PURCHASE|
| | | | |KILL RODENTS OR | |
| | | | |REPTILES AS | |
| | | | |NECESSARY | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-010 |INSECTICIDE A/C |REF|D-PHENOTHRIN |FOR KILLING INSECTS|FA2X6 |
| |CABIN (IN FLIGHT) | | |IN A/C CABIN IN | |
| | | | |FLIGHT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|14-010A|INSECTICIDE,A/C |REF|PERMETHRIN ,216|KILLING OFF INSECTS| |
| |CABIN (IN FLIGHT) | |,217,236 | IN A/C CABIN IN | |
| | | | |FLIGHT | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-010B|INSECTICIDE,AIRCRAFT|REF|AMS 1450 OPEN | |LOCAL |
| | |USA|AMS 1450 | |PURCHASE|
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|14-501 |DISINFECTANT |REF|LYSOL LIQUID | |LOCAL |
| | | |OR LYSOL SPRAY | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 78
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
Q. STORAGE PRESERVATION
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-002 |BARRIER MATERIAL |REF|THERMOWELDABLE |THERMOWELDABLE |F1375 |
| |WATER VAPOR PROOF | |C-303 |FABRIC | |
| | |USA|MIL-B-131 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | |C |Z-11.409 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-004 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|WADIS 24 |WATER DISPLACING |F6892 |
| |COMPOUND |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|COMPOUND |0836B |
| | | |GRADE 1 | | |
| | |USA|MIL-C-16173 | | |
| | | |GRADE 3 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 3066 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-004A| |REF|ARDROX 3966 | |C1308 |
R | | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I| |F1705 |
| | | |GRADE 1 | |17209 |
| | |C |Z-11.121 | |59003 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-004B| |REF|PROTEX PE 641 | |F2756 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I| | |
| | | |GRADE 1 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-005 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|SOCOPAC 25S |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F6892 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|TIVE COMPOUND | |
| |COMPOUND | |GRADE 2 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.121 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-005A| |REF|LPS 3 | |32861 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I| | |
| | | |GRADE 2 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.102 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |15-005B| |REF|ARDROX 3210 |USED DURING STORAGE|F1705 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|OF METALLIC MATE- |K6858 |
| | | |GRADE 2 |RIALS & FOR SPECI- |59003 |
| | | | |FIC APPLICATIONS | |
| | | | |FORIN-SERVICE | |
| | | | |APPLICATIONS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 79
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-006 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV 8 |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |C7223 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|TIVE COMPOUND |S5611 |
| |COMPOUND | |GRADE 3 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.102 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-006A| |REF|SOCOPAC 25 H |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F6892 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|TIVE COMPOUNDS | |
| | | |GRADE 3 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-006B| |REF|PROTEX PE 645 |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F2756 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|TIVE COMPOUND | |
| | | |GRADE 3 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |15-006C| |REF|ARDROX 3402 |USED DURING STORAGE|F1705 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 TYPE I|OF METALLIC MATE- |K6858 |
| | | |GRADE 3 |RIALS & FOR SPECI- |59003 |
| | | | |FIC APPLICATIONS | |
| | | | |FOR IN-SERVICE | |
| | | | |APPLICATIONS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-007 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|SOCOPAC 50S |TEMPORARY PROTEC- |F6892 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 |TIVE COMPOUND | |
| |COMPOUND | |TYPE II GRADE 1| | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-007A| |REF|ARDROX 3209 | |C1308 |
R | | |AIB|TN 10138 | |F1705 |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 1| |17209 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-007C| |REF|PROTEX PE 647 | |F2756 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 | | |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 1| | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV 30 |TEMPORARY |C7223 |
| |TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE|AIB|TN 10138 |PROTECTIVE COMPOUND|S5611 |
| |COMPOUND | |TYPE II GRADE 2| | |
| | |C |Z-11.103 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------| |
|15-008A| |REF|ARDROX AV100D |TEMPORARY PROTEC- | |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 |TIVE COMPOUND | |
| | |C |Z-11.101 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 80
Jul 01/08

MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-008B| |REF|SOCOPAC 50H | |F6892 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-008C| |REF|ARDROX 3313 | |C1308 |
R | | |AIB|TN 10138 | |F1705 |
| | | |TYPE II GRADE 2| |K6858 |
| | |C |Z-11.101 | |17209 |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-008D| |REF|LPS B1007 | |32861 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 | | |
| | |C |Z-11.101 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|15-008E| |REF|PROTEX PE 649 | |F2756 |
| | |AIB|TN 10138 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R |15-008F|COMPOUND CORROSION |REF|ARDROX 3403 |AS PER CML |F1705 |
| |PREVENTITIVE |AIB|TNA 007-10138 | |59003 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-009 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|SOCOPAC 65H | |F6892 |
| |TEMPORY PROTECTIVE |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | | |
| |COMPOUND | |TYPE III | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|15-009A|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV15 | |C7223 |
| | COMPOUND TYPE III |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | |S5611 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| | |
|15-009B|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|ARDROX AV30 | | |
| | COMPOUND TYPE III |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | | |
| | | | | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|15-009C|CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|CORBAN 35 | |1KQX9 |
| | COMPOUND TYPE III |F |AIMS 09-08-003 | | |
| | | | | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|15-010 |CORROSION PREVENTIVE|REF|COSMOLINE 1060 | |HOUGHTEN|
| |FILLER COMPOUND |USA|MIL-C-11796-C | |USA |
| | | |CLASS 1A | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 81
Jul 01/08

MSR
R. STRUCTURE PAINTS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001 |ANTI-CORROSION |REF|N-53631/5/062 |POLYURETHANE PRIMER|D8357 |
| |PRIMER (POLYURETHANE| |+HARD-N39/1327 |(ZINC CHROMATE) | |
| |) | |+THIN-N39/3460 |NOTE:EXCEPT FOR | |
| | | |NO LONGER |FUEL TANKS,SEE | |
| | | |AVAILABLE |16-006 | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001A|POLYURETHANE PRIMER |REF|FL4300 | |D6309 |
| | | |+HARD-FL-4206 | | |
| | | |+THIN-FL-4207 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-001B|POLYURETHANE PRIMER |REF|AERODUR PRIMER | |FA4T1 |
| | | |S-15/90+HARD | |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R | |H0951 |
| | | |+ THIN C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | |C |Z-12.105 | |98502 |
| | |AI |TNA 007-10050 | | |
| | | |002 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-001C|POLYURETHANE PRIMER |REF|PAC-33 | |F1419 |
| | | |(4355/3600) | |K5635 |
| | | |+HARD-0701/9000| |83574 |
| | | |+THIN-0433/9000| | |
| | |C |Z-12.105 | | |
| | |AI |TN 007 10050 | | |
| | | |002 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-001D| |REF|PAC 33 NV |ANTI CORROSION |K5635 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-001-|PRIMER |Z0853 |
| | | |001 | |83574 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002 |POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT|REF|F407-0729 |POLYURETHANE |F3199 |
| |GREY (FOR INTERNAL | |+HARD F210-0731|TOPCOAT FOR |K2054 |
| |APPLIC.) | |+THIN F851-808 |INTERNAL |90608 |
| | | |NO LONGER |APPLICATION | |
| | | |AVAILABLE |ABRASION RESISTANT | |
| | |GB |BAEP 3536 |BRUSH APPLICATION | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002A|POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT|REF|7D1586-2080 | |F0351 |
| |,GREY (FOR INTERNAL | |+HARD 7D1586 | |H0951 |
| |APPLIC.) | |+THIN 3108 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 82
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002B|POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT|REF|FL4307 OR | |D6309 |
| |,GREY (FOR INTERNAL | |FL7420:OPTIONAL| | |
| |APPLIC.) | |+HARD FL4206 | | |
| | | |+THIN FL4207 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-002C|INTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|C21/100 |INTERNAL TOP COAT |FA4T1 |
| | | |+HARDENER | |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R | |H0951 |
| | | |+THINNER | |Z0123 |
| | | |C25/90S | |98502 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-003 | | |
| | |AIB|TNA 007-10050 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-003 |COATING (OBSOLETE |REF|NYCOTE 7-11 |POLYAMIDE LACQUER |05803 |
| |USE 16-021) |D |DA-2-668-19 |ON SEAL BEADS | |
| | |GB |TH-5943/1 | | |
| | |F |ASNB70720 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-006 |ANTI-CORROSION |REF|F-580-2010 |PRIMER EPOXY |F3199 |
| |PRIMER (EPOXY-IMPRVD| |+HARD-273/5076 |STRONTIUM CHROMATE |K2054 |
| |ADHESION) | |+THIN-850/805 | |90608 |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-006B|ANTI-CORROSION PRIME|REF|F-580-2080 | |K5635 |
| |R (EPOXY-IMPROVED | |+HARD-F275-160 | |Z0853 |
| |ADHESION) | |(PR215) | |83574 |
| | |C |Z-12.113 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-001-| | |
| | | |004 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-006C|IMPROVED ADHESION |REF|PR-143/C4334+ | |COUR- |
| |EPOXIDE PRIMER | |ACT.143/C4334+ | |TAULDS |
| | | |THIN.T17 OR | |AUSTRA- |
| | | |T187 | |LIA |
| | | | | |PRC |
| | | | | |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 83
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-006D|LOW VOC ANTI |REF|AERODUR HS37092|PRIMER | |
| |CORROSION PRIMER | |+HARDENER 92217| | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-001 | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-04-004 | | |
| | |UK |ABP 4-1123 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-006E|LOW VOC |REF|PR205 | |F0229 |
| |ANTICORROSION PRIMER| |BASE/HARDENER | |K5635 |
| | |GB |ABP4-1123 | |83574 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-006F|LOW VOC |REF|37035A BASE | |FA4T1 |
| |ANTI-CORROSION | |HARDENER 92140 | |F0351 |
| |PRIMER | |THINNER 98064 | |H0951 |
| | | |OR C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | |AIB|AIMS04-04-001 | |98502 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-007 |COATING ELASTOMERIC,|REF|NEXTEL 3101-B- | |F0347 |
| |ULTRA LOW GLOSS | |2,6018-8061 | |26066 |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-007A|EXTERNAL TEMPORARY |REF|FINITION NC-4+ | |FA4T1 |
| |TOP COAT | |THIN CL11-1591 | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-007B|DECORATIVE TEMPORARY|REF|4080 SEMI GLOSS|TEMPORARY EXTERNAL |PRC |
| |PAINT |F |PQ10050-180 |PAINT |DESOTO |
| | | | | |SINGA- |
| | | | | |PORE |
| | | | | |K5635 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-016 |EXTERNAL DECORATION |REF|AERODUR FINISH |EXTERNAL PAINT |FA4T1 |
| |PAINT | |C21/100+HARD |MARKINGS (COLOR AS |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R+THIN |REQUIRED) |H0951 |
| | | |C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | |C |Z-12.383 | |98502 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-016A|PAINT (COLOR AS |REF|9050 | |F2613 |
| |REQUIRED) | |+HARD-9051 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 84
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-016B|PAINT (COLOR AS |REF|PU-66 5441/XXXX| |K5635 |
| |REQUIRED) | |+HARD-0730/9000| |Z0853 |
| | | |+THIN-0491/9000| |83574 |
| | |GB |DTD-5580 | | |
| | |C |Z-12.380 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018 |EXTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|N 53624 |EXTERNAL |D8357 |
| |(POLYURETHANE) | |+HARD-N39/1327 |APPLICATIONS | |
| | | |+THIN-N39/3259 | | |
| | | |OR N39/3460 | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-018A|POLYURETHANE FINISH |REF|HF-407 | |F0351 |
| |PAINT (FOR EXTERNAL | |+HARD-S-66/8RE | |H0951 |
| |APPLIC.) | |+THIN C-25/90S | | |
| | | |NO LONGER | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|
|16-018B|POLYURETHANE FINISH |REF|9123 | |F2613 |
| |PAINT (FOR EXTERNAL | |+HARD-007867 | | |
| |APPLIC.) | |+THIN-9124 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018C|POLYURETHANE FINISH |REF|PU-66 5440/XXXX| |K5635 |
| |PAINT (FOR EXTERNAL | |OR PU-66 5447/X| |Z0853 |
| |APPLIC.) | |XXX+HARD-0730/ | |83574 |
| | | |9000+THIN-0491/| | |
| | | |9000 | | |
| | |C |Z-12.380 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018D|EXTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|HF-77264 |EXTERNAL TOP COAT |FA4T1 |
| | |AI |NT-A.007.10113 | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018E|LOW VOC EXTERIOR |REF|DESOTHANE HS CA| |K5635 |
| | | |8000 BASE / | |83574 |
| |TOPCOAT | |HARDENER | | |
| | | |CA 8000B / ACCE| | |
| | | |LERATOR C OR C1| | |
| | | | OR C2 OR C3 | | |
| | |F |AIMS 04-04-013 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------| |--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 85
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-018F|EXTERNAL TOP COAT |REF|C21/100 UVR | |FA4T1 |
| | | |HARDENER | |F0351 |
| | | |S66/22R | |H0951 |
| | | |THINNE C25/90S | |Z0123 |
| | | |OR 96184 | |98502 |
| | |F |TN A00710113 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-020 |WASH PRIMER |REF|P-99 |INTERNAL & EXTERNAL|K5635 |
| | | |(7641/3600) |APPLICATIONS |Z0853 |
| | | |+HARD-0841/9000| |83574 |
| | | |+THIN-0434/9000| | |
| | |C |Z-12.120 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-020A| |REF|METAFLEX FCR | |FA4T1 |
| | |AI |NT-A.007.10113 | |F0351 |
| | | | | |H0951 |
| | | | | |Z0123 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-021 |FLEXIBLE |REF|TITANINE |POLYURETHANE FINISH|K5635 |
| |POLYURETHANE | |FE 50/6 HV |PAINT RADIO | |
| | | |+HARD. NO. 34 |ALTIMETER ANTENNA | |
| | | |+THIN. TH-188 |INSTALLATION | |
| | | |OR T127 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-5580 | | |
| | | |SL-1020 | | |
| | |F |ASNB70720 | | |
| | |C |Z-12.524 | | |
|OR | |---|---------------| |--------|
|16-021A| |REF|4125/2047 + | |F1419 |
| | | |HARDENER 0613/ | | |
| | | |9000 | | |
| | | |+ THINNER 0580/| | |
| | | |9000 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-021B|POLYURETHANE GLOSS |REF|CV116 AND | |K5635 |
| |FINISH (CLEAR | |ACTIVATOR ACT | | |
| |BASECOAT) | |34 | | |
| | |GB |ABP 4-2128 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 86
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-042 |POLYURETHANE |REF|F427-2900 SERIE|FOR TREATMENT OF |K2054 |
| |EXTERIOR TOP COAT | |+HARD F210-731 |EXTERNAL SPOILER | |
| | | |+THIN 851-808 |SURFACES | |
| | | |NO LONGER |ABRASION RESISTANT | |
| | | |AVAILABLE,USE |BRUSH APPLICATION | |
| | | |ITEM 16-018 | | |
| | |GB |BAEP 3536 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-042A|TRANSPARENT BLUE, |REF|CV 121; | |K5635 |
| |POLYURETHANE COATING| |ACTIVATOR ACT34| | |
| | | |;THINNER T74 | | |
| | |GB |ABP4-2124 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-046 |PRIMER |REF|ALEXIT FST |PRIMER FOR |MANKIE- |
| | | |FILLER 414-12, |FURNISHING PART |WICZ |
| | | |HARDENER 402, | |92310 |
| | | |THINNER 62 | |SEVRES |
| | |D |DAN 1278 | |D2603 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-046A|PORE FILLER | |343-55+HARDENER|WATER BASED PRODUCT|MANKIE- |
| | | |ALEXIT HARTER |FOR INTERIOR PAINT |WICZ |
| | | |345-15 |SYSTEM |USA |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-001 | |D2603 |
| | |F |ABS5650A | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-046B|PORE FILLER FOR |REF|FR 1/55, |TO BE USED WITH |FA3F2 |
| |FURNISHING AND | |(BASE+HARDENER)|FR 2/55 TOP COAT | |
| |EQUIPMENT |AIB|AIMS 04-08-001 |(WATER BASED | |
| | | | |PRODUCT) | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|16-046C|PORE FILLER FOR |REF|FRS 30 (BASE+ |TO BE USED WITH FRS| |
| |FURNISHING AND | |HARDENER+ |40 TOP COAT | |
| |EQUIPMENT | |THINNER FRSL) | | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-001 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-047 |DECORATIVE PAINT |REF|ALEXIT FST |DECORATIVE PAINT |MANKIE- |
| |(INTERNAL APPLIC.) | |404-12 |FOR THERMOPLASTIC |WICZ |
| | |D |DAN 1200 |AND METALLIC |92310 |
| | |F |ASNA3687 |FURNISHING PART |SEVRES |
| | |C |Z-12.381 | |D2603 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 87
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-047A|TOPCOAT | |346-55+HARDENER|WATER BASED PRODUCT|MANKIE- |
| | | |ALEXIT-HARTER |FOR INTERIOR PAINT |WICZ |
| | | |345-55 |SYSTEM |USA |
| | |F |ABS5650B | |D2603 |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-002 | | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-047B|DECORATIVE TOP COAT |REF|FR 2/55, |TO BE USED WITH FR |FA3F2 |
| |FOR FURNISHING AND | |(BASE+HARDENER)|1/55 PORE FILLER ON| |
| |EQUIPMENT |AIB|AIMS 04-08-002 |FIBRE REINFORCED | |
| | | | |PLASTIC COMPONENTS | |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------| |
|16-047C|DECORATIVE TOP COAT |REF|FRS 40 (BASE+ |TO BE USED WITH FRS| |
| |FOR FURNISHING AND | |HARDENER+ |30 PORE FILLER ON | |
| |EQUIPMENT | |THINNER FRSL) |FIBRE REINFORCED | |
| | |AIB|AIMS 04-08-002 |PLASTIC COMPONENTS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-053 |FILLER FOR CORE AND |REF|ALEXIT FST | |D2603 |
| |EDGE (2 PARTS) | |495-14 + HARD | | |
| | | |491-14 | | |
| | |D |DAN 1282-02 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-055 |EPOXIDE PRIMER |REF|BASE 463-12-8, |EPOX. PRIMER TO BE|H0951 |
| | | |HARDENER CA116,|APPLIED ON THE NOSE| |
| | | |THINNER C25/90S|LANDING GEAR LEG | |
| | | | |BEFORE POLYURETHANE| |
| | | | |PAINT MATERIAL | |
| | | | |16-035 | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|16-527 |IMPROVED ADHESION |REF|F-580-2080 |PRIMER EPOXY |F3199 |
| |EPOXIDE PRIMER | |+HARD-F275-160 |STRONTIUM CHROMATE |K2054 |
| | |USA|MIL-P-23377 | |90608 |
| | | |CLASS I | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 88
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
S. MICROBIOLOGICAL CONTAMIN. PROTECT. MATERIALS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|17-003 |BIOCIDE/FUEL |REF|BIOBOR JF |BIOCIDE/FUEL |K3714 |
| |ADDITIVE | | |ADDITIVE |24611 |
|OR |--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|17-003A|BIOCIDE FOR FUEL |REF|KATHON FP1.5 |BIOCIDE FOR USE IN |ROHM |
| |PRESERVATION | | |AIRCRAF FUEL SYSTEM|N⁰11 |
| | | | | |SINGAP |
| | | | | |FA1C0 |
| | | | | |K0F88 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 89
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
T. MISCELLANEOUS
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-001 |WIRE,SS,BRAIDED |REF|16/2/38 SWG |FOR LACING HOT AIR |U1901 |
| | |OTH|16/2/38 SWG |AND ANTI-ICING DUCT| |
| | | | |INSULATION MUFFS | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-002 |SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD|REF|MIL-T-713 |GENERAL USE |LOCAL |
| |(NYLON) 2.5MM DIA. | |OPEN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|MIL-T-713 | |F1319 |
| | |F |NSA 8420-0 | |F3341 |
| | | | | |01670 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-003 |LINT-FREE |REF|LINT-FREE |CLEANING |LOCAL |
| |COTTON CLOTH | |COTTON CLOTH | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|AMS 3819 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-008 |LIGATURE CORD |REF|7840/3 |REMOVAL OF SEALANT |WOLF |
| | |F |NSA 8420-0 | |TEXTIL |
| | | | | |GMBH |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-009 |LOCKWIRE STAINLESS |REF|LOCKWIRE 0.5MM |SAFETY WIRING OF |LOCAL |
| |STEEL ANNEALED | |(0.020IN) |COMPONENTS AND |PURCHASE|
| |0.5MM DIA | |(AMS 5687) |CONNECTORS | |
| | |D |LN 9424 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-189 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 5687 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-010 |LOCKWIRE STAINLESS |REF|LOCKWIRE 0.8MM |SAFETY WIRING OF |LOCAL |
| |STEEL ANNEALED | |(0.032IN) |COMPONENTS AND |PURCHASE|
| |0.8MM DIA |D |LN 9424 |CONNECTORS | |
| | |GB |DTD-189 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 5687 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-011 |SCOTCH BRITE PADS |REF|SCOTCH BRITE |ABRADING SURFACE |LOCAL |
| | | | |PRIOR TO SEALING |PURCHASE|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-014 |NITROGEN,(GASEOUS) |REF|NITROGEN |FOR CHARGING SHOCK |LOCAL |
| | |USA|MIL-P-27401 |ABSORBERS,HYDRAULIC|PURCHASE|
| | | |TYPE 1 |ACCUMULATORS ETC. | |
| | | |GRADE A | | |
| | |USA|A-A-59503 | | |
| | | |TYPE I | | |
| | | |GRADE B CLASS 1| | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 90
Jul 01/08
R
MSR
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-015 |POLYVINYL |REF|TEDLAR T GY 20|USED ON THE |88559 |
| |FLUORIDE FILM | | BE |ELEVATOR | |
| | |C |Z-14.510 |FS/ACCESS | |
| | |USA|BMS 8-98 TYPE 3|HOLES | |
| | | |CLASS 2 | | |
| | |USA|L-P-1040 B | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-017 |LOCKWIRE 1.25 MM |REF|LOCKWIRE |SAFETY WITING OF |LOCAL |
| | | |STAINLESS STEEL|COMPONENTS AND |PURCHASE|
| | | |1.25MM DIA |CONNECTORS | |
| | |D |LN 9424 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 5687 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-189 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-018 |LOCKWIRE 0.6 MM |REF|LOCKWIRE |SAFETY WIRING OF |LOCAL |
| | | |STAINLESS STEEL|COMPONENTS AND |PURCHASE|
| | | | 0.6 MM DIA |CONNECTORS | |
| | |D |LN 9424 | | |
| | |GB |DTD-189 | | |
| | |USA|AMS 5687 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
|19-025 |LOCKWIRE |REF|LOCKWIRE,1.6MM | |LOCAL |
| | |D |LN9424 | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|AMS5687 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
|19-026 |LOCKWIRE,CORROSION |REF|LOCKWIRE,0.041 | |LOCAL |
| |RESISTANT STEEL | |IN | |PURCHASE|
| | |USA|NASM20995C41 | |C5543 |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|
R | | | | | | |
R |19-028 |PARTICULATE AIR |REF|VILEDON P15/350|AIR FILTER FOR AIR-|D2480 |
R | |FILTER | |S |INLET/-OUTLET | |
R | | |F |ABS1129 | | |
|-------|--------------------|---|---------------|-------------------|--------|

EFF :

ALL 20-31-00

Page 91
Jul 01/08

MSR
__________________________________________________________
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR APU SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
_________________________
1. _______
General
In this topic you find the table of the oil brand names which are approved
for the APU servicing and maintenance.
All other materials which are used for the APU servicing and maintenance you
will find in the tables in the AMM 20-31-00.
2. ________________________
Approved Oil Brand-Names
A. SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-7808, TYPE I
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
APPROVED OIL BRAND NAME
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________
Aeroshell 390 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)

Brayco 880 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 325 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
Castrol 399 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
BP Exxon Turbo Oil 2389 -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
B. SPECIFICATION - MIL-L-23699, TYPE II
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________
Aeroshell Turbine Oil 500 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

Aeroshell 555 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Castrol Aero 5000 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Castrol Aero 5050 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

EFF :

ALL 20-33-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Hatco 3211 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Hatco 3611 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Mobil Jet Oil II -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Mobil Jet Oil 254 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Royco Turbine Oil 500 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Royco 555 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Royco 899 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
C. SPECIFICATION - DERD 2487
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________
Castrol 98 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

EFF :

ALL 20-33-00

Page 2
Jan 01/04

MSR
__________________________________________________________
LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR IDG SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
_________________________
1. _______
General
In this topic you find the table of the oil brand names which are approved
for the IDG servicing and maintenance.
All other materials which are used for the IDG servicing and maintenance you
will find in the tables in the AMM 20-31-00.
2. ________________________
Approved Oil Brand-Names
A. SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-7808, TYPE I
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________

BP Turbo Oil 2389 (formerly -54C (-65F) 54C (130F)
EXXON Turbo Oil 2389)
B. SPECIFICATION - MIL-PRF-23699, TYPE II
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________

Castrol Oil 5000 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
EXXON Turbo Oil 25)
BP Turbo oil 2197 (formerly -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)
Mobil Jet Oil II -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

EFF :

ALL 20-34-00

Page 1
Jan 01/04

MSR
______________________________________________________________________________
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
______________________________________________________________________________
Turbonycoil 600 -40C (-40F) 54C (130F)

EFF :

ALL 20-34-00

Page 2
Jan 01/04

MSR

Gammmsra 000011

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gammmsra 000011

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

__________

REVISION NO. 17 Jul 01/08

L.E.P. 1- 5 Revised to Reflect this revision indicating

20-21-11 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

20-21-12 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

20-21-15 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

20-23-11 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

20-23-14 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

20-23-38 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

20-24-11 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

20-24-12 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

20-26-00 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

20-28-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

20-28-00 Effectivity updated

20-29-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

20-31-00 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 20-21-11 213 Jul01/05 20-21-15 R 214 Jul01/08

20-23-11 227 Oct01/07 20-23-11 R 278 Jul01/08 20-23-11 R A229 Jul01/08

20-23-11 R A280 Jul01/08 20-23-38 206 Jan01/04 20-23-38 R 257 Jul01/08

20-26-00 201 Oct01/07 20-28-00 237 Jan01/04 20-28-00 N 544 Jul01/08

20-31-00 R 44 Jul01/08 20-34-00 1 Jan01/04

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE 20-15-00

CIRCUIT BREAKERS 20-16-00

MAINTENANCE IN STORM CONDITIONS 20-17-00

STANDARD TORQUES 20-21-00

STA-LOK FASTENERS 20-22-00

CONTROL CABLES AND PULLEYS 20-24-00

INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINT 20-26-00

ELECTRICAL CABLES AND BUNDLES 20-27-00

ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00

ELECTRICAL BONDING 20-28-00

O-RING INSTALLATION 20-29-00

LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR AIRCRAFT 20-31-00

LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR APU 20-33-00

LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR IDG 20-34-00

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116

20-11-11-991-001 Fig. 201

(1) Make sure that all lockwire holes are drilled.

(4) Single wirelocking is permitted if the locking length is short and

(5) Double wirelocking is preferred and is essential if the locking

NOTE : Do not use lockwire to prevent unwanted operation of controls

(1) Put the lockwire into the hole.

(2) Keep the wire tight, twist a minimum of four times.

A. Check of the Wire

(1) Trim off the remaining wire and discard.

(3) Make sure that locking is tight.

(5) If no protection was applied in the wire holes before installation,

Handling Precautions for Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices

(1) There are no specific procedures or instructions related to this

(a) The LRUs have sufficient built-in protection to prevent

(b) No protective electrostatic discharge handling procedures are

(c) No electrostatic discharge sensitive devices printed circuit

NOTE : On Board Replaceable Modules (OBRMs) are not LRUs. It is

Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

20-21-15-912-801 Tightening Torques for Electrical Component Fasteners

A. Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

(a) There is a risk of injury and damage to equipment and/or the

(b) Before maintenance work starts on an electrical equipment or

(a) During aircraft operation, it can be necessary to prevent the

(3) Tightening torques for circuit breakers